Professional Documents
Culture Documents
YCT NEET, JEE MAIN Chemistry Volume-1
YCT NEET, JEE MAIN Chemistry Volume-1
YCT NEET, JEE MAIN Chemistry Volume-1
NEET/JEE (Main)
CHEMISTRY
Previous Years
Chapterwise Objective
Solved Papers
VOLUME-I
Useful for : NEET/AIPMT, AIIMS, JEE (Main), AMU, AP EAMCET (Medical), AP EAMCET (Engg.),
ASSAM CEE, BCECE, BITSAT, Chhattisgarh-PET, COMEDK, Gujarat Common Entrance Test
(GUJCET), Himanchal Pradesh-CET, J & K CET, JCECE, Kerala-CEE, Karnataka-CET(KCET),
MP-PET, MANIPAL, JIPMER, MHT-CET, Odisha-JEE, SCRA, SRM-JEE, TS-EAMCET(Medical),
TS-EAMCET (Engg.), UPCPMT, UPTU, UPSEE, UPSC NDA/NA, VITEEE, WEST BENGAL JEE.
Chief Editor
A.K. Mahajan
Compiled by
Er. Pradeep Kumar,
Edited by
Pawan Kumar Kushawaha, Harsh Soni, Er. Shubham Jain,
Er. Ved Prakash Singh, Er. Priyanka Singh, Er. Pawan Mishra
Computer Graphics by
Balkrishna Tripathi & Vinay Sahu
Editorial Office
Youth Competition Times
12, Church Lane Prayagraj-211002
Mob. : 9415650134
Email : yctap12@gmail.com
website : www.yctbooks.com
Publisher Declaration
Edited and Published by A.K. Mahajan for YCT Publications Pvt. Ltd.
and printed by Om Sai Offset, Prayagraj. In order to publish the book,
full care has been taken by the editor and the publisher,
still your suggestions and queries are welcomed.
In the event of any dispute, the Judicial area will be Prayagraj. Rs. : 795/-
INDEX
Some Basic Concepts of Chemistry ...........................................................................................................21-141
Significant figures, Units for Measurement ................................................................................................ 21
Atomic, Molecular and Equivalent Masses .................................................................................................. 24
Mole Concept and Molar Mass .................................................................................................................... 42
Laws of Chemical Combinations ............................................................................................................... 102
Percentage Composition and Molecular Formula ....................................................................................... 109
Stoichiometry Calculation. .......................................................................................................................... 136
Empirical Formula for Molecular Formula. ................................................................................................ 141
Structure of Atom .....................................................................................................................................142-249
Atomic Number, Mass Number, Atomic Species ...................................................................................... 142
Atomic Models ............................................................................................................................................ 155
Dual Nature of Electron .............................................................................................................................. 158
Uncertainty Principle ................................................................................................................................... 180
Schrodinger Wave Equation ........................................................................................................................ 189
Electronic Configuration and Shape of Orbital's. ........................................................................................ 194
Quantum Number ........................................................................................................................................ 208
Bohr's Model for Hydrogen Atom............................................................................................................... 225
Isobars and Isotopes .................................................................................................................................... 246
Line Spectrum of Hydrogen ........................................................................................................................ 246
Filling of Orbital’s in atom .......................................................................................................................... 248
Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties ......................................................................250-301
Valency and Oxidation State. ...................................................................................................................... 250
Periodic Laws .............................................................................................................................................. 254
Atomic and Ionic Radii ............................................................................................................................... 263
Electro negativity ........................................................................................................................................ 273
Ionization Energy ....................................................................................................................................... 278
Electron Affinity ........................................................................................................................................ 296
Nomenclature of Elements with Atomic Number > 100 ............................................................................. 301
Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure ..........................................................................................302-437
Hybridization ............................................................................................................................................... 302
VSEPR theory ............................................................................................................................................. 318
Magnetic behavior of Molecules ................................................................................................................. 349
Bond order, Bond Length, Bond Angle, Bond Energy................................................................................ 357
Fajan's Rule ................................................................................................................................................. 388
Dipole moment ............................................................................................................................................ 401
Hydrogen Bonding ...................................................................................................................................... 412
Ionic, Covalent and Coordinate Bonding .................................................................................................... 418
Molecular Orbital Theory ............................................................................................................................ 425
Formal Charge ............................................................................................................................................ 431
Valence Bond Theory.................................................................................................................................. 432
Types of Overlapping and Nature of Covalent Bonds................................................................................. 433
Application of Molecular orbital Theory .................................................................................................... 437
States of Matter ........................................................................................................................................438-515
The Gas Laws .............................................................................................................................................. 438
Ideal Gas Equation and Related Gas Laws. ................................................................................................. 458
Real Gases .................................................................................................................................................. 488
Kinetics Molecular Theory of Gases and Molecular Collisions ............................................................... 497
Molecular Speeds. ....................................................................................................................................... 505
Liquefaction of Gases. ................................................................................................................................. 514
Intermolecular Forces ................................................................................................................................. 515
Behavior of Real Gases : Deviation From ideal Gas Behavior ................................................................... 515
Thermodynamics ......................................................................................................................................516-640
Thermodynamics Terms .............................................................................................................................. 516
First Law of Thermodynamics and Application ........................................................................................ 565
Second Law of Thermodynamics and Entropy ........................................................................................... 578
Heat of Reaction .......................................................................................................................................... 582
Bond Energy................................................................................................................................................ 625
Gibbs Energy Change and Equilibrium ....................................................................................................... 631
Enthalpy and standard Enthalpies For Different Types of Reaction ........................................................... 639
2
Chemical Equilibrium ...............................................................................................................................641-721
Law of Chemical Equilibrium and Equilibrium Constant. .......................................................................... 641
Law of Mass Action .................................................................................................................................... 668
Activation Energy, Standard free Energy ................................................................................................... 671
Degree of Dissociation ............................................................................................................................... 673
Vapour Density .......................................................................................................................................... 687
Le-Chatelier Principle and It's Application ................................................................................................ 687
Application of Kp and Kc ............................................................................................................................. 695
Relation Between Equilibrium Constant (K), Reaction Quient (Q) and Gibb's Energy ............................. 718
Ionic Equilibrium .....................................................................................................................................722-822
Arrhenius Theory ....................................................................................................................................... 722
Solubility and Solubility Product Constant .............................................................................................. 724
Acid, Bases and Salts ................................................................................................................................. 751
Buffer Solution ........................................................................................................................................... 772
Hydrogen Ion Concentration - pH Scale ..................................................................................................... 781
Common Ion Effect ..................................................................................................................................... 820
Redox Reactions ........................................................................................................................................823-858
Oxidation Number and Oxidation State ..................................................................................................... 823
Redox Reaction, Types of Redox Reaction ................................................................................................. 841
Method for Balancing Redox Reaction ....................................................................................................... 854
Oxidising and Reducing Agent ................................................................................................................... 857
Hydrogen ....................................................................................................................................................859-877
Heavy water................................................................................................................................................. 859
Hydrogen peroxide ...................................................................................................................................... 861
Properties of Hydrogen ............................................................................................................................... 867
Hardness of Water ...................................................................................................................................... 875
The Main Group Elements .....................................................................................................................878-1060
Alkali Metals .............................................................................................................................................. 878
Alkaline Earth Metals ................................................................................................................................. 897
Boron Family .............................................................................................................................................. 921
Carbon Family ............................................................................................................................................ 940
Allotropes of Carbon ................................................................................................................................... 954
Nitrogen Family ......................................................................................................................................... 964
Oxygen Family .......................................................................................................................................... 1002
Halogen Family ........................................................................................................................................ 1025
Noble Gases .............................................................................................................................................. 1048
Hydrocarbons .......................................................................................................................................1061-1165
Alkanes ...................................................................................................................................................... 1061
Alkenes ...................................................................................................................................................... 1095
Alkynes ..................................................................................................................................................... 1137
Hybridisation ............................................................................................................................................. 1155
Structure of Benzene ................................................................................................................................. 1165
Environmental Chemistry ...................................................................................................................1166-1185
Water Pollution ........................................................................................................................................ 1166
Air Pollution .............................................................................................................................................. 1170
Types of Pollution and Pollutants ............................................................................................................. 1176
Layer of Atmosphere ................................................................................................................................. 1182
Green Chemistry ....................................................................................................................................... 1184
The Solid State ......................................................................................................................................1186-1248
Amorphous and Crystalline Solids ............................................................................................................ 1186
Crystal Structure ........................................................................................................................................ 1189
Classification of Crystalline Solid ............................................................................................................. 1211
Packing Efficiency .................................................................................................................................... 1212
Defects in Crystal ...................................................................................................................................... 1221
Bragg's Equation ....................................................................................................................................... 1230
Density of Unit Cell .................................................................................................................................. 1231
Closed Packed structure ........................................................................................................................... 1239
Electrical Properties ................................................................................................................................. 1248
3
....
SYLLABUS
UNIT : VII Equilibrium
NEET Equilibrium in physical and chemical processes, dynamic
th nature of equilibrium, law of chemical equilibrium,
CLASS 11 equilibrium constant, factors affecting equilibrium-Le
UNIT : I Some Basic Concepts of Chemistry Chatelier’s principle, ionic equilibrium- ionization of
General Introduction Importance and scope of chemistry. acids and bases, strong and weak electrolytes, degree of
Laws of chemical combination, Dalton’s atomic theory ionization, ionization of polybasic acids, acid strength,
concept of elements, atoms and molecules. Atomic and concept of pH, Hydrolysis of salts (elementary idea),
molecular masses. Mole concept and molar mass, buffer solutions, Henderson equation, solubility product,
percentage composition and empirical and molecular common ion effect (with illustrative examples).
formula, chemical reactions, stoichiometry and UNIT : VIII Redox Reactions
calculations based on stoichiometry. Concept of oxidation and reduction, redox reaction
UNIT : II Structure of Atom oxidation number, balancing redox in terms of loss and
Atomic number, isotopes and isobars. Concept of shells gain of electron and change in oxidation numbers.
and subshells, dual nature of matter and light, de- UNIT : IX Hydrogen
Broglie’s relationship, Heisenberg’s uncertainty Occurrence, isotopes, preparation, properties and uses of
principle, concept of orbital, quantum numbers, shapes hydrogen, hydrides–ionic, covalent and interstitial,
of s, p and d orbitals, rules for filling electrons in orbitals physical and chemical properties of water, heavy water,
– Aufbau principle, Pauli exclusion principles and hydrogen peroxide-preparation, reaction, uses and
Hund’s rule, electronic configuration of atoms, stability structure.
of half–filled and completely filled orbitals. UNIT : X s-Block Elements (Alkali and Alkaline
UNIT : III Classification of Elements and Earth Metals)
Periodicity in Properties Group 1 and group 2 elements General introduction,
Modern periodic law and long form of periodic table, electronic configuration, occurrence, anomalous
periodic trends in properties of elements–atomic radii, properties of the first element of each group, diagonal
ionic radii, ionization enthalpy, electron gain enthalpy, relationship, trends in the variation of properties (such as
electronegativity, valence. ionization enthalpy, atomic and ionic radii), trends in
UNIT : IV Chemical Bonding and Molecular chemical reactive with oxygen, water hydrogen and
halogens, uses. Preparation and Properties of Some
Structure important Compounds. Sodium carbonate, sodium
Valence electrons, ionic bond, covalent bond, bond chloride, sodium hydroxide and sodium
parameters, Lewis structure, polar character of covalent hydrogencarbonate, biological importance of sodium and
bond, valence bond theory, resonance, geometry of potassium. Industrial use of lime an limestone, biological
molecules, VSEPR theory, concept of hybridization importance of Mg and Ca.
involving s, p and d orbitals and shapes of some simple UNIT : XI Some p–Block Elements
molecules, molecular orbital theory of homonuclear General Introduction to p-Block Elements.
diatomic molecules (qualitative idea only). Hydrogen bond.
Group 13 elements General Introduction, electronic
UNIT : V States of Matter : Gases and Liquids configuration, occurrence, variation of properties,
The states of matter, intermolecular interactions, types of oxidation states, trends in chemical reactivity, anomalous
bonding, melting and boiling points, role of gas laws of properties of first element of the group; Boron, some
elucidating the concept of the molecule, Boyle’s law, important compounds borax, boric acids, boron hydrides.
Charles’ law, Gay Lussac’s law, Avogadro’s law, ideal Aluminium, uses reactions with acids and alkalies.
behavior of gases, empirical derivation of gas equation. General 14 elements General introduction, electronic
Avogadro number, ideal gas equation. Kinetic energy configuration, occurrence, variation of properties,
and molecular speeds (elementary idea), deviation from oxidation states, trends in chemical reactivity, anomalous
ideal behavior, liquefaction of gases, critical temperature. behaviour of first element. Carbon, allotropic forms,
Liquid State –Vapour pressure, viscosity and surface physical and chemical properties, uses of some important
tension (qualitative idea only, no mathematical compounds, oxides.
derivations). Important compounds of silicon and a few uses, silicon
UNIT : VI Thermodynamics tetrachloride, silicones, silicates and zeolites, their uses.
First law of thermodynamics internal energy and UNIT : XII Organic Chemistry – Some Basic
enthalpy, heat capacity and specific heat, measurement Principles and Techniques
of U and H, Hess’s law of constant heat summation, General introduction, methods of purification qualitative
enthalpy of : bond dissociation, combustion, formation, and quantitative analysis, classification and IUPAC
atomization, sublimation, phase transition, ionization, nomenclature of organic compounds. Electronic
solution and dilution. Introduction of entropy as state displacements in a covalent bond: inductive effect,
function, Second law of thermodynamics Gibbs’ energy electromeric effect, resonance and hyper conjugation.
change for spontaneous and non–spontaneous process, Homolytic and heterolytic fission of a covalent bond free
criteria for equilibrium and spontaneity. Third law of radials, carbocations, carbanions, electrophiles and
thermodynamics Brief introduction. nucleophiles, types of organic reactions.
4
UNIT : XIII Hydrocarbons UNIT : IV Chemical Kinetics
Alkanes Nomenclature, isomerism, conformations Rate of a reaction (average and instantaneous), factors
(ethane only), physical properties, chemical reactions affecting rates of reaction, concentration, temperature,
including free radical mechanism of halogenations, catalyst, order and molecularity of a reaction, rate law
combustion and pyrolysis. Alkenes Nomenclature, and specific rate constant, integrated rate equations and
structure of double bond (ethene), geometrical half-life (only for zero and first order reactions), concept
isomerism, physical properties, methods of preparation, of collision theory (elementary idea, no mathematical
chemical reactions, addition of hydrogen, halogen, water, treatment). Activation energy, Arrhenious equation.
hydrogen halides (Markovnikov’s addition and peroxide UNIT : V Surface Chemistry
effect), ozonolysis, oxidation, mechanism of Adsorption physisorption and chemisorptions, factors
electrophilic addition. affecting adsorption of gases on solids, catalysis
homogeneous and heterogeneous, activity and
Alkynes Nomenclature, structure of triple bond (ethyne), selectivity, enzyme catalysis, colloidal state, distinction
physical properties, methods of preparation, chemical between true solutions, colloids and suspensions,
reactions, acidic character of alkynes, addition reaction lyophillic, lyophobic multimolecular and
of – hydrogen, halogens, hydrogen halides and water. macromolecular colloids, properties of colloids, Tyndall
Aromatic hydrocarbons Introduction, IUPAC effect, Brownian movement, electrophoresis,
nomenclature, Benzene, resonance, aromaticity, coagulation, emulsions – types of emulsions.
chemical properties, mechanism of electrophilic UNIT : VI General Principles and Processes of
substitution – Nitration sulphonation, halogenations, Isolation of Elements
Friedel Craft’s alkylation and acylation, directive Principles and methods of extraction concentration,
influence of functional group in mono–substituted oxidation, reduction electrolytic method and refining,
benzene, carcinogenicity and toxicity. occurrence and principles of extraction of aluminium,
UNIT : XIV Environmental Chemistry copper, zinc and iron,
Environmental pollution Air, water and soil pollution, UNIT : VII p-Block Elements
chemical reactions in atmosphere, smogs, major Group 15 elements General introduction, electronic
atmospheric pollutants, acid rain ozone and its reactions, configuration, occurrence, oxidation states, trends in
effects of depletion of ozone layer, greenhouse effect and physical and chemical properties, preparation and
global warming–pollution due to industrial wastes, green properties of ammonia and nitric acid, oxides of nitrogen
chemistry as an alternative tool for reducing pollution, (structure only), phosphorous allotropic forms,
strategy for control of environmental pollution. compounds of phosphorous, preparation and properties
of phosphine, halides (PCl3, PCl5) and oxoacids
CLASS 12th (elementary idea only).
UNIT : I Solid State Group 16 elements General introduction, electronic
Classification of solids based on different binding forces, configuration, oxidation states, occurrence, trends in
molecular, ionic covalent and metallic solids, amorphous physical and chemical properties, dioxygen, preparation,
and crystalline solids (elementary idea), unit cell in two properties and uses, classification of oxides, ozone.
dimensional and three dimensional lattices, calculation of Sulphur allotropic forms, compounds of sulphur,
density of unit cell, packing in solids, packing efficiency, preparation, properties and uses of sulphur dioxide,
sulphuric acid, industrial process of manufacture,
voids, number of atoms per unit cell in a cubic unit cell,
properties and uses, oxoacids of sulphur (structures
point defects, electrical and magnetic properties, Band only).
theory of metals, conductors, semiconductors and Group 17 elements General introduction, electronic
insulators. configuration, oxidation states occurrence, trends in
UNIT : II Solutions physical and chemical properties, compounds of
Types of solutions, expression of concentration of halogens, preparation, properties and uses of chlorine
solutions of solids in liquids, solubility of gases in and hydrochloric acid, interhalogen compounds oxoacids
liquids, solid solutions, colligative properties- relative of halogens (structures only).
lowering of vapour pressure, Raoult's law, elevation of Group 18 elements General introduction, electronic
boiling point, depression of freezing point, osmotic configuration, occurrence, trends in physical and
pressure, determination of molecular masses using chemical properties, uses.
colligative properties abnormal molecular mass. Van UNIT : VIII d-and f-Block Elements
Hoff factor. General introduction, electronic configuration,
UNIT : III Electrochemistry characteristics of transition metals, general trends in
properties of the first row transition metals metallic
Redox reactions, conductance in electrolytic solutions, character, ionization enthalpy, oxidation states, ionic
specific and molar conductivity variation of conductivity radii, colour, catalytic property, magnetic properties,
with concentration, Kohlrausch's Law, electrolysis and interstitial compounds, alloy formation. Preparation and
Laws of electrolysis (elementary idea), dry cell- properties of K2Cr2O7 and KMnO4. Lanthanoids
electrolytic cells and Galvanic cells; lead accumulator, electronic configuration, oxidation states, chemical
EMF of a cell, standard electrode potential, Relation reactivity and lanthanoid contraction and its
between Gibb's energy change and EMF of a cell, fuel consequences. Actinoids Electronic configuration,
cells, corrosion. oxidation states and comparison with lanthanoids.
5
UNIT : XI Coordination Compounds UNIT : XVI Chemistry in Everyday Life
Coordination compounds Introduction, ligands, Chemicals in medicines analgesics, tranquilizers,
coordination number, colour, magnetic properties and antiseptics, disinfectants, antimicrobials, antifertility
shapes, IUPAC nomenclature of mononuclear drugs, antibiotics, antacids, antihistamines. Chemicals in
coordination compounds, isomerism (structural and food preservatives, artificial sweetening agents,
stereo) bonding, Werner's theory VBT, CFT, importance elementary idea of antioxidants. Cleansing agents soaps
of coordination compounds (in qualitative analysis, and detergents, cleansing action.
biological systems).
UNIT : X Haloalkanes and Haloarenes JEE (Main)
Haloalkanes Nomenclature, nature of C–X bond, Section-A (Physical Chemistry)
physical and chemical properties, mechanism of
substitution reactions. Optical rotation. Haloarenes Unit : I Some Basic Concepts in Chemistry
Nature of C–X bond, substitution reactions (directive Matter and its nature, Dalton's atomic theory; Concept of
influence of halogen for mono substituted compounds atom, molecule, element and compound; Physical
only). Uses and environment effects of – quantities and their measurements in Chemistry,
dichloromethane, trichloromethane, tetra chloromethane, precision and accuracy, significant figures, S.I. Units,
iodoform, freons, DDT. dimensional analysis; Laws of chemical combination;
Atomic and molecular masses, mole concept, molar
UNIT : XI Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers mass, percentage composition, empirical and molecular
Alcohols Nomenclature, methods of preparation, formulae; Chemical equations and stoichiometry.
physical and chemical properties (of primary alcohols
only), identification of primary, secondary and tertiary Unit : II States of Matter
alcohols, mechanism of dehydration, uses with special Classification of matter into solid, liquid and gaseous
reference to methanol and ethanol. Phenols, states.
Nomenclature, methods of preparation, physical and Gaseous State Measurable properties of gases; Gas laws
chemical properties, acidic nature of phenol, - Boyle's law, Charle's law, Graham's law of diffusion,
electrophillic substitution reactions, uses of phenols. Avogadro's law, Dalton's law of partial pressure;
Ethers, Nomenclature, methods of preparation, physical Concept of Absolute scale of temperature; Ideal gas
and chemical properties uses. equation, Kinetic theory of gases (only postulates);
UNIT : XII Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Concept of average, root mean square and most probable
velocities; Real gases, deviation from Ideal behaviour,
Acids compressibility factor, Van der Waal's Equation,
Aldehydes and Ketones Nomenclature, nature of liquefaction of gases, critical constants.
carbonyl group, methods of preparation, physical and Liquid State Properties of liquids - vapour pressure,
chemical properties, and mechanism of nucleophilic viscosity and surface tension and effect of temperature
addition, reactivity of alpha hydrogen in aldehydes, uses. on them (qualitative treatment only).
Carboxylic Acids Nomenclature, acidic nature, methods
Solid State Classification of solids: molecular, ionic,
of preparation, physical and chemical properties, uses.
covalent and metallic solids, amorphous and crystalline
UNIT : XIII Organic compounds Containing solids (elementary idea); Bragg's Law and its
Nitrogen applications, Unit cell and lattices, packing in solids (fcc,
Amines Nomenclature, classification, structure, methods bcc and hcp lattices), voids, calculations involving unit
of preparation, physical and chemical properties, uses, cell parameters, imperfection in solids; electrical,
identification of primary secondary and tertiary amines. magnetic and dielectric properties.
Cyanides and Isocyanides will be mentioned at relevant Unit : III Atomic Structure
places. Diazonium salts Preparation, chemical reactions Discovery of sub-atomic particles (electron, proton and
and importance in synthetic organic chemistry. neutron); Thomson and Rutherford atomic models and
UNIT : XIV Biomolecules their limitations; Nature of electromagnetic radiation,
Carbohydrates Classification (aldoses and ketoses), photoelectric effect; spectrum of hydrogen atom, Bohr
monosaccharide (glucose and fructose), D.L. model of hydrogen atom - its postulates, derivation of the
configuration, oligosaccharides (sucrose, lactose, relations for energy of the electron and radii of the
maltose), polysaccharides (starch, cellulose, glycogen): different orbits, limitations of Bohr's model; dual nature
importance. Proteins Elementary idea of – amino acids, of matter, de-Broglie's relationship, Heisenberg
peptide bonds, polypeptides, proteins, primary structure, uncertainty principle.
secondary structure, tertiary structure and quaternary Elementary ideas of quantum mechanics, quantum
structure (qualitative idea only), denaturation of proteins, mechanical model of atom, its important features, ψ and
enzymes. Hormones Elementary idea (excluding ψ2, concept of atomic orbitals as one electron wave
structure). Vitamins Classification and function. Nucleic functions; Variation of ψ and ψ2 with r for 1s and 2s
Acids DNA and RNA orbitals; various quantum numbers (principal, angular
UNIT : XV Polymers momentum and magnetic quantum numbers) and their
Classification Natural and synthetic, methods of significance; shapes of s, p and d - orbitals, electron spin
polymerization (addition and condensation), and spin quantum number; rules for filling electrons in
copolymerization. Some important polymers natural orbitals - aufbau principle, Pauli's exclusion principle and
and synthetic like polyesters, Bakelite, rubber, Hund's rule, electronic configuration of elements, extra
Biodegradable and non-biodegradable polymers. stability of half-filled and completely filled orbitals.
6
Unit : IV Chemical Bonding and Molecular Ionic equilibrium Weak and strong electrolytes,
Structure ionization of electrolytes, various concepts of acids and
Kossel Lewis approach to chemical bond formation, bases (Arrhenius, Bronsted-Lowry and Lewis) and their
concept of ionic and covalent bonds. ionization, acid-base equilibria (including multistage
Ionic Bonding Formation of ionic bonds, factors ionization) and ionization constants, ionization of water,
affecting the formation of ionic bonds; calculation of pH scale, common ion effect, hydrolysis of salts and pH
lattice enthalpy. of their solution, solubility of sparingly soluble salts and
Covalent Bonding Concept of electronegativity, Fajan's solubility products, buffer solutions.
rule, dipole moment; Valence Shell Electron Pair UNIT : VIII Redox Reactions and
Repulsion (VSEPR) theory and shapes of simple Electrochemistry
molecules. Electronic concepts of oxidation and reduction, redox
Quantum mechanical approach to covalent bonding reactions, oxidation number, rules for assigning
Valence bond theory - Its important features, concept of oxidation number, balancing of redox reactions.
hybridization involving s, p and d orbitals; Resonance.
Eectrolytic and metallic conduction,
Molecular Orbital Theory its important features, LCAOs,
types of molecular orbitals (bonding, antibonding), conductance in electrolytic solutions, specific and molar
sigma and pi-bonds, molecular orbital electronic conductivities and their variation with concentration:
configurations of homonuclear diatomic molecules, Kohlrausch's law and its applications.
concept of bond order, bond length and bond energy. Electrochemical cells-Electrolytic and Galvanic cells,
Elementary idea of metallic bonding, Hydrogen bonding different types of electrodes, electrode potentials
and its applications. including standard electrode potential, half-cell and cell
UNIT : V Chemical Thermodynamics reaction, emf of a Galvanic cell and its measurement;
Fundamentals of thermodynamics System and Nernst equation and its application; Relationship
surrounding, extensive and intensive properties, state between cell potential and Gibbs' energy change; Dry
functions, types of processes. cell and lead accumulator; Fuel cells; Corrosion and its
First law of thermodynamics Concept of work, heat prevention.
internal energy and enthalpy, heat capacity, molar heat UNIT : IX Chemical Kinetics
capacity, Hess's law of constant heat summation; Rate of a chemical reaction, factors affecting the rate of
Enthalpies of bond dissociation, combustion, formation, reactions concentration, temperature, pressure and
atomization, sublimation, phase transition, hydration, catalyst; elementary and complex reactions, order and
ionization and solution. molecularity of reactions, rate law, rate constant and its
Second law of thermodynamics Spontaneity of units, differential and integral forms of zero and first
processes; ∆S of the universe and ∆G of the system as order reactions, their characteristics and half-lives, effect
criteria for spontaneity, ∆G° (Standard Gibb's energy of temperature on rate of reactions-Arrhenius theory,
change) and equilibrium constant. activation energy and its calculation, collision theory of
UNIT : VI Solution bimolecular gaseous reactions (no derivation).
Different methods for expressing concentration of UNIT : X Surface Chemistry
solution-molality, molarity, mole fraction, percentage Adsorption physisorption and chemisorptions and their
(by volume and mass both), vapour pressure of solutions
characteristics, factors affecting adsorption of gases on
and Raoult's Law-Ideal and non-ideal solutions, vapour
pressure-compositions plots for ideal and non-ideal solids-Freundlich and Langmuir adsorption isotherms,
solutions. adsorption from solutions.
Colligative properties of dilute solutions-relative Catalysis Homogeneous and heterogeneous, activity and
lowering of vapour pressure, depression of freezing selectivity of solid catalysts, enzyme catalysis and its
point, elevation of boiling point and osmotic pressure; mechanism.
Determination of molecular mass using colligative Colloidal state distinction among true solutions, colloids
properties; Abnormal value of molar mass, Van't Hoff and suspensions, classification of colloids-lyophilic,
factor and its significance. lyophobic; multi molecular, macro-molecular and
UNIT : VII Equilibrium associated colloids (micelles), preparation and properties
Meaning of equilibrium, concept of dynamic of colloids Tyndall effect, Browninan movement,
equilibrium. electrophoresis, dialysis, coagulation and flocculation;
Equilibria involving physical processes Solid-liquid, Emulsions and their characteristics.
liquid-gas and solid-gas equilibria, Henry's law, general SECTION-B (Inorganic Chemistry)
characteristics of equilibrium involving physical
processes. UNIT : XI Classification of Elements and
Equilibria involving chemical processes Law of chemical Periodicity in Properties
equilibrium, equilibrium constants (K and K) and their Periodic Law and present Form of the Periodic Table,
significance, significance of ∆G and ∆G° in chemical s,p,d and f block Elements, Periodic Trends in Properties
equilibria, factors affecting equilibrium concentration, of elements, atomic and ionic Radii, ionization Enthalpy,
pressure, temperature, effect of catalyst; Le-Chatelier's Electron Gain Enthalpy, Valence, Oxidation States and
principle. Chemical Reactivity.
7
UNIT : XII General Principles and Processes of UNIT : XVI d – and f –b Block Elements
Isolation of Metals Transition Elements General introduction, electronic
Modes of occurrence of elements in nature, minerals, configuration, occurrence and characteristics, general
ores; steps involved in the extraction of metals- trends in properties of the first row transition elements -
concentration, reduction (Chemical and electrolytic physical properties, ionization enthalpy, oxidation states.
methods) and refining with special reference to the Atomic radii, colour, catalytic behaviour, magnetic
extraction of Al, Cu, Zn and Fe; Thermodynamic and properties, complex formation, interstitial compounds,
electrochemical principles involved in the extraction of alloy formation; Preparation, properties and uses of K2
metals. Cr2 O7 and KMnO4.
UNIT : XIII Hydrogen Inner Transition Elements Lanthanoids electronic
configuration, oxidation states, chemical reactivity and
Position of hydrogen in periodic table, isotopes, lanthanoid contraction. Actinoids Electronic
preparation, properties and uses of hydrogen; physical configuration and oxidation states
and chemical properties of water and heavy water;
Structure, preparation, reactions and uses of hydrogen UNIT : XVII Coordination Compounds
peroxide; Classification of hydrides ionic, covalent and Introduction to coordination compounds, Werner's
interstitial; Hydrogen as a fuel. theory; ligands, coordination number, denticity,
chelation; IUPAC nomenclature of mononuclear
UNIT : XIV s-Block Elements coordination compounds, isomerism; Bonding Valence
(Alkali and Alkaline Earth Metals) bond approach and basis ideas of Crystal field theory,
Group 1 and 2 Elements colour and magnetic properties; importance of
General introduction, electronic configuration and coordination compounds (in qualitative analysis,
general trends in physical and chemical properties of extraction of metal sand in biological systems).
elements, anomalous properties of the first element of UNIT : XVIII Environmental Chemistry
each group, diagonal relationships. Environmental pollution Atmospheric, water and soil.
Preparation and properties of some important Atmospheric pollution Tropospheric and stratospheric
compounds- sodium carbonate, sodium chloride, sodium Tropospheric pollutants: Gaseous pollutants Oxides of
hydroxide and sodium hydrogen carbonate; industrial carbon, nitrogen and sulphur, hydrocarbons; their
uses of lime, limestone, Plaster of Paris and cement; sources, harmful effects and prevention; Green house
Biological significance of Na, K, Mg and Ca. effect and Global warming; Acid rain;
UNIT : XV p-Block Elements Particulate pollutants Smoke, dust, smog, fumes, mist;
Group 13 to Group 18 Elements, General Introduction their sources, harmful effects and prevention. and effects.
Electronic configuration and general trends in physical Water pollution Major pollutants such as, pathogens,
and chemical properties of elements across the periods organic wastes and chemical pollutants their harmful
and down the groups; unique behaviour of the first effects and prevention. Strategies to control
element in each group. environmental pollution.
Group wise study of the p-Block Elements SECTION - C (Organic Chemistry)
Group 13 Preparation, properties and uses of boron and UNIT : XIX Purification & Characterization of
aluminium; structure, properties and uses of borax, boric Organic Compounds
acid, diborane, boron tifluoride, aluminium chloride and
alums.
Purification Crystallization, sublimation,
Group 14 Tendency for catenation; Structure, properties distillation, differential extraction and
and uses of allotropes and oxides of carbon, silicon chromatograph and their applications.
tetrachloride, silicates, zeolites and silicones. Qualitative analysis Detection of nitrogen,
Group 15 Properties and uses of nitrogen and sulphur, phosphorus and halogens.
phosphorus; Allotrophic forms of phosphorus; Quantitative analysis (basic principles only)
Preparation, properties, structure and uses of ammonia
nitric acid, phosphine and phosphorus halides, (PCl3,
Estimation of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen,
PCl5; Structures of oxides and oxoacids of nitrogen and halogens, sulphur phosphorus. Calculations of
phosphorus. empirical formulae and molecular formulae;
Group – 16 Preparation, properties, structures an uses of Numerical problems in organic quantitative
dioxygen and ozone; Allotropic forms of sulphur; analysis.
preparation, properties, structures and uses of sulphur UNIT : XX Some Basic Principles of Organic
dioxide, sulphuric acid (including its industrial
preparation), Structures of oxoacids of sulphur.
Chemistry
Tetravalency of carbon; Shapes of simple molecules
Group -17 Preparation, properties and uses of chlorine hybridization (s and p)/ Classification of organic
and hydrochloric acid; Trends in the acidic nature of compounds based on functional groups: –– C = C ––, ––
hydrogen halides; Structures of Interhalogen compounds C = C –– and those containing halogens, oxygen,
and oxides and oxoacids of halogens. nitrogen and sulphur, Homologous series; Isomerism -
Group - 18 Occurrence and uses of noble gases; structural and stereoisomerism. Nomenclature (Trivial
Structures of fluorides and oxides of xenon. and IUPAC)
8
Covalent bond fission Homolytic and heterolytic free Unit : XXV Polymers
radicals, carbocations and carbanions; stability of General introduction and classification of polymers,
carbocations and free radicals, electrophiles and general methods of polymerization-addition and
nucleophiles. condensation, copolymerization; Natural and synthetic
electronic displacement in a covalent bond inductive rubber and vulcanization; some important polymers with
effect, electromeric effect, resonance and emphasis on their monomers and uses- polythene, nylon
hyperconjugation.
polyester and Bakelite.
Common types of organic reactions Substitution,
elimination and rearrangement. UNIT : XXVI Biomolecules
UNIT : XXI Hydrocarbons General introduction and importance of biomolecules.
Classification, isomerism, IUPAC nomenclature, general Carbohydrates Classification: aldoses and ketoses;
methods of preparation, properties and reactions. monosaccharides (glucose and fructose), constituent
Alkanes Conformations: Sawhorse and Newman monosaccharides of oligosaccharides (sucrose, lactose,
projections (of ethane); Mechanism of halogenations of maltose) and polysaccharides (starch, cellulose,
alkanes. glycogen).
Alkenes Geometrical isomerism; Mechanism of Proteins Elementary idea of α-amino acids, peptide
electrophilic addition: addition of hydrogen, halogens bond,. polypeptides; proteins: primary, secondary,
water, hydrogen halides (Markownikoff's and peroxide tertiary and quaternary structure (qualitative idea only),
effect); Ozonolysis, oxidation , and polymerization. denaturation of proteins, enzymes.
Alkynes acidic character; addition of hydrogen, halogens Vitamins Classification and functions.
water and hydrogen halides; polymerization. Aromatic
hydrocarbons Nomenclature, benzene structure and Nucleic Acids Chemical constitution of DNA and RNA.
aromaticity; Mechanism of electrophilic substitution: Biological functions of Nucleic acids.
halogenations, nitration, Friedel-Craft's alkylation and UNIT : XXVII Chemistry in Everyday Life
acylation, directive influence of functional group in Chemicals in medicines analgesics, tranquilizers,
mono-substituted benzene. antiseptics, disinfectants, antimicrobials, antifertility
UNIT : XXII Organic Compounds Containing drugs, antibiotics, antacids, anti-histamin their meaning
Halogens and common examples.
General methods of preparation, properties and reactions; Chemicals in food preservatives, artificial sweetening
Nature of C–X bond; Mechanism of substitution agents-common examples.
reactions. Uses/environmental effects of chloroform, Cleansing agents Soaps and detergents, cleansing action.
iodoform UNIT : XXVIII Principles Related to
UNIT : XXIII Organic Compounds Containing Practical Chemistry
Oxygen.
• Detection of extra elements (N, S, halogens0 in
General methods of preparation, properties, reactions an
uses. organic compounds; Detection of the following
functional group: hydroxyl (alcoholic and phenolic),
Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers
carbonyl (aldehyde and ketone), carboxyl and amino
Alcohols identification of primary, secondary and
tertiary alcohols; mechanism of dehydration. groups in organic compounds.
Phenols Acidic nature, electrophilic substitution • Chemistry involved in the preparation of the
reactions: halogenations, nitration and sulphonation, following
Reimer-Tiemann reaction. • inorganic compounds Mohr's salt, potash alum.
Ethers Structure. • Organic compounds Acetanilide,
Aldhyde and Ketones Nature of charbonyl group; p-nitroacetainilide, aniline yellow, iodoform.
Nucleophilic addition to >C=O group , relative ractivities • Chemistry involved in the titrimetirc excercises-
of aldehydes and ketones; important reactions such as- Acids bases and the use of indicators, oxaliacid vs
Nucleophilic addition reactions (addition of HCN, NH3 KMnO4, Mohr's salt vs KMnO4.
and its derivatives), Grignard reagent; oxidation;
reduction (Wolff Kishner and Clemmensen) acidity of α- • Chemical principles involved in the qualitative salt
hydrogen, aldol condensation, Cannizzaro reaction, analysis
Haloform reaction; Chemical tests to distinguish between • Cations- Pb2+, Cu2+, Al3+, Fe3+, Zn2+, Ni2+, Ba2+,
aldehydes and Ketones. Carboxylic Acid Acidic strength Mg2+, NH4+. Anions– CO 24− , S2–, SO 24− , NO2, NO3
and factors affecting it. Cl–, Br–, I– (Insoluble salts excluded).
Unit : XXIV Organic Compounds Containing • Chemical principles involved in the following
Nitrogen experiments.
General methods of preparation, properties, reactions and 1. Enthalpy of solution of CuSO4
uses.
Amines Nomenclature, classification, structure basic 2. Enthalpy of neutralization of strong acid and strong
character and identification of primary, secondary and base.
tertiary amines and their basic character. 3. Preparation of lyophilic and lyophobic sols.
Diazonium Salts Importance in synthetic organic 4. Kinetic study of reaction of iodide ion with hydrogen
chemistry. peroxide at room temperature.
9
.
All India Medical & Engineering Entrance Exam, AIIMS, NEET, &
JEE Main Chemistry Previous Years Exam Papers Analysis Chart
S. No Exam Proposed Year Question Paper Total Question
National Eligibility Cum Entrance Test /All India Pre Medical Test (NEET/AIPMT)
1. NEET 17.07.2022 50
2. NEET 12.09.2021 50
3. NEET 13.09.2020 50
4. NEET 05.06.2019 50
5. NEET 06.05.2018 50
6. NEET 07.05.2017 50
7. NEET 01.05.2016 Phase-I 50
8. NEET 24.06.2016 Phase-II 50
9. NEET/AIPMT 25.07.2015 50
10. NEET 04.05.2014 50
11. NEET 05.05.2013 50
12. AIPMT 2012 50
13. AIPMT 2011 50
14. AIPMT 2010 50
15. AIPMT 2009 50
16. AIPMT 2008 50
17. AIPMT 2007 50
18. AIPMT 2006 50
19. AIPMT 2005 50
20. AIPMT 2004 50
21. AIPMT 2003 50
22. AIPMT 2002 50
23. AIPMT 2001 50
24. AIPMT 2000 50
25. AIPMT 1999 50
26. AIPMT 1998 50
27. AIPMT 1997 50
28. AIPMT 1996 50
29. AIPMT 1995 50
30. AIPMT 1994 50
31. AIPMT 1993 50
32. AIPMT 1992 50
33. AIPMT 1991 50
34. AIPMT 1990 50
35. AIPMT 1989 50
36. AIPMT 1988 50
Joint Entrance Examination JEE (Main)
37. NTA JEE Main 29.06.2022 Shift-I 30
38. NTA JEE Main 29.06.2022 Shift-II 30
39. NTA JEE Main 28.06.2022 Shift-I 30
40. NTA JEE Main 28.06.2022 Shift-II 30
41. NTA JEE Main 27.06.2022 Shift-I 30
42. NTA JEE Main 27.06.2022 Shift-II 30
43. NTA JEE Main 26.06.2022 Shift-I 30
44. NTA JEE Main 26.06.2022 Shift-II 30
45. NTA JEE Main 25.06.2022 Shift-I 30
46. NTA JEE Main 25.06.2022 Shift-II 30
47. NTA JEE Main 24.06.2022 Shift-I 30
48. NTA JEE Main 24.06.2022 Shift-II 30
49. NTA JEE Main 01.09.2021 Shift-I 30
50. NTA JEE Main 01.09.2021 Shift-II 30
51. NTA JEE Main 31.08.2021 Shift-I 30
52. NTA JEE Main 31.08.2021 Shift-II 30
10
53. NTA JEE Main 27.08.2021 Shift-I 30
54. NTA JEE Main 27.08.2021 Shift-II 30
55. NTA JEE Main 26.08.2021 Shift-I 30
56. NTA JEE Main 26.08.2021 Shift-II 30
57. NTA JEE Main 27.07.2021 Shift-I 30
58. NTA JEE Main 27.07.2021 Shift-II 30
59. NTA JEE Main 25.07.2021 Shift-I 30
60. NTA JEE Main 25.07.2021 Shift-II 30
61. NTA JEE Main 22.07.2021 Shift-I 30
62. NTA JEE Main 22.07.2021 Shift-II 30
63. NTA JEE Main 20.07.2021 Shift-I 30
64. NTA JEE Main 20.07.2021 Shift-II 30
65. NTA JEE Main 18.03.2021 Shift-I 30
66. NTA JEE Main 18.03.2021 Shift-II 30
67. NTA JEE Main 17.03.2021 Shift-I 30
68. NTA JEE Main 17.03.2021 Shift-II 30
69. NTA JEE Main 16.03.2021 Shift-I 30
70. NTA JEE Main 16.03.2021 Shift-II 30
71. NTA JEE Main 26.02.2021 Shift-I 30
72. NTA JEE Main 26.02.2021 Shift-II 30
73. NTA JEE Main 25.02.2021 Shift-I 30
74. NTA JEE Main 25.02.2021 Shift-II 30
75. NTA JEE Main 24.02.2021 Shift-I 30
76. NTA JEE Main 24.02.2021 Shift-II 30
77. NTA JEE Main 06.09.2020 Shift-I 30
78. NTA JEE Main 06.09.2020 Shift-II 30
79. NTA JEE Main 05.09.2020 Shift-I 25
80. NTA JEE Main 05.09.2020 Shift-II 30
81. NTA JEE Main 04.09.2020 Shift-I 30
82. NTA JEE Main 04.09.2020 Shift-II 30
83. NTA JEE Main 03.09.2020 Shift-I 30
84. NTA JEE Main 03.09.2020 Shift-II 30
85. NTA JEE Main 02.09.2020 Shift-I 30
86. NTA JEE Main 02.09.2020 Shift-II 30
87. NTA JEE Main 09.01.2020 Shift-I 30
88. NTA JEE Main 09.01.2020 Shift-II 30
89. NTA JEE Main 08.01.2020 Shift-I 30
90. NTA JEE Main 08.01.2020 Shift-II 30
91. NTA JEE Main 07.01.2020 Shift-I 30
92. NTA JEE Main 07.01.2020 Shift-II 30
93. NTA JEE Main 12.04.2019 Shift-I 30
94. NTA JEE Main 12.04.2019 Shift-II 30
95. NTA JEE Main 10.04.2019 Shift-I 30
96. NTA JEE Main 10.04.2019 Shift-II 30
97. NTA JEE Main 09.04.2019 Shift-I 30
98. NTA JEE Main 09.04.2019 Shift-II 30
99. NTA JEE Main 08.04.2019 Shift-I 30
100. NTA JEE Main 08.04.2019 Shift-II 30
101. NTA JEE Main 12.01.2019 Shift-I 30
102. NTA JEE Main 12.01.2019 Shift-II 30
103. NTA JEE Main 11.01.2019 Shift-I 30
104. NTA JEE Main 11.01.2019 Shift-II 30
105. NTA JEE Main 10.01.2019 Shift-I 30
106. NTA JEE Main 10.01.2019 Shift-II 30
107. NTA JEE Main 09.01.2019 Shift-I 30
108. NTA JEE Main 09.01.2019 Shift-II 30
109. JEE Main 16.04.2018 30
110. JEE Main 15.04.2018 Shift-I 30
111. JEE Main 15.04.2018 Shift-II 30
11
112. JEE Main 08.04.2018 30
113. JEE Main 09.04.2017 30
114. JEE Main 08.04.2017 30
115. JEE Main 02.04.2017 30
116. JEE Main 2016 30
117. JEE Main 2015 30
118. JEE Main 2014 30
119. JEE Main 2013 30
120. AIEEE 2012 30
121. AIEEE 2011 30
122. AIEEE 2010 30
123. AIEEE 2009 30
124. AIEEE 2008 30
125. AIEEE 2007 30
126. AIEEE 2006 30
127. AIEEE 2005 30
128. AIEEE 2004 30
129. AIEEE 2003 30
130. AIEEE 2002 30
All India Institute of Medical Sciences (AIIMS)
131. AIIMS 26.05.2019 Shift-I 60
132. AIIMS 26.05.2019 Shift-II 60
133. AIIMS 25.05.2019 Shift-I 60
134. AIIMS 25.05.2019 Shift-II 60
135. AIIMS 2018 60
136. AIIMS 2017 60
137. AIIMS 2016 60
138. AIIMS 2015 60
139. AIIMS 2014 60
140. AIIMS 2013 60
141. AIIMS 2012 60
142. AIIMS 2011 60
143. AIIMS 2010 60
144. AIIMS 2009 60
145. AIIMS 2008 60
146. AIIMS 2007 60
147. AIIMS 2006 60
148. AIIMS 2005 60
149. AIIMS 2004 60
150. AIIMS 2003 60
151. AIIMS 2002 60
152. AIIMS 2001 60
153. AIIMS 2000 60
154. AIIMS 1999 60
155. AIIMS 1998 60
156. AIIMS 1997 60
157. AIIMS 1996 60
158. AIIMS 1994 60
Assam Combined Entrance Examination (CEE)
159. ASSAM-CEE 2021 40
160. ASSAM-CEE 2020 40
161. ASSAM-CEE 2019 40
162. ASSAM-CEE 2018 40
Andhra Pradesh Engineering, Agriculture and Medical Common Entrance Test (AP EAMCET)
163. AP EAMCET Medical 2013 50
164. AP EAMCET Medical 2010 40
165. AP EAMCET Medical 2009 40
166. AP EAMCET Medical 2008 40
167. AP EAMCET Medical 2007 40
12
168. AP EAMCET Medical 2006 40
169. AP EAMCET Medical 2003 50
170. AP EAMCET Medical 2002 40
171. AP EAMCET Medical 2001 40
172. AP EAMCET Medical 1999 35
173. AP EAMCET Medical 1998 50
174. AP EAMCET Medical 1997 50
Andhra Pradesh Engineering, Agriculture and Medical Common Entrance Test (AP EAMCET)
175. AP EAMCET Engineering 06.09.2021 Shift-II 40
176. AP EAMCET Engineering 25.08.2021 Shift-I 40
177. AP EAMCET Engineering 25.08.2021 Shift-II 40
178. AP EAMCET Engineering 24.08.2021 Shift-I 40
179. AP EAMCET Engineering 24.08.2021 Shift-II 40
180. AP EAMCET Engineering 20.08.2021 Shift-I 40
181. AP EAMCET Engineering 20.08.2021 Shift-II 40
182. AP EAMCET Engineering 19.08.2021 Shift-I 40
183. AP EAMCET Engineering 21.09.2020 Shift-I 40
184. AP EAMCET Engineering 21.09.2020 Shift-II 40
185. AP EAMCET Engineering 18.09.2020 Shift-I 40
186. AP EAMCET Engineering 18.09.2020 Shift-II 40
187. AP EAMCET Engineering 17.09.2020 Shift-I 40
188. AP EAMCET Engineering 17.09.2020 Shift-II 40
189. AP EAMCET Engineering 2017 40
190. AP EAMCET Engineering 2016 40
191. AP EAMCET Engineering 2015 40
192. AP EAMCET Engineering 2014 40
193. AP EAMCET Engineering 2013 40
194. AP EAMCET Engineering 2012 40
195. AP EAMCET Engineering 2011 40
196. AP EAMCET Engineering 2010 40
197. AP EAMCET Engineering 2009 40
198. AP EAMCET Engineering 2007 40
199. AP EAMCET Engineering 2005 40
200. AP EAMCET Engineering 2004 40
201. AP EAMCET Engineering 2003 40
202. AP EAMCET Engineering 2002 40
203. AP EAMCET Engineering 2001 40
204. AP EAMCET Engineering 2000 40
205. AP EAMCET Engineering 1999 40
206. AP EAMCET Engineering 1998 40
207. AP EAMCET Engineering 1997 40
208. AP EAMCET Engineering 1996 40
209. AP EAMCET Engineering 1995 40
210. AP EAMCET Engineering 1994 40
211. AP EAMCET Engineering 1993 40
212. AP EAMCET Engineering 1992 40
213. AP EAMCET Engineering 1991 40
Andhra Pradesh Engineering, Agriculture and Pharmacy Common Entrance Test (AP EAPCET)
214. AP EAPCET 07.09.2021 Shift-I 40
215. AP EAPCET 23.08.2021 Shift-I 40
216. AP EAPCET 19.08.2021 Shift-II 40
217. AP EAPCET 20.08.2021 Shift-I 40
218. AP EAPCET 19.08.2021 Shift-I 40
219. AP EAPCET 06.09.2021 Shift-II 40
220. AP EAPCET 25.08.2021 Shift-II 40
221. AP EAPCET 24.08.2021 Shift-II 40
222. AP EAPCET 20.08.2021 Shift-II 40
223. AP EAPCET 24.08.2021 Shift-I 40
13
Aligarh Muslim University Engineering Entrance Examination (AMU)
224. AMU 2019 50
225. AMU 2018 50
226. AMU 2017 50
227. AMU 2016 50
228. AMU 2015 50
229. AMU 2014 50
230. AMU 2013 50
231. AMU 2012 50
232. AMU 2011 50
233. AMU 2010 50
234. AMU 2009 50
235. AMU 2008 50
236. AMU 2007 50
237. AMU 2006 50
238. AMU 2005 50
239. AMU 2004 50
240. AMU 2003 50
241. AMU 2002 50
242. AMU 2001 50
Bihar Combined Entrance Competitive Examination (BCECE)
243. BCECE 2018 50
244. BCECE 2017 50
245. BCECE 2016 50
246. BCECE 2015 50
247. BCECE 2014 50
248. BCECE 2013 50
249. BCECE 2012 50
250. BCECE 2011 50
251. BCECE 2010 50
252. BCECE 2009 50
253. BCECE 2008 50
254. BCECE 2007 50
255. BCECE 2006 50
256. BCECE 2005 50
257. BCECE 2004 50
258. BCECE 2003 50
Birla Institute of Technology and Science Admission Test (BITSAT)
259. BITSAT 2018 40
260. BITSAT 2017 40
261. BITSAT 2016 40
262. BITSAT 2015 40
263. BITSAT 2014 40
264. BITSAT 2013 40
265. BITSAT 2012 40
266. BITSAT 2011 40
267. BITSAT 2010 40
268. BITSAT 2009 40
269. BITSAT 2008 40
270. BITSAT 2007 40
271. BITSAT 2006 40
272. BITSAT 2005 40
Consortium of Medical, Engineering and Dental Colleges of Karnataka (COMEDK)
273. COMEDK-JEE 2022 60
274. COMEDK-JEE 2021 60
275. COMEDK-JEE 2020 60
276. COMEDK-JEE 2019 60
277. COMEDK-JEE 2018 60
14
278. COMEDK-JEE 2017 60
279. COMEDK-JEE 2016 60
280. COMEDK-JEE 2015 60
281. COMEDK-JEE 2014 60
282. COMEDK-JEE 2013 60
283. COMEDK-JEE 2012 60
284. COMEDK-JEE 2011 60
Chhattisgarh Pre-Engineering Test (CGPET)
285. Chhattisgarh-PET 2019 100
286. Chhattisgarh-PET 2018 100
287. Chhattisgarh-PET 2017 100
288. Chhattisgarh-PET 2016 100
289. Chhattisgarh-PET 2015 100
290. Chhattisgarh-PET 2014 100
291. Chhattisgarh-PET 2013 100
292. Chhattisgarh-PET 2012 100
293. Chhattisgarh-PET 2011 100
294. Chhattisgarh-PET 2010 100
295. Chhattisgarh-PET 2009 100
296. Chhattisgarh-PET 2008 100
297. Chhattisgarh-PET 2007 100
298. Chhattisgarh-PET 2006 100
299. Chhattisgarh-PET 2005 100
300. Chhattisgarh-PET 2004 100
Gujarat Common Entrance Test (GUJCET)
301. GUJCET 18.04.2022 40
302. GUJCET 06.08.2021 40
303. GUJCET 2020 40
304. GUJCET 2019 40
305. GUJCET 2018 40
306. GUJCET 2017 40
307. GUJCET 2016 40
308. GUJCET 2015 40
309. GUJCET 2014 40
310. GUJCET 2011 40
311. GUJCET 2008 40
312. GUJCET 2007 40
Himachal Pradesh Common Entrance Test (HPCET)
313. HPCET 2021 60
314. HPCET 2020 60
315. HPCET 2019 60
316. HPCET 2018 60
317. HPCET 2017 60
318. HPCET 2016 60
319. HPCET 2015 60
320. HPCET 2014 60
321. HPCET 2013 60
Jammu and Kashmir Common Entrance Test (JKCET)
322. JKCET 2019 75
323. JKCET 2018 75
324. JKCET 2017 75
325. JKCET 2016 75
326. JKCET 2015 75
327. JKCET 2014 75
328. JKCET 2013 75
329. JKCET 2012 75
330. JKCET 2011 75
331. JKCET 2010 75
332. JKCET 2009 75
15
333. JKCET 2008 75
334. JKCET 2007 75
335. JKCET 2006 75
336. JKCET 2005 75
337. JKCET 2004 75
338. JKCET 2003 75
339. JKCET 2002 75
340. JKCET 2001 75
341. JKCET 2000 75
342. JKCET 1999 75
343. JKCET 1998 75
344. JKCET 1997 75
Jawaharlal Institute of Postgraduate Medical Education and Research (JIPMER)
345. JIPMER 2019 60
346. JIPMER 2018 60
347. JIPMER 2017 60
348. JIPMER 2016 60
349. JIPMER 2015 60
350. JIPMER 2014 60
351. JIPMER 2013 60
352. JIPMER 2012 60
353. JIPMER 2011 60
354. JIPMER 2010 60
355. JIPMER 2009 60
356. JIPMER 2008 60
357. JIPMER 2007 60
358. JIPMER 2006 60
359. JIPMER 2005 60
360. JIPMER 2004 60
Jharkhand Combined Entrance Competitive Examination (JCECE)
361. JCECE 2018 50
362. JCECE 2017 50
363. JCECE 2016 50
364. JCECE 2015 50
365. JCECE 2014 50
366. JCECE 2013 50
367. JCECE 2012 50
368. JCECE 2011 50
369. JCECE 2010 50
370. JCECE 2009 50
371. JCECE 2008 50
372. JCECE 2007 50
373. JCECE 2006 50
374. JCECE 2005 50
375. JCECE 2004 50
376. JCECE 2003 50
Kerala Commissioner for Entrance Examinations (K-CEE)
377. Kerala CEE 04.07.2022 60
378. Kerala CEE 29.08.2021 60
379. Kerala CEE 2020 60
380. Kerala CEE 2019 60
381. Kerala CEE 2018 60
382. Kerala CEE 2017 60
383. Kerala CEE 2016 60
384. Kerala CEE 2015 60
385. Kerala CEE 2014 60
386. Kerala CEE 2013 60
387. Kerala CEE 2012 60
388. Kerala CEE 2011 60
16
389. Kerala CEE 2010 60
390. Kerala CEE 2009 60
391. Kerala CEE 2008 60
392. Kerala CEE 2007 60
393. Kerala CEE 2006 60
394. Kerala CEE 2005 60
395. Kerala CEE 2004 60
Karnataka Common Entrance Test (K-CET)
396. Karnataka-CET 17.06.2022 60
397. Karnataka-CET 2021 60
398. Karnataka-CET 2020 60
399. Karnataka-CET 2019 60
400. Karnataka-CET 2018 60
401. Karnataka-CET 2017 60
402. Karnataka-CET 2016 60
403. Karnataka-CET 2015 60
404. Karnataka-CET 2014 60
405. Karnataka-CET 2013 60
406. Karnataka-CET 2012 60
407. Karnataka-CET 2011 60
408. Karnataka-CET 2010 60
409. Karnataka-CET 2009 60
410. Karnataka-CET 2008 60
411. Karnataka-CET 2007 60
412. Karnataka-CET 2006 60
413. Karnataka-CET 2005 60
414. Karnataka-CET 2004 60
415. Karnataka-CET 2003 60
416. Karnataka-CET 2002 60
417. Karnataka-CET 2001 60
Madhya Pradesh Pre Engineering Test (MPPET)
418. MPPET 2013 50
419. MPPET 2012 50
420. MPPET 2009 50
421. MPPET 2008 50
Manipal University Under Graduate Entrance Test (M-UGET)
422. M-UGET 2020 50
423. M-UGET 2019 50
424. M-UGET 2018 50
425. M-UGET 2017 50
426. M-UGET 2016 50
427. M-UGET 2015 50
428. M-UGET 2014 50
429. M-UGET 2013 50
430. M-UGET 2012 50
431. M-UGET 2011 50
432. M-UGET 2010 50
433. M-UGET 2009 50
434. M-UGET 2008 50
Maharashtra Common Entrance Test (MHT-CET)
435. MHT-CET 02-05-2019 Shift-I 50
436. MHT-CET 02-05-2019 Shift-II 50
437. MHT-CET 03-05-2019 50
438. MHT-CET 2018 50
439. MHT-CET 2017 50
440. MHT-CET 2016 50
441. MHT-CET 2015 50
442. MHT-CET 2014 50
443. MHT-CET 2013 50
17
444. MHT-CET 2012 50
445. MHT-CET 2011 50
446. MHT-CET 2010 50
447. MHT-CET 2009 50
448. MHT-CET 2008 50
449. MHT-CET 2007 50
UPSC Special Class Railway Apprentice (SCRA)
450. SCRA 2015 60
451. SCRA 2014 60
452. SCRA 2013 60
453. SCRA 2012 60
454. SCRA 2010 60
455. SCRA 2009 60
SRM Joint Engineering Entrance Examination (SRM-JEE)
456. SRM-JEE 2016 40
457. SRM-JEE 2015 40
458. SRM-JEE 2014 40
459. SRM-JEE 2013 40
460. SRM-JEE 2012 40
461. SRM-JEE 2011 40
462. SRM-JEE 2010 40
463. SRM-JEE 2009 40
464. SRM-JEE 2008 40
465. SRM-JEE 2007 40
Telangana State Engineering, Agriculture & Medical Common Entrance Test (TS EAMCET)
466. TS EAMCET 10.08.2021 Shift-I 40
467. TS EAMCET 10.08.2021 Shift-II 40
468. TS EAMCET 09.08.2021 40
469. TS EAMCET 08.08.2021 Shift-I 40
470. TS EAMCET 07.08.2021 Shift-II 40
471. TS EAMCET 06.08.2021 40
472. TS EAMCET 05.08.2021 Shift-I 40
473. TS EAMCET 05.08.2021 Shift-II 40
474. TS EAMCET 2017 40
475. TS EAMCET 2016 40
Tripura Joint Entrance Examination (TJEE)
476. Tripura JEE 27.04.2022 50
477. Tripura JEE 2021 50
478. Tripura JEE 2020 50
479. Tripura JEE 2019 50
Uttar Pradesh State Entrance Examination (UPSEE)
480. UPSEE 2018 50
481. UPSEE 2017 50
482. UPSEE 2016 50
483. UPSEE 2015 50
484. UPSEE 2014 50
485. UPSEE 2013 50
486. UPSEE 2012 50
487. UPSEE 2011 50
488. UPSEE 2010 50
489. UPSEE 2009 50
490. UPSEE 2008 50
491. UPSEE 2007 50
492. UPSEE 2006 50
493. UPSEE 2005 50
494. UPSEE 2004 50
18
Uttar Pradesh Combined Pre Medical Test (UPCPMT)
495. UPCPMT 2014 50
496. UPCPMT 2013 50
497. UPCPMT 2012 50
498. UPCPMT 2011 50
499. UPCPMT 2010 50
500. UPCPMT 2009 50
501. UPCPMT 2008 50
502. UPCPMT 2007 50
503. UPCPMT 2006 50
504. UPCPMT 2005 50
505. UPCPMT 2004 50
506. UPCPMT 2003 50
507. UPCPMT 2002 50
508. UPCPMT 2001 50
Vellore Institute of Technology Engineering Entrance Examination (VITEEE)
509. VITEEE 2021 40
510. VITEEE 2020 40
511. VITEEE 2019 40
512. VITEEE 2018 40
513. VITEEE 2017 40
514. VITEEE 2016 40
515. VITEEE 2015 40
516. VITEEE 2014 40
517. VITEEE 2013 40
518. VITEEE 2012 40
519. VITEEE 2011 40
520. VITEEE 2010 40
521. VITEEE 2009 40
522. VITEEE 2008 40
523. VITEEE 2007 40
524. VITEEE 2006 40
West Bengal Joint Entrance Examination Board (WBJEE)
525. WBJEE 30.04.2022 30
526. WBJEE 2021 30
527. WBJEE 2020 30
528. WBJEE 2019 30
529. WBJEE 2018 30
530. WBJEE 2017 30
531. WBJEE 2016 30
532. WBJEE 2015 30
533. WBJEE 2014 30
534. WBJEE 2013 30
535. WBJEE 2012 30
536. WBJEE 2011 30
537. WBJEE 2010 30
538. WBJEE 2009 30
539. WBJEE 2008 30
540. WBJEE 2007 30
541. WBJEE 2006 30
542. WBJEE 2005 30
543. WBJEE 2004 30
544. WBJEE 2003 30
545. WBJEE 2002 30
546. WBJEE 2001 30
Total 26235
Note : After detailed analysis of above mentioned papers of NEET/JEE (Main) and State Medical
and Engineering Examination Related to Chemistry 26235 (Volume-I+II) have been presented
chapterwise. Questions of repeated and similar nature have included so that the technique of
asking question can benefit the competitors.
19
Trend Analysis of NEET/JEE (Main) Chemistry
Questions Through Pie Chart & Bar Graph
20
01.
Some Basic Concepts of Chemistry
(c) 3, 3 and 3 respectively
1. Significant figures, Units for (d) 3, 4 and 4 respectively
BITSAT 2009
Measurement NEET 1998
Ans. (c) : Each has three significant figures. All non-
1. Using the rules for significant figures, the zero number are significant 161 has 3 significant and
correct answer for the expression leading zero are not significant they are nothing more
0.02858 × 0.112 then place holder, the number 0.161 and 0.0161 has 3
will be
0.5702 significant figure.
(a) 0.005613 (b) 0.00561 5. The prefix 1018 is
(c) 0.0056 (d) 0.006 (a) giga (b) kilo
JEE Main-29.06.2022, Shift-II (c) Exa (d) nano
0.00285 × 0.112 0.003200 BITSAT 2015, 2006
Ans. (b) : = Ans. (c) : Exa is a decimal unit prefix in the matric
0.5702 0.5702 system.
= 0.00561 Exa = 1018, Giga = 109
2. Manganese (VI) has ability to disproportionate Kilo = 103, Nano = 10–9
in acidic solution. The difference in oxidation 6. Match List-I with List-II
states of two ions it forms in acidic solution
is_____. List-I List-II
(Parameter) (Unit)
JEE Main-27.06.2022, Shift-I A. Cell constant 1. S cm mol–1
2
surface at rest to shrink into the minimum surface area = 1.230 × 10-2g
possible. The surface tension is given as: Thus, 1230 ng is the smallest quantity.
Force 22. How is 0.0120 written as a scientific notation?
Surface tension =
Length (a) 120×10–4 (b) 1.2×10–2
MLT −2 (c) 12×10 –3
(d) 12.0×10–3
= UPTU/UPSEE-2011
L
= [ML0 T −2 ] Ans. (b) : 0.0120 is written as 1.2 × 10–2, ie. decimal is
moved two places towards the right so that there is only
18. Which one of the following is not a unit of one non-zero digit before the decimal point and the
energy? exponent of 10 is –2 in the scientific notation.
(a) lit-atm (b) kg m2s–2 Scientific notation is a form of representing in simpler
(c) Nm (d) kg.ms–2 form.
UPTU/UPSEE-2016 23. For a reaction of type A + B → products, it is
Ans. (d): Kg. ms-2 is a unit of force and other three observed that doubling concentration of A
options are the units of energy. causes the reaction rate to be four times as
19. Consider following unit values of energy great, but doubling amount of B does not affect
I. 1 L atm II. 1 erg the rate. The unit of rate constant is
III. 1 J IV. 1 kcal (a) s–1 (b) s–1 mol L–1
–1 –1
Increasing order of these values is– (c) s mol L (d) s s–1 mol–2 L2
(a) I = II = III = IV (b) I < II < III < IV VITEEE- 2010
(c) II < III < I < IV (d) IV < I < III < II Ans. (c) : For a reaction -
BCECE-2013 A + B → product
Ans. (c): Let the initial rate be R
• Energy is the capacity to do work. And order with respect to A be x and B be y. Thus, rate
R = 0.0821 L atm mol-1 k-1 law can be written as,
R = 8.314 × 107 ergs mol-1 k-1 Rate, R = [A]x [B]y ….(i)
R = 8.314 mol-1 k-1 After doubling the concentration of A, rate becomes 4R,
R = 0.002 Kcal mol-1 k-1 4R = [2A]x [B]y ….(ii)
R After doubling the concentration of B, rate remains R,
Q 1 L atm = mol K R = [A]x [2B]y ....(iii)
0.0821
R From equation (i) and (ii), we get
• 1 erg = mol K x 2 x
8.314 ×107 R 1 1 1
= ⇒ =
R 4R 2 2 2
• 1 J= mol K
8.314 So, x=2
R From equation (i) and (iii), we get
• 1 kcal = mol K y 0 y
0.002 R 1 1 1
= ⇒ =
Hence, option (c) is correct answer. R 2 1 2
20. Dimension of universal gas constant (R) is So, Y=0
(a) [VPT-1n-1] (b) [VP-1Tn-1] Hence, the rate law is, rate R = [A]2[B]0
-1
(c) [VPTn ] (d) [VPT-1n] This clearly shows that the order of this reaction is 2
J & K CET-(2012) and for second order reaction units of rate constant are
Ans. (a) : From the gas equation, mol–1 Ls–1.
PV = nRT 24. The charge on an electron in Coulombs is–
P× V (a) 1.602 × 10–19 (b) 1.062 × 10–19
R=
n×T (c) 1.620 × 10 –19
(d) 1.006 × 10–19
R = [VPT-1n-1] BCECE-2009
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 23 YCT
Ans. (a) : Coulomb is the SI unit of electric charge 1 12
which is define as the amount of charge delivered by an 1 amu = g
electric current of one ampere in one second. 12 N A
The charge on an electron is 1
1 amu = g
= – 1.60217663 × 10–19 coulomb. 6.023 × 1023
–27
25. In colloid particles, range of diameter is 1 amu = 1.6 × 10 kg
(a) 1 to 1000 nm (b) 1 to 1000 cm 30. The radius of an atomic nucleus is generally
(c) 1 to 1000 mm (d) 1 to 100 km expressed in units of:
BCECE-2008 (a) Debye (b) Coulomb
UPTU/UPSEE-2006 (c) Fermi (d) Tesla
Ans. (a) : Colloid is a mixture, in which insoluble AP-EAMCET (Medical), 2001
particles of one substance suspended in another Ans. (c) : The radius of atomic nucleus is expressed in
substance, range of diameter in colloid particles is 1 to fermi.
1000 nm. 1 Fermi = 10–13 cm
Colloidal particle range in diameter from 1 to 1000 31. A colloidal system has particles of which of the
nanometers and can be solid, liquid, or gases. following size?
26. In which of the following number all zeros are (a) 10−9 m to 10 –12 m (b) 10−6 m to 10 –9 m
significant? −4
(c) 10 m to 10 m –10
(d) 10−5 m to 10 –7 m
(a) 0.0005 (b) 0.0500
(NEET-1996)
(c) 50.000 (d) 0.0050
BITSAT-2008 Ans. (b) : A colloidal system has particles of 10–6 m to
10–9 m size. Colloidal system consist of dispersed of
Ans. (c) : If zero is used to locate the decimal point it is dispersed phase and dispersion medium.
considered as a significant figure. In 50.000, all zero are
So, option B is correct.
significant.
32. The dimensions of pressure are the same as
27. Which one of the following set of units that of
represents the smallest and largest amount of
energy respectively? (a) force per unit volume
(a) J and erg (b) erg and cal (b) energy per unit volume
(c) cal and eV (d) lit-atom and J (c) force
(e) eV and lit-atom (d) energy
Kerala-CEE-2007 NEET-1995
Ans. (e) : SI unit of energy is Joule. Force Mass × acceleration
Ans. (b): Pressure = =
Converting other units of energy into joule, we find- Area Area
1 eV = 1.6 × 10–19 J Dimensional formula,
1 cal = 4.186 J M × LT −2
1 erg = 10-7 J = = ML−1T −2
L2
1 lit - atom = 101.3 J
Smallest and largest amount of energy are eV and lit- Energy = work = force × displacement
atom respectively. ML2 T −2
Energy per unit volume =
28. Which of the following, is not a unit of L3
pressure? = ML–1T–2
(a) Atmosphere (b) Torr Dimension of pressure is ML–1T–2 which is same as the
(c) Pascal (d) Newton dimension of energy per unit volume.
JIPMER-2004
Ans. (d) : • The force per unit area is called pressure it 2. Atomic, Molecular and
is denoted by P. Here, Atmosphere, Torr and Pascal,
these three are unit of pressure. Equivalent Masses
• Newton is not the unit of pressure. It is the unit of
force. 33. Arrange the following in the order increasing
So, the correct option is Newton. mass (atomic mass O = 16, Cu = 63, N = 14)
29. The value of amu is which of the following? I. One molecule of oxygen
(a) 1.57×10–24 kg (b) 1.66×10–24 kg II. One atom of nitrogen
(c) 1.99×10 kg–23
(d) 1.66×10–27 kg III. 1 × 10–10 gram molecule of oxygen
UP CPMT-2003 IV. 1 × 10–10 g of copper
th
(a) II < I < IV < III (b) I < II < III < IV
1 (c) III < II < IV < I (d) IV < II < III < I
Ans. (d) : 1 amu is defined as of the mass one
12 (e) II < IV < I < III
carbon-12 isotope atom. As per the definition of atomic AIIMS-2016
mass unit, Kerala-CEE-2011
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 24 YCT
Ans. (a) : Comparing the masses, we get correct order 36. Assertion : The normality of 0.3 M aqueous
of increasing mass is (II) < (I) < (IV) < (III) solution of H3PO3 is equal to 0.6N.
(I) 1 molecule of oxygen = O2 Reason: Equivalent weight of H3PO3
∴ Mass of O2 Molecular weight of H 3 PO 3
=
16 × 2 32g 32 3
= = = = 5.3 × 10−23 g
NA N A 6.22 ×1023 (a) If both Assertion and Reason are correct and
the Reason is the correct explanation of
(II) Mass of 1 atom of Nitrogen = 1.66 × 10−24 ×14 Assertion.
= 23.2 × 10 −24 g (b) If both Assertion and Reason are correct, but
Reason is not the correct explanation of
(III) 1× 10−24 gm molecule of oxygen = 1× 10−10
Assertion.
moles of O2 (c) If Assertion is correct but Reason is incorrect.
Mass of 1× 10−10 gm molecule of oxygen 1× 10−10 × 32 (d) If both the Assertion and Reason are
= 3.2 × 10 −9 g incorrect.
AIIMS-2018, 2013, 2011
(IV) Mass of copper = 1× 10−10 g
Comparing the masses in (I), (II), (III) and (IV) Ans. (c): H3PO3 is a divalent. This is because it has two
ionizable hydrogen atoms bonded to two oxygen atom
We get, (II), < (I), < (IV), < (III) and one non-ionizable hydrogen atom bonded directly
Therefore, answer is (II) < (I) < (IV) < (III) to phosphorus.
34. 1.520 g of hydroxide of a metal on ignition gave Molecular weight
0.995 g of oxide. The equivalent weight of metal ∴ Equivalent weight =
Valency factor
is :
(a) 1.52 (b) 0.995 (Where, valency factor = no. of replaceable H+ ions)
(c) 19.00 (d) 9.00 M
equivalent weight = , since, no. of replaceable H+
BITSAT-2011 q
BCECE-2008 ions in H3PO3 = 2
Ans. (d) : Let E be the equivalent weight of the metal 37. 0.79 gm of a metal oxide is obtained from 0.5
E + 17 1.52 gm of the same metal upon oxidation.
So, = Equivalent weight of the metal will be which of
E + 8 0.995
[17 is equivalent weight of OH and 8 is equivalent the following?
weight of oxygen] (a) 10 (b) 13.8
⇒ 0.995E + 17 × 0.995 = E × 1.52 + 8 ×1.52 (c) 20 (d) 40
Tripura JEE-2022
⇒ 0.525E = 16.915 − 12.16 = 4.755
Ans. (b) : Mass of metal + mass of oxygen = mass of
4.755 metal oxide
∴E = =9
0.525 Mass of oxygen = 0.79 – 0.5
35. In acidic medium, the equivalent weight of = 0.29
K2Cr2O7 (Mol. wt. = M) is Mass of metal Eq.wt.of metal
=
M Mass of oxygen Eq.wt.of oxygen
(a) M (b)
2 0.5
Eq.wt.of metal = ×8
M M 0.29
(c) (d)
3 6 Eq.wt.of metal = 13.79 13.8
WBJEE-2012 38. What amount of conc. H2SO4 solution should
UPTU/UPSEE-2009 be used to prepare 500 ml of 0.5 M H2SO4?
Ans. (d) : An equivalent weight of a solution is defined (The concentration of H2SO4 solution being
as the molecular weight of the solute divided by the used is 90% and molecular mass of H2SO4 =
valence of the solute. Equivalent weight is used for 98.079 g. mol–1)
predicting the mass of substance that react with one (a) 22.06 g (b) 24.52 g
atom of hydrogen is acid –base analysis. (c) 11.03 g (d) 27.24 g
Balanced chemical reaction of K2Cr2O7 in acidic AP-EAPCET-23.08.2021, Shift-I
medium will be- Ans. (a) : Given that-
K 2 Cr2O 7 + 14H + + 6e − → 2K + + 2Cr 3+ + 7H 2O V = 500 ml
In the above reaction, oxidation state of chromate ion is C = 0.5 M
changing from +6 to +3, i.e. the transfer of 6 electrons Concentration of H2SO4 solution being used is 90%
is taking place. 0.5 × 90
M So, C = = 0.45 M
∴ Equivalent weight = 100
6 Molecular weight of H2SO4 = 98.079 g/mol
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 25 YCT
n (moles) 42. Vapour density of a metal chloride is 83. If
∴C= equivalent weight of the metal is 6, its atomic
V (volume) weight will be ....... . 1
weight 1 (a) 12 (b) 24
or C = × (c) 18 (d) 60
m.weight V(Volume)
Putting the value we get- AP EAMCET (Engg.) 21.09.2020, Shift-I
weight / amount Ans. (b) : Valency of metal,
0.45 = 2 × vapour density
98.079 × 0.5 (n) =
Amount of H2SO4 = 0.45×0.5×98.079 = 22.06 gm. Equivalent weight of metal + 35.5
39. When 1 : 2 equivalence ratio of the gases X 2 × 83
= =4
and Y are heated to 573 K – 673 K at 200 – 300 6 + 35.5
atm in the presence of ZnO – Cr2O3 catalyst, The atomic weight of metal is equal to the product of
methanol is formed. Here, the gases X and Y the equivalent weight of metal and valency.
are ____ and ____ respectively. Atomic weight of metal = n × equivalent weight of
(a) CO2 & H2 (b) CO & H2 metal
(c) CH4 & O2 (d) CH4 & H2O(g) ⇒ 4 × 6 = 24
AP EAPCET 24.08.2021, Shift-I Hence, the correct option (b).
ZnO + Cr2O3
Ans. (b) : CO + 2H 2
573K − 673K
→ CH 3OH 43. A 40% by mass sucrose solution is heated till, it
becomes 50% by mass. Calculate the mass of
CO and H2 are heated to 573 K – 673 K at 200 - 300 water lost from 100 g of the solution is
atm in the presence of ZnO − Cr2 O3 catalyst, methanol (a) 10 g (b) 15 g
is formed. This process is used to prepare methanol on (c) 20 g (d) 25 g
an industrial scale. AP EAMCET (Engg.) 21.09.2020, Shift-II
40. 3.7 gm of a gas at 25oC occupies some volume. Ans. (c) : 40% sucrose solution means it contains 60%
At 17oC, 0.184 gm hydrogen gas occupies same water. After heating, till 50% by mass sucrose remains.
volume when pressures of both gases are same. 0.4
Thus, % water lost = × 100 = 80
What will be the molecular weight of the gas? 0.5
(a) 41.98 (b) 20.67 Water lost = 100 – 80 = 20 g
(c) 20.94 (d) 41.34 Hence, option (c) is correct.
Tripura JEE-202144. What will be the mass of one atom of 12C?
Ans. (d) : Given, Amount of gas = 3.7g (a) 1 amu (b) 1.9923×10–23g
Here, volume and pressure of both gases are same. (c) 1.6603×10 g –22
(d) 6 amu
As we know, PV = nRT WB-JEE-2020
P and V are same for both gases.
So, n1T1 = n2T2 Ans. (b) : Mass of 12 C = 12 gm
w1 w 6.022 × 1023 atoms are present in 12 g of carbon -12
T1 = 2 T2 element.
M1 M2
Mass of 6.022 × 1023 atom = 12 gm.
3.7 0.184
× 298 = × 290 12
M1 2 Mass of 1 Atom =
6.023 × 1023
M1 = 41.33 g = 1.993 × 10 −23 gm
41. 12.3 g of 1-bromopropane is treated with
alcoholic KOH. What mass of propene is 45. In a flask, the weight ratio of CH4(g) and
obtained if yield is 50%? SO2(g) at 298 K and 1 bar is 1:2. The ratio of
(a) 6.05 g (b) 12.3 g the number of molecules of SO2(g) and CH4(g)
is
(c) 4.2 g (d) 2.1 g
(a) 1:4 (b) 4:1
Assam CEE-2021
(c) 1:2 (d) 2:1
Ans. (d) : COMEDK-2020
CH3 − CH 2 − CH 2 − Br alc
KOH
→ CH3 − CH = CH 2 Ans. (c) : Let mass of CH4(g) =1g
12.3g 50% x g? 1
121 g → 41 g (100% ) Number of moles of CH4 ( n CH 4 )=
16
41 50 1
1g→ × ( 50% ) Number of molecules of CH4(g)= × NA
121 100 16
41 50 Let the mass of SO2(g)=2g
12.3g → × × 12.3
121 100 2
Number of moles of SO2(g)( n so2 )=
= 2.06 = 2.1g 64
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 26 YCT
2 = 2 × 90
Number of molecules of SO2(g)= × NA = 180
64 Hence, assertion is correct but reason is incorrect.
Ratio of number of molecules of SO2(g) and number of
molecules of CH4(g) = 49. In acid medium MnO 4– is reduced to Mn2+, by a
reducing agent. Then the equivalent mass of
2 1 1 1
× NA : × NA ⇒ : ⇒ 1: 2 KMnO4 is given by :
64 16 32 16 (M = molecular mass)
46. Equivalent mass of K2Cr2O7 in acidic solution (a) M/2 (b) M
is equal to (c) M/5 (d) M/3
(a) molecular mass/2 (b) molecular mass/4 Manipal-2019
(c) molecular mass (d) molecular mass/ 6. Ans. (c) :
MnO 4− + 8H + + 5e − → Mn 2+ + 4H 2 O
COMEDK-2019
Ans. (d) : The given reaction occurred in acidic ↓
↓ O.N=+2
medium is : O.N.=+7
K 2 Cr2 O 7 + 14H + + 6e – → 2K + + 2Cr 3+ + 7H 2 O In acidic medium, Mn +7 goes to Mn +2 state and hence
In the above reaction, you can see that l molecule of there is a net gain of 5 electrons.
K2Cr2O7 is releasing 6 electrons and molecular weight Now, equivalent weight
of K2Cr2O7=294 g/mol molar mass
=
∴Calculation of equivalent weight number of electrons gained or lost
Molecular wt.of K 2 Cr2O 7 M
= So, equivalent weight =
Acidity 5
Molecular wt.of K 2Cr2 O7 50. The equivalent weight of oxalic acid in
Equivalent weight = C2H2O4.2H2O is
6 (a) 45 (b) 63
47. Equivalent weight of KMnO4 is equal to (c) 90 (d) 126
(a) one-sixth its molecular weight NDA (I)-2019
(b) its molecular weight Ans : (b) Given, Oxalic Acid (C2H2O4.2H2O)
(c) one-fifth its molecular weight We know that,
(d) half is molecular weight. Molecular weight
COMEDK-2019 Equivalent weight =
n - factor
2KMnO 4 + 3H 2SO 4 → 126
Ans. (c) : = = 63
K 2SO 4 + 2MnSO 4 + 3H 2 O + 5[O] 2
Since, mass of oxygen are available from Hence, equivalent weight of oxalic acid (C2H2O4.2H2O)
2×8 1 is 63.
= mol. wt. of KMnO4 51. 1 mol of FeSO4 (atomic weight of Fe is 55.84g
5 × 16 5 mol-1) is oxidised to Fe2(SO4)3.
Therefore, equivalent weight of KMnO4 Calculate the equivalent weight of ferrous ion
1 (a) 55.84 (b) 27. 92
= × molecular weight.
5 (c) 18.61 (d) 111.68
Thus equivalent weight of KMnO4 is one fifth its (e) 83.76
molecular weight. Kerala-CEE-2018
48. Assertion: Molecular weight of a compound is Ans. (a) : 1 mol of FeSO4 is oxidised to Fe2(SO4)3.
180, if its vapour density is 90. Change in oxidation number = 1(+2 → +3)
Vapour density The atomic mass of Fe = 55.84
Reason: Molecular Weight =
2 Atomic mass
Equivalent mass =
(a) If both Assertion and Reason are correct and Changein oxidation state
Reason is the correct explanation of
Assertion. For the charge, Fe → Fe3+ i.e. (3 – 2 = 1)
2+
(a) 19.6 g (b) 196.0 g 122. An element, X has the following isotopic
(c) 122.5 g (d) 245.0 g composition :
200 199 202
[Given that : 2KClO3(g)→2KCl(g) + 3O2(g); X : 90% X : 8.0% X : 2.0%
molar mass of KClO3=122.5 g] The weighted average atomic mass of the
AMU – 2007 naturally occurring element X is closed to
Ans. (b) : 2KClO3(g) → 2KCl(g) + 3O2(g) (a) 201 amu (b) 202 amu
Molar mass of KClO3= 122.5 (c) 199 amu (d) 200 amu
Now, 3 mol of O2 is produced by 2 mol of KClO3. NEET-2007
2 200
Ans. (d) : weight of X = 0.90 × 200 = 180.00 u
1 mole of O2 is producd by mole of KClO3
3 Weight of 199 X = 0.08 × 199 = 15.92 u
2 Weight of 202 X = 0.02 × 202 = 4.04 u
24 mole of O2 is produced by × 2.4 mole of KClO3
3 Total weight = 199.96 ≈ 200 amu.
= 1.6 mol of KClO3 123. A 0.5 g/L solution of glucose is found to be
Therefore, the mass of KClO3 required to produce 2.4 isotonic with a 2.5 g/L solution of an organic
mol of oxygen is given as compound. What will be the molecular weight
=1.6×122.5 g =196 g of that organic compound?
119. The milliequivalent in 60 ml 4M H2SO4 is: (a) 300 (b) 600
(a) 240 (b) 480 (c) 900 (d) 200
(c) 24 (d) 48 AP-EAMCET (Medical), 2006
[BITSAT – 2007] Ans. (c) : 0.5 g/L 2.5 g/L
Ans. (b) : Relation between normality and molarity is (Glucose) (Organic compound)
given by the equation Isotone,
Normality = n × Molarity π1 = π2
Where, C1RT = C2RT {C1, C2 = Molarity}
n = number of replaceable hydrogen = 2 (for sulfuric C1 = C2
acid)
0.5/180 2.5/ M
Given =
1 1
Molarity of the solution = 4.0M
Then 0.5 2.5
=
N H 2SO 4 = 2 × 4 = 8 N 180 M
M = 900 g / mole
Milliequivalents = Normality × volume (in mL)
= 8 × 60 124. The equivalent weight of potassium
= 480 m. eq. permanganate when it acts as oxidizing agent
120. An oxide of the element contains 20% O2 by in ferrous ion estimation is
weight. Calculate the equivalent weight of the (a) 158 (b) 31.6
element. (c) 79 (d) 39.5
(a) 8 (b) 16 VITEEE- 2006
(c) 32 (d) 12 Ans. (b) : The oxidation of ferrous ion by KMnO4 takes
Karnataka-CET-2007 place in acidic medium as per following reaction
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 38 YCT
2KMnO 4 + 8H 2SO 4 + 10FeSO 4 128. The standard adopted for the determination of
atomic weight of elements is based on:
→ K 2SO 4 + 2MnSO 4 + 8H 2 O + 5Fe2 ( SO 4 )3 (a) H1 (b) C12
∴ Eq. mass of KMnO4 (c) O 16
(d) S32
Molecular mass JCECE - 2005
changein oxidation number Ans. (b) : The standard adopted for the determination of
158 atomic weight of elements is based on C12.
= = 31.6 Mass of one atom of an element = atomic mass ×
5 th
125. KMnO4 (mol. wt. = 158) oxidizes oxalic acid in 1 of the mass of one atom of carbon.
acidic medium to CO2 and water as follows. 12
2– – + 2+
5C2O4 + 2MnO4 + 16H → 10CO2 + 2Mn 129. The mass of carbon anode consumed (giving
+ 8H2O only carbon dioxide) in the production of 270
What is the equivalent weight of KMnO4? kg of aluminium metal from bauxite by the
(a) 158 (b) 31.6 Hall process is
(c) 39.5 (d) 79 (a) 270 kg (b) 540 kg
J & K CET-(2006) (c) 90 kg (d) 180 kg
Ans. (b) : Given that, NEET-2005
Molecular wt. of KMnO4 = 158
Ans. (c):
(Oxidation number of Mn = +7) (Oxidation number of
∴ For 108 g of Al, 36 g of C is required in above
Mn = +2)
reaction
Equivalent mass of KMnO4 =
∴ For 270 kg of Al require amount of C
molecular mass
36
changein oxidation number = × 270 = 90 kg
108
158
= = 31.6 130. What is the ratio of mass of an electron to the
5 mass of a proton?
126. 1.520 g of hydroxide a metal on ignition gave (a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 1
0.995 g of oxide. The equivalent weight of metal (c) 1 : 1837 (d) 1 : 3
is
UPTU/UPSEE-2004
(a) 1.52 (b) 0.995
(c) 190 (d) 9 Ans. (c) : It is clear that an electron is 1/1837 times
lighter than a proton,
UP CPMT-2006
So, ratio between them will be = 1 : 1837
Ans. (d) : Since hydroxide and oxide both are involving
in same reaction, the ratio of their molecular weight is Or
equal to the ratio of their equivalent weight. Mass of proton 1.6 × 10−27
= =1.8 × 103
E Hydroxide E oxide Mass of electron 9.1×10−31
=
E metal + E OH− E metal + E O 131. Equivalent weight of an acid:
1.520 0.995 (a) Depends on the reaction involved
= (b) Depends upon the number of oxygen atoms
E + 17 E + 8
present
E=9
(c) Is always constant
127. The mass of a photon with wave length 3.6 Åis (d) None of the above
(a) 6.135×10–29 kg (b) 3.60×10–29 kg UPTU/UPSEE-2004
(c) 6.135×10–33 kg (d) 3.60×10–27 kg Ans. (a) : Equivalent Weight – The equivalent of a
AMU-2005 compound can be calculated by dividing the molecular
Ans. (a) : λ = 3.6 × 10-10m weight by the number of positive or negative electrical
We know, de-Broglie wavelength charge that result from the dissolution of the compound
h h h (i.e. acidity or basicity).
λ= ⇒ λ = ⇒m= Example- NaOH
p mv λv
λ = 3.6 A° = 3.6 × 10 m -10 23 + 16 + 2 Molecular weight
= = 41
Velocity of Photon = velocity of light 1 Basicity
h 6.626 × 10 −34 Js −1 Equivalent weight of an acid depends on the reaction
m= = involved with the base.
λv ( 3.6 ×10 m )( 3 ×10 ms )
−10 8 −1
The equivalent weight of an acid does not depend on the
= 6.135 × 10–29kg. number of oxygen atoms presents.
correct answer from the options given below. When 4.640 kg of Fe3O4 and 2.520 kg of CO are
(a) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the allowed to react then the amount of iron (in g)
correct explanation of (A) produced is:
(b) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not the [Given: Molar Atomic mass (g mol-1): Fe =
correct explanation of (A) 56
(c) (A) is true but (R) is false Molar Atomic mass (g mol-1): O = 16
(d) (A) is false but (R) is true Molar Atomic mass (g mol-1): C = 12]
JEE Main-27.06.2022, Shift-I (a) 1400 (b) 2200
Ans. (a) : We know that molality and mass both are (c) 3360 (d) 4200
temperature independent so, on changing temperature. JEE Main-29.06.2022, Shift-I
Molality and mass remain unchanged. Ans. (c) : Given,
153. If a rocket runs on a fuel (C15H30) and liquid The reaction is –––––
oxygen, the weight of oxygen required and CO2 Fe3O4 (s) + 4CO (g) → 3Fe (l) + 4CO2 (g)
released for every litre of fuel respectively are: Fe3O4 = 4.640 kg.
(Given: density of the fuel is 0.756 g/mL) CO = 2.520 kg.
(a) 1188 g and 1296 g (b) 2376 g and 2592 g Molar mass of Fe3O4 = 3 × 56 + 4 × 16
(c) 2592 g and 2376 g (d) 3429 g and 3142 g = 232 g
JEE Main-24.06.2022, Shift-I 1 mole of Fe3O4 is produced 3 mole of Fe
= 3 × 56 = 168g Fe
Ans. (c) : Given,
Density of fuel = 0.756 g/mL Q 232 g FeO4 produce 168 g Fe.
Molecular formula of fuel = C15H30 168
Q 4.640 kg Fe3O4 will produce = × 4.640 kg
Then, molar mass of fuel = 15 × 12 + 30 × 1 232
= 210 g = 3.36 kg
mass = 3360 g
Density = So, the correct option is (c)
volume
Mass = density × volume 156. Number of grams of bromine that will
completely react with 5.0 g of pent-1-ene
= 0.756 × 1000 = 756 gm. is_____×10–2 g.
The reaction is –– (Atomic mass of Br= 80 g/mol) [Nearest
45 Integer]
C15H30 (l) + O2 (g) → 15CO2 (g) + 15H2O
2 JEE Main-25.06.2022, Shift-I
⇒ Mass of iron = 1 gm 7
Molecular mass of FeSO4 7H2O is 277.85 = 0.86×1023
55.85 gm iron is present in 277.85 gm of salt 1
Number of atoms in 1g of Ag = × NA
277.85 108
1 gm iron is present in = = 4.97 gm of salt = 0.056×1023
55.85
216. Which one of the following will have the largest 1
Number of atoms in 1g of Mg = × NA
number of atoms? 24
(a) 1g Au(s) (b) 1g Na(s) = 0.25 ×1023
(c) 1g Li(s) (d) 1g of Cl2(g)
(e) 1g of O2(g) 1
Kerala-CEE-2020 Number of atoms in 1g of O2 = × NA × 2
32
weight in gram N
Ans. (c) : No. of moles = = A = 0.37 ×1023
molecular weight 16
1 Max. number of atoms are present in 1g of Li.
(i) 1 g Au (s) = mol atom of Au 218. 2KHCO3 → …+ CO2 + H2O find amount of
197
gases formed (in lit).
1 When amount of KHCO3 is 33 gm.
= × 6.022 × 1023
197 (a) 5.6 (b) 11.2
= 0.005076 × 6.022 × 1023 (c) 7.39 (d) 22.4
= 0.005076 × 6.0 × 1023 JIPMER-2019
≈ 0.0305 × 1023 =3.05×1021 Ans. (c) :
1 2KHCO3 (s) → K 2 CO3 (s) + CO2 (g) + H 2 O
(ii) 1 g Na (s) = mol atom of Na
23 33
n= 0.165 0.166
1 100
= × 6.022 × 1023 Total moles of gas ( 0.165 + 0.165) mol
23
Total volume of gas = 0.33 × 22.4 L
= 0.0434 × 6.022 × 1023
= 7.39 L
= 0.26 × 1023=2.6×1022
219. The mass of AgCl precipitated when a solution
1 containing 11.70g of NaCl is added to a solution
(iii) 1 g Li (s) = mol atom of Li
7 containing 3.4 g of AgNO3 is
1 [Atomic mass of Ag = 108, Atomic mass of Na
= × 6.022 ×1023 = 23]
7 (a) 5.74g (b) 1.17g
= 0.1428 × 6.022 × 1023 (c) 2.87g (d) 6.8 g
= 0.860 × 1023 =8.61×1022 Karnataka-CET-2019
1 Ans. (c):
(iv) 1 g Cl2 (g) = mol atom of Cl2
71 NaCl + AgNO3 → NaNO3 + AgCl
1 m.wt. ⇒ 58.5g 170g 85g 143.5g
= × 6.022 × 1023 =8.48×1021
71 G.wf. ⇒ 11.72g 3.4g
1 170g AgNO3 will give 143.5g AgCl
(v) 1 g O2 (g) = mol atom of O2
32 Then, 3.4 g AgNO3 will give x g AgCl
1 3.4 ×143.5
= × 6.022 × 1023 =1.188×1022 x=
32 170
So, 1 g Li(s) has the largest no, of atoms. x = 2.87 g
=
3600 ∴ weight of Cu = 0.4 × 63.5
193000 63.5
= 0.0186 moles. 0.4 × 63.5
223. On passing silent electric discharge through Now, from Eq (i), = 2
weight fo Aldeposited 27
oxygen in an ozonizer, 5.5 mol% of oxygen is
converted to ozone. How many moles of O2 and 3
O3 result when 35 moles of O2 is originally 0.4 × 63.5 × 9
present?
∴ weight of Al deposited = = 7.2g
31.75
(a) 33.0 (b) 34.4 7.2
(c) 35.0 (d) 31.8 Number of moles of Al deposited = = 0.27 moles
(e) 31.0 27
Kerala-CEE-2019 226. A cold drink bottle contains 200 mL liquid, in
Ans. (b) : Given, 5.5 mol% of O2 is converted into O3. which CO2 is 0.1 molar. Considering CO2 as an
ideal gas the volume of the dissolved CO2 at
35 × 5.5
∴ 35 – moles of O2 S.T.P is
100 (a) 22.4 L (b) 0.224 L
35 × 5.5 2 (c) 2.24 L (d) 0.448 L
= × mole of O3
100 3 MHT CET-02.05.2019, Shift-III
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 54 YCT
Ans. (d) : Number of moles of CO2 in 200 ml solution Ans. (a) : Given,
= molarity × volume (in L) 0.504g of H2 is liberated by 20g of the metal
200 20 ×1.008
= 0.1× = 0.02 So, 1.008g H2 is liberated by
1000 0.504
volume of 0.02 mole of CO2 at STP = 22.4×0.02 = 40g of the metal.
= 0.448 L 40g metal combines with 8g of oxygen
227. How many gram of sodium (atomic mass 23 u) 8× 2
is required to prepare one mole of ethane from So, 2.0g of metal combines with = g
40
methyl chloride by Wurtz reaction? = 0.4g of oxygen
(a) 2 (b) 23 Amount of metal oxide = Mass of metal + Mass of
(c) 11.5 (d) 46 oxygen = (2.0 + 0.4) = 2.4 g
MHT CET-02.05.2019, Shift-II 231. At S.T.P. the volume of 7.5 g of a gas is 5.6L.
Ans. (d): Wurtz reaction– The gas is
2CH3Cl + 2Na Dry ether
→ CH3 − CH3 + 2NaCl (a) NO (b) N2O
(c) CO (d) CO2
Ethane
WB-JEE-2019
⇒2 moles of sodium metal reacts to give 1 mole of
ethane. Ans. (a) : We know,
22.4 L volume of S.T.P. contain 1 mole
weight of 2 moles of Na = 23 × 2 = 46 g
Then, 5.6 L volume at S.T.P contain
228. The volume of 1 mole of any pure gas at
1
standard temperature and pressure is always = × 5.6 = 0.25mole
equal to 22.4
(a) 0.022414 m3 (b) 22.414 m3 And,
3
(c) 2.2414 m (d) 0.22414 m3 Mass
No. of mole =
MHT CET-02.05.2019, Shift-II Molecular weight
Ans. (a) : The volume of 1 mole of any pure gas at 7.5
standard temp. and pressure (STP) is equal to 22.414 L Molecular weight = = 30
1L = 0.001m3 0.25
From the given option NO has molecular weight 30.
∴ 22.414 L = 0.022414 m3
Hence, correct option is 'a'
229. Which of the following gases has the density 1.8
gm/lit at 27 °C temperature and 760 Torr
pressure? 232. 1.2 g of Mg is treated with 100mL of 1M
H2SO4. Molar concentration of the H2SO4
(a) O2 (b) CO2 solution after complete reaction will be
(c) NH3 (d) SO2 (a) 0.20 M (b) 0.005 M
Tripura JEE-2019 (c) 0.10 M (d) 0.5 M
Ans. (b) : Given,
CG PET -2019
760
P=760 Torr = =1atm Ans. (d) : Mg + H 2SO 4 → MgSO 4 + H 2
760
T = 27oC = 27 + 273 = 300 K 24g ( 98g = 1 mol)
d = 1.8 g/L 1.2g Mg reacts with = 0.5 mol H2SO4
m H2SO4 taken = 100 mL of 1 M H2SO4
PV = RT = 0.1 mol
M
H2SO4 left = 0.1 – 0.05
mRT dRT
M= ⇒M= = 0.05 mol in 100 mL solution
VP P [H2SO4] = 0.05 × 10 = 0.5 M
1.8 × 0.0821× 300
M=
1 233. The volume of ' 10 vol' of H2O2 required to
M = 44g / mole liberate 500mL O2 at NTP is
Molar mass of gas = 44g/mole (a) 125mL (b) 500mL
So, gas is CO2 molar mass 44 g/mole. (c) 50mL (d) 100mL
230. 20 gm of a metal produces 0.504 gm H2(g) on CG PET -2019
reaction with dilute H2SO4. Calculate the Ans. (c) : 10 vol of H2O2 means that
receivable amount of metal oxide from 2 gm of 10 L O2 can be liberated from 1 L H2O2
same metal. 1
1 L O2 liberated from L H 2O2
(a) 2.4gm (b) 2.2gm 10
(c) 2.8gm (d) 2.6gm 500
500 mL O2 liberated from = mL H 2 O 2
Tripura JEE-2019 10
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 55 YCT
= 50 mL H2O2 Fe(SO4)3 doesn't oxidize
10 vol. H2O2 means that 1 mL H2O2 gives 10 mL O2. 3 6 1
Thus, 50 mL H2O2 will give 500 mL O2. Total moles of KMnO4 = + + =2
234. The volume strength of 1 M H2O2 is (Molar 5 5 5
mass of H2O2 = 34 g mol-1) 237. In the reaction of oxalate with permanganate in
(a) 16.8 (b) 22.4 acidic medium, the number of electrons
(c) 11.35 (d) 5.6 involved in producing one molecule of CO2 is
[JEE Main-2019, 12 Jan Shift-II] (a) 2 (b) 5
Ans. (c) : The balanced reaction (c) 1 (d) 10
[JEE Main 2019, 10 Jan Shift-II]
2H 2 O 2 → 2H 2 O + O 2
Ans. (c) : As given in question, Reaction of oxalate
−1 −2 0(Oxidation stateof O) with permanganate in acidic medium
2 moles of H 2 O 2 give 1 mole of O 2 5C2O42– + 2MnO4– → 10CO2 + 2Mn2+ + 8H
1 mole of H 2 O 2 will give 11.2L of O 2 gas N factor ( 4 – 3) × 2 = 2 – (7–2) = 5
5C2O42– ions transfer 10e– to produce to molecules of
Volume strength of H 2 O 2 = 11.2 × molarity
CO2
For 1 M H 2 O 2 volume strength is 11. 2 L. So, number of electron involved in producing 10
235. A solution of Ni(NO3)2 is electrolysed between molecule of CO2 is 10.
platinum electrodes using 0.1 Faraday Thus, number of electron involed in producing 1
electricity. How many moles of Ni will be molecules of CO2 is 1.
deposited at the cathode? 238. For the following reaction , the mass of water
(a) 0.20 (b) 0.10 produced from 445 g of C57 H110 O6 is :
(c) 0.15 (d) 0.05 2C57H110O6(s)+163O2(g)→114CO2(g)+110H2O(l)
[JEE Main 2019, 9 April Shift-II] (a) 490 g (b) 495 g
Ans. (d) : Ni ( NO3 )2 → Ni 2+ + 2NO3− (c) 445 g (d) 890 g
2+ [JEE Main 2019, 10 Jan Shift-II]
Ni + 2e → Ni
–
Ans. (b) : Given equation
2. eq. of Ni 2+ will be discharged from 2F 2C57H110O6(s)+163O2(g)→114CO2(g)+110H2O(l)
0.1 eq. of Ni 2+ will be discharged from 0.1 F 445
No. of eq. = No of moles × (n – factor) Moles of C57 H110 O 6 (s) = = 0.5 moles
890
0.1 = No. of moles × 2
2C57 H110 O6 (s) + 163O 2 → 114CO 2 (g) + 110H 2 O(I)
0.1
No. of moles of Ni = = 0.05mol. 110 55
2 nH 2 O = =
236. In order to oxidise a mixture of one mole of 4 2
each of FeC2O4, Fe2 (C2O4)3, FeSO4 and Fe2 No. of moles of H O = given mass
2
(SO4)3 in acidic medium, the number of moles molar mass
of KMnO4 required is
Given mass = No. of moles × molar mass
(a) 2 (b) 1
(c) 3 (d) 1.5 55
= × 18
[JEE Main 2019, 8 April Shift-I] 2
Ans. (a) : = 495 g
FeC2O4 + KMnO4 → Fe + CO2 + Mn
3+ 2+ 239. 5 moles of AB2 weight 125×10-3 kg and 10 moles
-3
v.f. = 3 v.f = 5 of A 2 2 weight 300×10 kg. The molar mass of
B
1× 3 = mole × 5 A(MA) and molar mass of B(MB) in kg mol-1 are
(a) MA = 10 × 10–3 and MB = 5 × 10–3
3 (b) MA = 50 × 10–3 and MB = 25 × 10–3
Mole =
5 (c) MA = 25 × 10–3 and MB = 50 × 10–3
Fe2(C2O4)3 + KMnO4 → Fe + CO2 + Mn
3+ 2+
(d) MA = 5 × 10–3 and MB = 10 × 10–3
v.f. = 6 v.f = 5 [JEE Main 2019,12 April Shift-I]
1× 6 = mole × 5 Ans. (d) : 5 moles of AB2 weight 125 g
6 weight in g 125
Mole = = = = 25
5 number of moles 5
FeSO4 + KMnO4 → Fe3+ + SO42– + Mn2+ ∴ AB2 = 25 g/mol
v.f. = 1 v.f = 5 125
1× 1 = mole × 5 5=
M A + 2M B
1 M A + 2MB = 25
Mole =
5 10 mole of A2B2 weight 300 g
350. The volume of neon gas in cm3 at STP having volume of the solution
the same number of atoms as that present in 100
= 100 mL = L = 0.1L
800 mg of Ca is (At. mass : Ca = 40 g mol-1 Ne = 1000
20 g mol-1) Concentration of Urea solution (in mol L-1) =
(a) 56 (b) 896 1× 10−3
(c) 224 (d) 112 mol L−1 = 10–2 molL–1 = 0.01M
0.1
(e) 448
Hence the concentration of solution is 0.01M
Kerala-CEE-2013
354. 10 g of hydrogen and 64 g of oxygen were filled
Ans. (e) : Given, in a steel vessel and exploded. Amount to water
800 produced in this reaction will be
Mass of Ca = 800mg = = 0.8g
1000 (a) 3 mol (b) 4 mol
0.8 (c) 1 mol (d) 2 mol
Moles of Ca in 0.8g = = 2 × 10 –2 JCECE - 2012
40
Q At S.T.P. Volume of 1 mole = 22400 cm3 10
Ans. (b) : Moles of H2 = = 5 mol
∴ At S.T.P, Volume of 2 × 10–2 moles 2
= 22400 × 2 × 10–2 = 448 cm3 64
Moles of O2 = = 2 mol
351. Avogadro number (6.023 × 1023) of carbon 32
atoms are present in 2H2 + O2 → 2H2 O
(a) 12 grams of 12CO2 (5mol) (2mol) (4mol)
(b) 22.4 liter 12CO2 in room temperature Here O2 is limiting reagent. So, amount of product, H2O
(c) 44 grams of 12CO2 obtained depends on the amount of O2. According to
(d) 12 moles of 12CO2 equation,
1 mole O2 on reaction with H2 gives = 2 mole of H2O
J & K CET-(2012)
2 mole O2 on reaction with H2 will give
Ans. (c) : 1 mole of CO2
2× 2
= Gram molecular mass of CO2 (44g) = = 4 mole of H2O
1
= 6.023 × 1023 molecules of CO2
Note 1 mole of H2 is in excess.
= 6.023 × 1023 atoms of Carbon
355. The total number of electrons present in 18 mL
352. The volume of 0.1 M Ca(CH)2 required to of water (density = 1g mL–1) is
neutralize 10 mL of 0.1 N HCl (a) 6.02 ×1025 (b) 6.02 ×1024
(a) 10 mL (b) 20 mL (c) 6.02 × 18 × 10 23
(d) 6.02 × 1023
(c) 5 mL (d) 15 mL Karnataka-CET-2012
J & K CET-(2012)
Ans. (b):
Ans. (c) : The volume of 0.1 M Ca(OH)2 required to 18 ml H2O = 18g H2O = 1 mole of H2O
neutralize 10 mL of 0.1 N HCl = 1 mole H2O = 6.022 × 1023 molecules
2M1V1 = M 2 V2 (Number of electrons present in one molecule
Ca ( OH ) 2 ( HCl ) of water = 2 + 8 = 10)
then, 1 mole H2O = 10 × 6.02 × 1023
(because 0.1 NHCl = 0.1 MHCl)
= 6.02 × 1024 electrons.
2 × 0.1 × v1 = 0.1 × 10
356. 0.02 mole of [Co(NH3)5 Br]Cl2 and 0.02 mole of
0.1×10
v1 = [Co (NH3)5Cl] SO4 are present in 200 cc of a
2 × 0.1 solution X. The number of moles of the
v1 = 5 mL precipitates Y and Z that are formed when the
353. 6.02 × 1020 molecules of urea are present in 100 solution X is treated with excess silver nitrate
ml. of its solution. The concentration of and excess barium chloride are respectively
solution is (a) 0.02, 0.02 (b) 0.01, 0.02
(a) 0.001 M (b) 0.1 M (c) 0.02, 0.04 (d) 0.04, 0.02
(c) 0.02 M (d) 0.01 M (e) 0.02, 0.01
NEET-2013 Kerala-CEE-2012
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 74 YCT
Ans. (d): 359. How much ethyl alcohol C2H5OH, must be
2+ added to 1.00 L of water so that the solution
Co ( NH 3 )5 Br Cl2
→ Co ( NH3 )5 Br + 2Cl −
will not are freeze at – 4o F?
Here, 1 mole of Co ( NH 3 )5 Br Cl 2 is giving 2 moles (a) 211 g (b) 495 g
(c) 85 g (d) 46 g
of Cl− ion. Then 0.02 mole will dissociate to give
UPTU/UPSEE-2012
2×0.02 = 0.04 moles of Cl − ions. Ans. (b) :
⇒ On reaction with silver nitrate, 0.04 moles of silver 5
chloride precipitate will be obtained. 4oF = (−4 − 32)o C = − 20o C
2+ 9
Co ( NH 3 )5 Cl SO 4
→ Co ( NH 3 )5 Cl + SO 42− ∆Tf = 20o C = K f m = (1.86o c / m) (m)
Here, 1 mole of Co ( NH 3 )5 Cl SO 4 is giving 1 mole of 20o C
m= =10.70 m = (10.7 mol) (46.0g / mole)
SO 24 − ion. Then 0.02 moles of Co ( NH 3 )5 Cl SO 4 1.86o c / m
= 495g
will dissociate to give 0.02 moles of SO 24−ion.
⇒ On reaction with silver nitrate, 0.02 moles of silver
sulphate precipitate will be obtained. 360. The number of sodium atoms in 2 moles of
sodium ferroyanide is
357. The mole fraction of methanol is in 4.5 molal
aqueous solution is (a) 12 × 10 23 (b) 26 × 10 23
(a) 0.250 (b) 0.125 (c) 34 × 1023 (d) 48 × 1023
(c) 0.100 (d) 0.05 UPTU/UPSEE-2012
(e) 0.055 Ans. (d) : formula of sodium ferrocyanide =
Kerala-CEE-2012 Na4[Fe(CN)6]. It has four sodium atoms. Number of Na
Ans. (d): atoms = no of moles × no. of atoms per Molecule ×
moler of solute Avogadro number
molality = = 2 × 4 × 6.023 × 1023
mass of solvent ( kg )
= 48 × 1023
nA
4.5 = × 1000 361. Sodium bicarbonate on heating decomposes to
18g form sodium carbonate, CO2 and water. If 0.2
4.5 ×18 moles of sodium bicarbonate is completely
nA = = 0.081 moles decomposed, how many moles of sodium
1000
carbonate is formed?
moles of solute
mole fraction = (a) 0.1 (b) 0.2
total moles of solution (c) 0.05 (d) 0.025
nA UPTU/UPSEE-2012
=
nA + nB Ans. (a) : Sodium hydrogen carbonate (also known as
sodium bicarbonate or bicarbonate of soda) has the
0.081 (n B = moles of chemical formula NaHCO3.
=
0.081 + 1 solvent = moles of water) 2NaHCO3 ∆
→ Na 2 CO3 + H 2 O + CO2
= 0.075 2mol 1mol
358. How many grams of sulphuric acid is to be Q 2 mol NaHCO3 on decomposition gives
dissolved to prepare 200 mL aqueous solution = 1 mol Na2CO3
having concentration of [H3O+] ions 1 M at 250 ∴ 0.2 mol NaHCO3 on decomposition will give
C temperatures? [ H= 1, O= 16, S= 32g mol–1] 1
(a) 4.9g (b) 19.6g = × 0.2 = 0.1 mol Na2CO3.
2
(c) 9.8g (d) 0.98g 362. The weight of oxalic acid that will be required
UP CPMT-2012 to prepare a 1000 mL (N/20) solution is
Ans. (c) ∴2 M [H3O+] ions are obtained from 1M H2SO4 (a) 126/100 g (b) 63/40 g
∴ 1 M [H3O+] ions are obtained from 0.5 M H2SO4 (c) 63/20 g (d) 126/20 g
Molarity WB-JEE-2012
m ( H 2SO 4 ) × 1000 Ans. (c) : Hydrated oxalic acid = C2H2O4.2H2O
M= × Volume of solution(mL)
M ( molar mass H 2SO 4 ) Molecular mass of oxalic acid = 126
12.6g oxalic acid per liter of the solution should be
m × 1000
0.5 = dissolved to prepare M/10 oxalic acid solution.
98 × 200 M.wt of H2C2O4.2H2O is 126 (n factor = 2),
0.5 × 98 × 200 126
m= = 9.8g E.wt = = 63
1000 2
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 75 YCT
no.of gm-equivalent 366. 0.1 mol HCl is equal to
N= (a) 3.65 g (b) 36.5 g
Volumeof Solution in L (c) 18 g (d) 1.8 g
1 W / 63 JIPMER-2011
∴ =
20 1 Ans. (a) : Given,
63 The number of moles of HCl = 0.1
Q gm . The number of particles in one mole = 6.023 × 1023
20
The molar mass of a substance is defined as the mass of
363. If one mole of a substance is present in 1kg of 1 mole of that substance, expressed in gram per mole,
solvent then its concentration is called and is equal to the mass of 6.022 × 1023 atoms,
(a) molar conc. (b) molal conc. molecules, or formula units of that substance.
(c) normality (d) strength wt/wt. So the mass of one mole of HCl = 1 + 35.5 = 36.5 g
BCECE-2011 36.5
Ans. (b) : If one mole of a substance is present in 1 kg • So, the mass of 0.1 mole = = 3.65g
10
of solvent then it concentration is called molal 367. A mixture of ethane and ethene occupies 41L at
concentration. 1 atm and 500 K. The mixture reacts
A 1-molar solution contains one mole of solute per 1kg
solvent, molality is a hybrid concentration unit, 10
completely with mole of O2 to produce CO2
retaining the convenience of mole measure for the 3
solute, but expressing it in relation to a temperature- and H2O. The mole fraction of ethane and
independent mass rather than a volume. ethene in the mixture are respectively (R =
0.082 L atm K-1 mol-1)
364. The mass of potassium dichromate crystals
required to oxidise 750 cm3 of 0.6 M Mohr's (a) 0.50, 0.50 (b) 0.75, 0.25
salt solution is (molar mass = 392) (c) 0.67, 0.33 (d) 0.25, 0.75
(a) 0.49 g (b) 0.45 g (e) 0.33, 0.67
(c) 22.05 g (d) 2.2 g Kerala-CEE-2011
[AlEEE 2011] Ans. (c) : For a gaseous mixture of C2H6 and C2H4
PV 1× 41
Ans. (c) : Given, pV = nRT or n = =
Concentration of Mohr's salt = 0.6M RT 0.082 × 500
Volume = 750cm3 = 0.75L or n = 1
No.of Moles Solute ∴ Total mole of C2H6 + C2H4 = 1mole
Molarity = Let the mole of
Volume of Solution in L C2H6 = x
n Then mole of C2H4 = 1 – x
0.6 = C2H6 + 7/2O2→2CO3 + 3H2O
0.75 L
C2H4 + 3O2 → 2CO3 + 2H2O
n = 0.6×75L = 0.45 mol
∴ Mole of O2
K 2Cr2 O7 + 6FeSO4 + 7H 2SO4 → K 2SO4 + Cr2 ( SO4 )3 + 3Fe ( SO4 )3 + 7H 2O
Needed for complete reaction of mixture
For 6 mol Mohr’s salt 1 mole of Potassium dichromate
7
is required. = x + 3(1 − x)
For 0.45 mol of Mohr’s salt, Potassium dichromate 2
required is 1 × 0.45/6 = 0.05 mol 7 10
∴ x + 3(1 − x) =
Mass of Potassium dichromate required is 0.05 × 294 2 3
= 22.05 g 2
or x =
365. When 6.3 g of sodium bicarbonate are added to 3
30.0 g of acetic acid solution, the residual Thus, mole fraction of
solution is found to weigh 33.0 g. The mass of 2
carbon dioxide released in the reaction is C2H6 = = 0.67
(a) 3.0 g (b) 0.91 g 3
and mole fraction of
(c) 1.91 g (d) 3.3 g
J & K CET-(2011) 2
C2H6 = = 0.67
Ans. (d) : Given, 3
Amount of sodium bicarbonate = 6.3g and mole fraction of
Amount of acetic acid = 30.0g 2
C2H4 = 1 − = 0.33
Amount of residual solution = 33.0g 3
CH 3COOH + NaHCO3 → CH 3COONa + H 2 O + CO 2 368. How many moles of magnesium phosphate,
Mg3(PO4)2 will contain 0.25 mole of oxygen
Total amount of reactants = 6.3 + 30.0 = 36.3 g atoms.
∴ Mass of Carbon dioxide released (a) 0.02 (b) 3.125 × 10–2
= 36.3 – 33.0 (c) 1.25 × 10–2 (d) 2.5 × 10–2
= 3.3 g UP CPMT-2011
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 76 YCT
Ans. (b): 8 mol O-atoms are contained by 1 mole 9
Mg3(PO4)2. ∴ Change in entropy = 2.303 × 1 × 1.987 × log
1
∴ 0.25 mole of O-atoms are present in = 2.303 × 1.987 × 0.9542
1 Change in entropy = 4.366 cal K–1 mol–1
Mg 3 (PO 4 ) = × 0.25 mol
8 372. How many grams of sulphuric acid is to be
= 3.125 × 10–2 mol dissolved to prepare 200 ml. aqueous solution
having concentration of [H3O+] ions 1 M at
369. The amount of energy released when 20 mL 0.5 25ºC temperature.
M NaOH is mixed with 100 ML 0.1 M HCl is x
kJ. The heat of neutralization (in kj mol–1) is [H = 1, O = 16, S = 32 gram mole–1]
(a) –100 x kJ/mol (b) –50 x kJ/mol (a) 4.9 gram (b) 19.6 gram
(c) +100x kJ/mol (d) +50 x kJ/mol (c) 9.8 gram (d) 0.98 gram
WB-JEE-2011 GUJ CET-2011
Ans. (a) : Ans. (c): Given that, V = 200 ml
Concentration of [H3O+] ions = 1 M
20mL
moles of NaOH = × 0.5mol / L W2 × 1000
1000 mL / L ∴ M=
M 2 × V ( ml )
= 0.01 mol.
100mL M × M2 × V
moles of HCl = × 0.1mole = 0.01mol W2 (Weight of H2SO4) =
1000mL / L 1000
when 0.01 moles of NaOH neutralizes 0.01 moles 1× 98 × 200
= = 19.6
of HCl, the heat released is x kJ. 1000
when 1 mole of NaOH neutralizes 1 mole of HCl, heat ∴ H2SO4 + 2H2O 2H3O+ + SO42–
released will be
x kJ
=100x kJ / mol 1 mole of H2SO4 → 2 mole of H3O+
0.01mol W2 = 19.2/2 = 9.8 gm
Since heat is released, negative sign will be introduced. 373. A solution is prepared by dissolving 24.5 g of
Hence, the answer is sodium hydroxide in distilled water to give 1 L
= –100x kJ/mol. solution. The molarity of NaOH in the solution
370. 2 g of non-volatile water soluble compound is is (Given that molar mass of NaOH = 40.0 g
dissolved in 100 g of water. The elevation in mol−1)
boiling point is found to be 0.26. The molecular (a) 0.2450 M (b) 0.6125 M
mass of the compound X is (c) 0.9800 M (d) 1.6326 M
(a) 20 (b) 60 AIIMS-2010
(c) 80 (d) 40 Ans. (b): Given, WNaOH = 24.5 g
COMEDK-2011 Molar mass of NaOH = 23 + 16 + 1 = 40
Ans. (d) : Given that, 24.5
∆Tb = 0.26 No. of moles of NaOH = moles
40
K b = 0.512 = 0.6125
∴ ∆Tb = K b m 0.6125moles
∴ Molarity of solution =
1000 × K b × ω2 1L
0.26 = = 0.6125 M
M 2 × ω1
374. The number of molecules of CO2 liberated by
1000 × 0.52 × 2
M2 = = 40 gm. the complete combustion of 0.1 g atom of
0.26 × 100 graphite in air is
371. A container of 1.0 lit. capacity filled with 1.0 (a) 3.01×1022 (b) 6.02×1023
22
mole of ideal gas is connected to an evacuated (c) 6.02×10 (d) 3.01×1023
vessel of 9.0 lit. calculate change in entropy. (R AP-EAMCET- (Engg.) - 2010
= 1.987 Cal.)
–1
(a) 0.188 Cal. K mol –1 Ans. (c) : C ( s )+ O2 ( g ) → CO2 ( g )
1 mole 1 mole
(b) 0.4576 Cal. K–1 mol–1
–1 –1 Q 1 mole of graphite on complete combustion gives
(c) 4.576 Cal. K mol CO2 = 6.023×1023 molecules.
(d) 4.366 Cal. K–1 mol–1 ∴ 0.1 mole of graphite will give CO2
GUJCET-2011
6.023 ×1023 × 0.1
Ans. (d): Given that,V1 = 1 liter, V2 = 9 liter, n = 1 = = 6.023 × 1022
1
V
∴ Change in entropy = nRl n 2 375. The number of water molecules is maximum in
V1 (a) 1.8 gram of water
Putting the value of these, we get (b) 18 gram of water
HCl = 5 moles of HCl Hence, 5 moles of oxygen gas can be produced during
403. The number of electrons required to reduce the electrolytic decomposition of 180 g of water.
4.5×10–5 g of Al is 406. Calculate the millimoles of SeO 2-3 in solution on
18 18
(a) 1.03×10 (b) 3.01×10 the basis of following data: 70 mL of
(c) 4.95×1026 (d) 7.31×1020 Μ
MHT CET-2009 solution of KBrO3 was added to SeO 2-3
60
Ans. (b) : Al3+ + 3e− → Al solution. The bromine evolved was removed by
27 27g boiling and excess of KBrO3 was back titrated
27g of Al is reduced by = 3 × 6.023 × 1023 e– s with 12.5 mL of
Μ
solution of NaAsO2.
3 × 6.023 × 10 23 25
1 gm of Al is reduced by = The reactions are given below.
27
I. SeO 2-3 + BrO -3 + H + → SeO 42- + Br2+ + H 2O
4.5 × 10 g of Al will be reduced by
–5
543. When 20 g of CaCO3 is treated with 20g of HCl (b) Cr2 O72− ,MnO −4 ,ClO −2 and Cl2
the mass of CO2 formed would be –––
(c) MnO−4 , ClO −2 ,Cl 2 and Mn 3+
(a) 10 g (b) 8.8 g
(c) 22.2 g (d) 20 g (d) ClO −4 , MnO42− ,ClO2− and F2
AP EAPCET 19-08-2021 Shift-I (JEE Main 2021, 31 Aug Shift-II)
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 102 YCT
Ans. (c) : No option contains all species that show Ans. (c) :
disproportionation reaction. Option (a)- C3H8(g) + 5O2(g) → 3ΧΟ2(g) + 4Η2Ο (l)
MnO −4 , ClO −4 , Cr2 O72− − Cl, Mn,Cr in these anions are (1×36gm) + (1×8gm) = 5×32gm
present in highest oxidation state. These will not 36+8=160
undergo disproportionation. Mn is in +7 oxidation state 160
(highest) hence cannot be simultaneously oxidized or 1gm = = 3.63gm
44
reduced.
Each 1g of C3H8 requires 3.63 g of O2
547. 250 mL of 0.5 M NaOH was added to 500 mL
Option (b)- P4(S) + 5O2(g)→P4O10(s)
of 1M HCl. The number of unreached HCl
molecules in the solution after complete 4×31gm = 5×32 gm
reaction is……x 1021. (Nearest integer) 5 × 32
1gm = =1.29gm
( N A = 6.022 ×10 23 ) 4 × 31
Each 1g of p requires 1.29 g of O2.
[JEE Main 2021, 20 July Shift-I]
Option (c)- 4Fe(s)+ 3O2(g)→2Fe2O3(s):
Ans. (226) : Number of moles = VL × molarity
4×56gm = 3×32 gm
and number of millimoles = VmL ×molarity millimoles
3 × 32
of NaOH = 250 × 0.5 = 125 1gm = = 0.428gm
Millimoles of HCl = 500 × 1 = 500 4 × 56
Each 1g of Fe requires 0.428 g of O2
NaOH + HCl → NaCl + H2O
At t = 0, 125 500 0 0 Option (d)- 2Mg(s) + O2(g) → 2MgO(s)
At t = t, 0 375 125 125 2×24gm = 1×32gm
So, millimoles of HCl left = 375 1× 32
1gm = = 0.67 gm
Moles of HCl = 375 × 10–3 2 × 24
Number of HCl molecules = Avogadro's constant (NA) Each 1g of Mg requires 0.67 of O2.
× moles of HCl 550. 25 g of an unknown hydrocarbon upon burning
= 6.022 × 1023 × 375 × 10–3 produces 88 g of CO2 and 9 g of H2O. This
= 225.8 × 1021 = 226 × 1021 unknown hydrocarbon contains
Therefore, answer is 226×1021 molecules (a) 20 g of carbon and 5 g of hydrogen
548. When 30 mL of H2 reacts with 20 mL of O2 to (b) 22 g of carbon and 3 g of hydrogen
form water, what is leftover when the reaction (c) 24 g of carbon and 1 g of hydrogen
ends ? (d) 18 g of carbon and 7 g of hydrogen
(a) 10 mL H2 (b) 5 mL H2 [JEE Main 2019, 12 April Shift-II]
(c) 10 mL O2 (d) 5 mL O2 Ans. (c): Let the hydrocarbon is CxHy.
AP EAMCET (Engg.) 18.9.2020 Shift-I y
CxHy + O2 → xCO 2 + H 2O
Ans. (d) : Given , 2H 2 (g)+ O 2 (g) → 2H 2 O(g) 2
2 vol. 1vol.
( t = 0) Given 88
× 12
30 mL 20 mL
( Limiting ) The weight of Carbon =
44
= 24g
9
The weight of hydrogen = ×1
18
= 24g
(t = ∝) after r × h: 30 – 30 (20 – 15) mL y y
=0 = 5 mL C x H y + x + O 2 → xCO 2 + H 2 O
4 2
Here, H2 is the limiting reactant. So, 30 mL H2
25
consumes 15 mL of O2 as H2 and O2 react in 2 : 1 C = x× = 2
volume ratio (at constant pressure and temperature). M
549. The minimum amount of O2 (g) consumed per y 25
H = × =1
gram of reactant is for the reaction (Given 2 M
atomic mass : Fe = 56, O = 16, Mg = 24, P = 31,) ⇒ 24:1 ratio by mass
C =12, H = 1)
551. An example of a disproportionation reaction is
(a) C3 H8 (g) + 5O 2 (g) → 3CO 2 (g) + 4H 2 O(l )
(a) 2MnO −4 + 10I− + 16H + → 2Mn 2+ + 5I 2 + 8H 2 O
(b) P4 (s) + 5O 2 (g) → P4 O10 (s)
(b) 2NaBr + Cl2 → 2NaCl + Br2
(c) 4Fe(s) + 3O 2 (g) → 2Fe2 O3 (s)
(c) 2KMnO4 → K2MnO4 + MnO2 + O2
(d) 2Mg(s) + O 2 (g) → 2MgO(s) (d) 2CuBr → CuBr2 + Cu
[JEE Main 2019, 10 April Shift-II] [JEE Main 2019, 12 April Shift-I]
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 103 YCT
Ans. (d): 553. Which of the following sets of components
form homogeneous mixture?
(a) Phenol + Water
(b) Sugar + Benzene
(c) Silver chloride + Water
In this reaction manganese is getting reduced. (d) Ethyl alcohol + water
So, this reaction is not a disproportionation reaction MHT CET-02.05.2019, SHIFT-III
(b) 2 NaBr + Cl2 → 2NaCl + Br2 Ans. (d) : We know that these two are different
Oxidation +1 +1 compounds and phenol is only partially soluble in
state water. So the composition would not be uniform
This is just an example of a displacement throughout the mixture making phenol water a
reaction not a disproportionation reaction. heterogenous system.
(c) 2 KMnO4 → K2MnO4 + MnO2 + O2 554. Which one of the following statements about
Oxidation +7 +6 +4 the law of conservation of mass is correct?
state (a) A given compound always contains exactly
This indicate manganese is only getting same proportion of elements
reduced. So, this reaction is not a disproportionation (b) When gases combine in a reaction, they do so
reaction.
in a simple ratio by volume, provided all
(d) 2 CuBr → CuBr2 + Cu gases are all room temperature
Oxidation +1 +2 0 (c) Matter can neither be created nor destroyed
state (d) Equal volumes of all gases at same
In this reaction copper is getting both oxidized temperature and pressure contain equal
as well as reduced Therefore, this reaction is an
example of a dioproportionation reaction. number of molecules
552. For a reaction, NDA (II)-2018
N2(g)+3H2(g)→2NH3(g), Ans. (c) : According to law of conservation of mass,
identify di-hydrogen (H2) as a limiting reagent 'Matter can neither be created nor be destroyed' in
in the following reaction mixture. chemical reactions.
(a) 56 g of N2 + 10 g of H2 555. Volume of water needed to mix with 10 mL
(b) 35 g of N2 + 8 g of H2 10N HNO3 to get 0.1N HNO3 is
(c) 14 g of N2 + 4 g of H2 (a) 1000mL (b) 990mL
(d) 28 g of N2 + 6 g of H2 (c) 1010mL (d) 10mL
[JEE Main 2019, 9 April Shift-I]
AIIMS-2017
Ans. (a) :
Ans. (b): Given, N1 = 10 N, V1 = mL, N2 = 0.1 N and
N 2 (g)+ 3H 2 (g)
→ 2NH3 (g) ............(i) V2 = ?
2×14g 3×2g 2(14+ 3) By law of conservation
28g 6g 34g
28g N2 requires 6g H2 gas. N 1V 1 = N 2V 2
10 × 10 = 0.1 (10 + V)
6g
56g of N2 requires × 56g = 12g of H 2 10 ×10
28g V= − 10 = 1000 − 10 = 990 mL
12g of H2 gas is required for 56g of N2 gas but only 10g 0.1
of H2 gas is present in option (a). 556. The proposition 'equal volumes of different
Hence, H2 gas is the limiting reagent gases contain equal numbers of molecules at
(b) 35g of N2 + 8g of H2. the same temperature and pressure' is known
28g N2 required 6g of H2 as
6g (a) Avogadro's hypothesis
35g N2 required × 35g H 2
28g (b) Gay-Lussac's hypothesis
⇒ 7.5g of H2 (c) Planck's hypothesis
Here, H2 gas does not act as limiting reagent since 7.5g (d) Kirchhoff's theory
of H2 is present in reaction mixture similarly, in option NDA (II)-2017
(c) and (d), H2 doesnot act as limiting reagent. Ans. (a) : Avogadro’s hypothesis state that equal
For 14g of N2 + 4g of H2. volume of different gases contain equal number of
28g of N2 reacts will 6g of H2. molecules at the same temperature and pressure.
6 557. On combustion of x-g of ethanol in bomb
14g of N2 reacts with × 14g of H 2 ⇒3g of H2
28 calorimeter, y-joules of heat energy is
For 28g of N2 + 6g or H2, produced. The heat of combustion of ethanol
i.e. 28g of N2 reacts with 6g of H2. ( ∆H comb ) is–
+ HBr
→
conc.
AP EAMCET (Engg.) 18.09.2020, Shift-I 752. The amount of calcium carbonate that reacts
Ans. (a) : with 500 cc of 0.5 N hydrochloric acid is
(a) 150 g (b) 125 g
(c) 12.5 g (d) 100g
COMEDK-2019
Ans. (c) : We know that
w × 1000
N=
eq.wt × V(in cc)
Mass of HCl in 500 cc of 0.5 N HCl;
P4 + 5O 2 → 2P2O 5 0.5 × 36.5 × 500
⇒ w=
P2 O 5 + 3H 2 O → 2H 3 PO 4 1000
749. What are the fractions of Fe and Fe in 2+ 3+ = 9.125g
Fe0.93O respectively? The balanced equation for the reaction is
(a) 0.93, 0.07 (b) 0.85, 0.15 CaCO3 + 2HCl → CaCl2 + H 2 O + CO2
2×36.5g
(c) 0.75, 0.25 (d) 0.80, 0.20 100g
Ans. (c) : Isoelectronic species have same number of ∴ 2.4 g carbon on combustion will give,
electrons. 22.4 × 2.4
N2– = 7 + 2 = 9 = = 4.48L CO 2
12
O2– = 8 + 2 = 10
(D) 2CO Excess O2
→ 2CO 2
N2– and O2– is not an isoelectronic species. 56gCombustion
2×22.4L
11. Assertion (A) : Equal moles of different 2 × 22.4 × 0.56
substances contain same number ∴ 0.56 gm Carbon monoxide =
of constituent particles. 56
Reason (R) : Equal weights of different = 0.448 L CO2
substances contain the same 13. Among the following, the isoelectronic species
number of constituent particles. is/are
The correct answer is : (i) O2–, F–, Na+, Mg2+ (ii) Na+, Mg+, Al3+, F–
(a) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the (iii) N3–, O2–, F–, Ne
correct explanation of (A) (a) (i) and (ii) (b) (i), (ii) and (iii)
(b) Both (A) and (R) are true, but (R) is not the (c) (ii) and (iii) (d) (i) and (iii)
correct explanation of (A) TS-EAMCET-2016
(c) (A) is true, but (R) is false Ans. (d) : The isoelectronic species are elements that
(d) (A) is false, but (R) is true have the same number of electrons. O2–, F–, Na+, Mg2+,
AP-EAMCET-2007 have 10 electron and N3–, O2–, F– and Ne have also 10
Ans. (c) : Equal moles of different substances contain electrons.
same number of constituent particles, but equal weights 14. There are six electrons, six protons and six
of different substance do not contain the same number neutrons in an atom of an element. What is the
of constituent particles. atomic number of the element?
Hence, assertion (A) is true but reason (R) is not true. (a) 6 (b) 12
12. Match of following columns : (c) 18 (d) 24
Column-I Column-II NDA (II)-2016
(At STP) Ans. (a) Given, No. of electron = 6
(A) 10 g CaCO3 (1) 0.224 L CO2 No. of proton = 6
∆
→ No. of neutron = 6
Decomposition
We know that,
(B) 1.06 g Na2CO3 (2) 4.48 L CO2 Atomic No. = No. of Proton
Excess HCl
→ Atomic No. = 6
(C) 2.4 g C (3) 0.448 L CO2 Hence, the atomic number of element = 6.
→Excess O2
combustion
15. What is the atomic number of the element with
symbol Uus?
(D) 0.56 g CO (4) 2.24 L CO2
(a) 117 (b) 116
→
Excess O2
combustion (c) 115 (d) 114
(5) 22.4 L CO2 TS-EAMCET-2016
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 143 YCT
Ans. (a) : The atomic number of the element with Ans. (c) : Given, 35 Cl
17
symbol Uus is 117. Ununseptium (Uus) is the second 35
heaviest known element and its electronic configuration No. of electron in 17 Cl =17
14 10 2 6
is 5f 6d 7s 7p . 32
No. of electron in 16 S = 16
16. The sum of the total number of neutrons +
present in protium, deuterium and tritium is No. of electron in 34
16 S = 16–1=15
(a) 5 (b) 3 +
No. of electron in 40
18 Ar = 18–1=17
(c) 4 (d) 6 35 2 −
TS-EAMCET (Engg.), 05.08.2021 Shift-II No. of electron in 16 S = 16 + 2 = 18
+
Ans. (b) : No. of neutrons –
40
Hence, 18 Ar contain same no. of electron as 17 35
Cl .
Protium ( 1 H ) = 0
1
20. S + Conc. H2SO4 → X+Y
Deuterium ( 1 H ) = 1
2 Here X is a gas and Y is a liquid and both are
triatomic molecules. The number of electron
Tritium ( 13 H ) = 2 lone pars present on the central atoms of X and
The sum of the total number of neutrons is Y are respectively.
⇒ 0 +1+ 2 (a) 2, 1 (b) 1, 0
(c) 1, 2 (d) 2, 2
⇒3
AP EAMCET-2017
17. The number of protons, electrons and neutrons
in a species are equal to 17, 18 and 18 Ans. (c) : S + 2H2SO4 → 3SO2 + 2H2O
respectively. Which of the following will be the X and Y are SO2 and H2O
proper symbol of this species ? The structure of SO2 and H2O
35 35
(a) 17 Cl (b) 17 Cl —
36 36
(c) 17 Cl (d) 17 Cl —
AP EAMCET (Engg.) 17.09.2020, Shift-II
Ans. (b) : p = 17, e = 18, n = 18 means, Z = 17 ⇒ Hence the option (c) is correct
element is chlorine, which contains one electron more
21. The characteristics of elements X, Y and Z with
(17 + 1), so it is chloride ion, Cl–. atomic numbers, respectively, 33, 53 and 83
⇒ Symbol: 17 35
Cl − ; are:
Mass number, A = n + p = 18 + 17 = 35 (a) X, Y and Z are metals.
Atomic number, Z = 17 (b) X and Z are non-metals and Y is a metalloid.
18. Which of the following has magic number of (c) X is a metalloid, Y is a non-metal and Z is a
protons and neutrons? metal.
(a) 8 O17 (b) 13 Al27 (d) X and Y are metalloids and Z is
metal.
(c) 9 F17 (d) 20 Ca 40 JEE Main 16.03.2021, Shift-II
AP EAMCET (Medical) -1998 Ans. (c) : The characteristics of elements X, Y and Z
Ans. (d): Magic numbers are 2, 8, 20, 28, 50, 82 with atomic numbers respectively 33, 53 and 83 are the
protons and 2, 8, 20, 28, 50, 82, 126 neutrons in the arsenic, iodine and bismuth. As we know the properties
nucleus. These numbers impart stability to the nucleus. of that iodine, arsenic is metalloid in nature whereas
O 17
→ proton = 8 Bismuth is metal.
(a) 8 22. Which of the following is true about sodium
neutron = 9
chloride ?
13 Al 27
→ proton = 13 (a) Molecular mass = 58.5 amu
(b)
neutron = 14 (b) Formula mass = 58.5 amu
F17 → proton = 9 (c) Molecular mass = 5.85 amu
(c) 9 (d) Formula mass = 5.85 amu
neutron = 8 AP EAMCET (Engg.) 18.9.2020 Shift-I
Ca 40
→ proton = 20 Ans. (b) : Sodium chloride is an ionic crystal of rock
(d) 20
neutron = 20 salt structure in which 4 NaCl units are present in one
Thus, the calcium nucleic has the both proton and unit cell of coordination number, Na+ : Cl = 6 : 6. So,
neutrons number is 20. actual molecule of sodium chloride is not NaCl, NaCl is
19. The species that has the same number of the molecular formula of formula mass = (23 + 35.5) =
35 58.5 amu.
electrons as 17 Cl is
+
23. An alloy of metals X and Y weighs 12g &
(a) 32 16 S (b) 3416 S contains atoms X and Y is the ratio of 2: 5 The
+ 35 2 − percentage of Metal X in the alloy is 20 by
(c) 40 18 Ar (d) 16 S
mass. If the atomic mass of X is 40. What is the
NDA (II)-2017 atomic mass of metal Y.
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 144 YCT
(a) 64 amu (b) 32 amu No. of electrons in the neutral atom = x+3
(c) 60 amu (d) 50 amu ∴No.of protons = x + 3 = 23 + 3 = 26
AP EAPCET 20.08.2021 Shift-I 3+
Hence, the ion is 5626 Fe
12 27. Which of the following clement represents is
Ans. (a): Mass of metal X in alloy = × 20 = 2.40g
100 isoelectronic sequence?
Mass of metal Y in alloy =12–2.4=9.6g (a) N, O, F, Ne (b) Na+, Mn2+, Al3+, Si4+
2.4 (c) Cl , Ar, Ca , Ti (d) Be, Mg2+, Ca, Si2+
– 2+ 4+
(e / m) p = AMU-2014
1.675 × 10−27 kg Ans. (c) :
1.602 ×10−19 C Species No of No of No of
(e / m)e =
9.108 ×10−31 kg Electron Protons neutrons
48. Isoelectronic pair among the following is
32
16 S
16 16 16
2+
(a) Ca and K (b) Ar and Ca 32 18 18 14
2+ 18 S
(c) K and Ca (d) Ar and K –
32 2 − 16+2e 18 16 16
UPTU/UPSEE-2008 16 S
Ans. (b) : Ar and Ca2+ are isoelectronic species as they 32 2
18 S
18+2e– 20 18 14
have same number of electrons i.e. 18.
54. The magnitude of the charge on the electron is
49. Which of the following is isoelectronic pair? 4.8 × 10–10 esu. What is the magnitude of the
–
(a) CN , O3 (b) ClO2, BrF2 charge on the proton on the nucleus of helium
(c) BrO−2 ,BrF2+ (d) ICl2, ClO3 atom?
JCECE - 2013 (a) 4.8 × 10–10 esu (b) 9.6 × 10–10 esu
–10
(c) 6.4 × 10 esu (d) 14.4 × 10–10 esu
Ans. (c) : Both BrO−2 (35 + 2 × 8 + 1 = 52)
AMU-2013
and BrF2+ (35 + 2 × 9 − 1 = 52) have 52 electrons. Ans. (b) : Since, the charge on the proton is equal in
50. N2 and CO are magnitude to that on the electron, the charge on the
(a) Isomers (b) Isoelectronic proton is also 4.8×10–10 esu. Since, a helium nucleus
contains 2 protons, its charge is 9.6×10–10 esu.
(c) Isotopes (d) Isobars
J & K CET-(2002) 55. Atomic number equal to the
(a) Atomic mass of the element
Ans. (b) : N2 have 14×2=28 electrons
(b) Sum of protons and neutrons
CO have 12+16 = 28 electrons
(c) Number of the protons in the nucleus
Thus both are iso electronic (d) Number of the neutrons in the nucleus.
OR AMU–2001
Both N2 and CO contain 14 electrons each thus N2 and
CO are isoelectronic. Ans. (c) : Atomic number is equal to the number of
protons in the nucleus.
51. Pick out the isoelectronic structures from the
56. The ratio of electron, proton and neutron in
following
tritium is
CH 3+ H 3O + NH 3 CH 3− (a) 1 : 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 1 : 2
I II III IV (c) 1 : 1 : 3 (d) 1 : 2 : 3
(a) I and II (b) I and VI Assam CEE-2014
(c) I and III (d) II,III and IV Ans. (b) : The atomic number and the mass number of
CG PET- 2010 tritium are 1 and 3 respectively. Tritium contains 1
electron, 1 proton and 2 neutrons.
Ans. (d) : CH 3+ has 6+3–1= 8 Hence, the ratio of the number of electrons. Protons and
Electrons H3O + has 3+8–1=10 electrons NH3 neutrons in tritium is 1:1:2
has 7+3=10 electrons CH 3− 57. The atomic numbers of elements X, Y and Z
has 6+3+1=10 electrons so II, III, IV are isoelectronic are 19, 21 and 25 respectively. The number of
structures as they have the same number of electrons. electrons present in the M shells of these
Hence, the correct option (d). elements follow the order.
OR (a) Z > X > Y (b) X > Y > Z
(c) Z > Y > X (d) Y > Z > X
H3O+, NH3 and CH 3− have same number of electrons.
Assam CEE-2014
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 148 YCT
Ans. (c) : The electronic configuration of X with atomic (a) (1) and (2) (b) (2) and (3)
number 19 is 1s2 2s2 2p6 3p6 4s1. Now the M shell is the (c) (1) and (3) (d) (1), (2) and (3)
3rd energy level and hence, it contains (2+6=8) BCECE-2017
electrons. Ans. (c) : B is a noble gas so the next element will be in
The electronic configuration of with atomic number 21 the next period and will be alkali metals. Next element
is 1s2 2s2 2p6 3x2 3p6 4s2 3d1. Now the M shell is the 3rd will be than alkaline earth metal.
energy level and hence, it contains (2+6+1=9) electron. 1 ‘A’ has higher electron affinity. It belongs to halogen
The electronic configuration of Z with atomic number family.
25 is 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 4s2 3d5. Now the M shell is the 3rd 2 ‘C’ exists in +1 oxidation state
energy level and hence it contains (2+6+5=13 3 ‘D’ is an alkaline earth metal
electrons). Hence, the Statements (1) and (3) are correct.
Since Z contains more electrons in the M shell than Y
and Y contains more electrons in the M shell than X. So 63. n/p ratio during positron decay
the number of electrons present in the M–shell of these (a) Increases (b) Decreases
elements follows the order Z>Y>X Hence, the correct (c) Remains constant (d) All of these
option is c. CG PET- 2015
58. The number of electrons, protons and neutrons Ans. (a) 0 n1 → 1 p1 + –1 p0 + v i.e. n decreases, p
in phosphide ion (P3-) is- increases.
(a) 15, 15, 16 (b) 15, 16, 15
64. The electronic configuration of an element is
(c) 18, 15, 16 (d) 15, 16, 18
1s2, 2s2 2p6, 3s2 3p6, 3d10, 4s2 4p3.
Assam CEE-2021
To which of the following elements it is similar
Ans. (c) : P3– (PHOSPHIDE) in properties?
Electron = 15 + 3 = 18 (a) Boron (b) Oxygen
Proton = 15 (c) Nitrogen (d) Chlorine
Neutron = 31 – 15 = 16
CG PET -2008
59. Nuclides :
(a) Have specific atomic numbers Ans. (c) : The valance shell electronic configuration is
4s2 4p3 similar to nitrogen 3s23p2.
(b) Have same number of protons
(c) Have specific atomic number and mass 65. If the de-Broglie wavelength of the electron in
numbers nth Bohr orbit in a hydrogenic atom is equal to
(d) Are isotopes 1.5πa0 (a0 is Bohr radius), then the value of n/Z
is
BCECE-2006
(a) 1.0 (b) 0.75
Ans. (c): Nuclides have a definite number of protons (c) 0.40 (d) 1.50
and neutrons and consequently definite atomic number
and mass number. Such as oxygen nuclei contain 8 [JEE Main 2019, 12 Jan Shift-II]
protons and 8 neutrons (8O16). n2
Ans. (b) : 2πrn= nλ; 2πao × = nλ
60. The energy released in an atom bomb explosion z
is mainly due to n n 1.5πa o
(a) Release of neutrons 2πao= =1.5πao = = =0.75
(b) Release of electrons z z 2πa o
(c) Greater mass of products than initial material 66. The introduction of a neutron into the nucleus
(d) Lesser mass of products than initial material of an atom would lead to a change in
BCECE-2006 (a) Atomic number
Ans. (d) : The source of large energy, produced during (b) Atomic mass
atom bomb explosion, is the mass defect occurring (c) Chemical nature of the atom
during the fission reaction, which is converted into (d) Number of electron
energy equivalent to mass defect. CG PET -2019
61. Number of neutron in C12 is : Ans. (b) : The introduction of a neutron into the nuclear
(a) 6 (b) 7 composition, of an atom would lead to a change in its
(c) 8 (d) 9 atomic mass. However, its atomic number, the chemical
BCECE-2005 nature of the atom and the number of the electron s will
Ans. (a) : Number of neutron = atomic mass– atomic remain unchanged as they are related to the number of
number. For C12 number of neutron = 12–6=6 protons and they are independent of the number of
neutron.
62. The atomic number of elements A, B, C, and D
are Z–1, Z+1, Z+2 respectively. If B is a noble 67. The element with atomic number 55 belongs to
gas, choose the correct option. which block of the periodic table?
(1) (A) has higher electron affinity. (a) s-block (b) p- block
(2) (C) exists in +2 oxidation state. (c) d- block (d) f- block
(3) (D) is an alkaline earth metal. CG PET -2004
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 149 YCT
Ans. (a) : The electronic configuration of the above Ans. (b) : It will gain two electron to form a compound
element is [Xe]6s1. Since the valence electrons are in with sodium (Na).
the S subshell, the element belongs to S–block. Given, atomic no. of element = 8 i.e. oxygen
68. Neutrons are found in atoms of all elements Electronic configuration of oxygen= 1s2, 2s2, 2p4.
except in Therefore, valency = 2, 6
(a) Chlorine (b) Oxygen Electronic configuration of Na= 2, 8, 1
(c) Argon (d) Hydrogen Valency = 1 (As it is easier to donate one electron)
CG PET -2004 Hence, the given element will gain 2 electron form two
Ans. (d) : Neutrons can be found in all atomic nuclear sodium atoms to completes its octet.
except hydrogen. Hydrogen is that atomic nucleus and it Reaction involved –
consists of no charge and a mass of slightly over 1 amu. 4Na+ + O2→ 2Na2O
69. The atomic weight of an element is 39. The 72. The triad of the nuclei that is isotonic :
number of neutrons in its nucleus is one more (a) 6C14, 7N14, 9F19 (b) 6C14, 7N15, 9F17
14 14 17
than the number of protons. The number of (c) 6C , 7N , 9F (d) 6C12, 7N14, 9F19
protons, neutrons and electrons-respectively in HP CET-2018
its atoms would be
Ans. (b) : Isotones are nuclides with same number of
(a) 19, 20, 19 (b) 19, 19, 20 neutrons
(c) 20, 19, 19 (d) 20, 19, 20
∴ 6C14, 7N15, 9F17 are isotones with 8 neutrons in each
CG PET -2004 case.
Ans. (a) : Atomic weight of an element = 39 unit 73. Three elements X, Y and Z are in the 3rd
∴ Atomic weight = no of proton + no of neutron period of the periodic table. The oxides of X, Y
Hence According to question. and Z, respectively, are basic, amphoteric and
no. of neutron = no. of proton +1 acidic. The correct order of the atomic number
So, of X, Y and Z is
39= no. of neutron + no. of proton (a) Z < Y < X (b) X < Y < Z
39= no. of proton +1 +no. of proton (c) X < Z < Y (d) Y < X < Z
2×no. of proton = 38 (JEE Main 2020, 2 Sep Shift-II)
no. of proton = 19 Ans. (b) : X<Y<Z MgO<Al2O3<SiO2
Also, no. of electron = no. of proton 74. The group having isoelectronic species is
They, no. of electron = 19 (a) O2–, F–, Na+, Mg2+ (b) O–, F–, Na, Mg+
And no. of neutron = 19+1 = 20 (c) O2–, F–, Na, Mg2+ (d) O–, F–, Na+, Mg2+
Hence, no. of proton = 19 (JEE Main-2017)
no. of neutron = 20 Ans. (a) : Isoelectronic species are those which
no. of electron=19 contains same number of electrons
70. In the following reaction Species Atomic Number of
3 Li + ? → 2 He + 1H
6 4 3
number electrons
2–
the missing particle is O 8 10
(a) Electron (b) Neutron F– 9 10
(c) Proton (d) Deuteron Na+ 11 10
CG PET- 2010
Mg2+ 12 10
Ans. (b) : In the given reaction
O– 8 9
3 Li + ? → 2 He + 1H
6 4 3
Na 11 11
Mass number and atomic number on LHS and RHS will
be equal. Mg+ 12 11
Let us assume the missing particle be xAy Option (a) is correct which contains isoelectronic
Atomic number species O2–, F–, Na+, Mg2+
3+x=2+1 75. Which one of the following sets of ions
x=0 represents a collection of isoelectronic species ?
Mass number, (a) K+, Cl–, Ca2+, Sc3+ (b) Ba2+, Sr2+, K+, S2–
6+y=4+3 (c) N3–,O2–, F–, S2– (d) Li+, Na+, Mg2+,
y=1 Ca2+
It represents neutron, Assam CEE-2020
(AIEEE 2006)
3 Li + 0n → 2 He + 1H
6 1 4 3
(d) N3–, O2–, F– and Na+ and number of neutrons in tritium ( H or ,3 T ) is 2(z) the
3
1
(JEE Main 2019, 10 April Shift-I) sum of x, y and z is x+y+z = 3.
Ans. (d) : Key idea = Isoelectronic species contains 83. Atoms with identical atomic number but
same number of electron. different atomic mass number are known as
The species with its atomic number and number of (a) Polymers (b) Isobars
electrons are as follows: (c) Isotopes (d) Isomers.
Species Atomic Number of J & K CET-(2014)
(ions) number (z) electrons Ans. (c) : Isotope, one of two or more species of atoms
N3– 7 7+3=10 of a chemical element with the same atomic number and
2– position in the periodic table and nearly identical
O 8 8+2=10
chemical behavior but with different atomic masses and
F− 9 9+1=10
physical properties every chemical element has one or
Na+ 11 11–1=10 more isotopes.
Li+ 3 3–1=2 Example:– H11 , H12 , H13 are the isotopes of hydrogen.
Mg2+ 12 12–2=10 84. Negatively charged particles are called
Isoelectronic set of ions are N3–, O2–, F–, Na+ and Mg2+. (a) Electrons (b) Protons
79. The size of the iso-electronic species Cl–, Ar (c) Neutrons (d) None of the above
and Ca2+ is affected by J & K CET-(2014)
(a) azimuthal quantum number of valence shell Ans. (a) :
(b) electron-electron interaction in the outer
Particles Symbol Relative charge
orbitals
(c) principal quantum number of valence shell Electrons e –1
(d) nuclear charge Protons p +1
(JEE Main 2019, 8 April Shift-I) Neutrons n 0
λ = ? (nanometer) m
h = 6.625 × 10–27 erg. sec
C = 3 × 1010 cm sec–1 h
λ=
hc m
Now, E =
λ 180. When light of wavelength 248nm falls on a
metal of threshold energy 3.0 eV, the de-
hc
or λ= Broglie wavelength of emitted electrons
E is______Å. (Round off to the Nearest Integer).
6.625 ×10−27 (erg.sec) × 3 × 1010 (cm sec −1 ) [me = 9.1×10−31 kg;c = 3.0 ×108 ms−1;1eV = 1.6 ×10−19 Js]
or λ= −12
3 ×10 (ergs) JEE Main 16.03.2021, Shift-I
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 164 YCT
Ans. (9Å) : Given that, Wavelength ( λ ) = 248nm Dividing equation (i) by (ii) we get–
λ1 hc 100eV
Threshold energy ( φ ) = 3.0eV = ×
λ 2 25 eV hc
de–Broglie wavelength ( λ ) = ? λ1 : λ2 = 4 : 1
hc 182. de Broglie relationship has no significance for
Now, Energy incident = (a) An electron (b) A proton
λ
Where, h = Planck's constant (c) A neutron (d) An iron ball.
c = Speed of light SRMJEEE – 2009
λ = Wavelength Ans. (d) : According to the de-Broglie, every object in
motion has a wave character. The wavelength
6.6×10-34 × 3 ×108
∴ E= eV associated with ordinary objects are so sort because of
248 × 10−19 × 1.6 × 10−19 their large masses that their wave properties cannot be
E = 5eV detected. The light mass of the particle can be detected
From the Einstein photoelectric equation– experimentally but not in the case of large mass.
E = φ + K.E. 183. The wavelength associated with a particle of
or K.E. = 5 eV – 3 eV mass 3.313 × 10–31 kg moving with velocity 103
or K.E. = 2 eV m/s is
or K.E. = 2×1.6×10–19=3.2×10–19 J (a) 2 × 10–6 m (b) 2 × 10–6 cm
h (c) 2 × 10 m–7
(d) 2 × 10–7 cm
For de-Broglie wavelength ( λ ) = SRMJEEE – 2010
mv
1 Ans. (a) : Given that, Mass of particle = 3.313 × 10–
31
K.E. = mv 2
kg
2 v = 103 m/s, λ = ?
2 ( K.E.) Now, from de–Broglie equation –
So, v=
m h
λ=
h p
Hence, λ =
2 ( K.E.) × m Where, λ = Wavelength
h = Planck's constant
6.6 ×10−34 p = Momentum
or λ=
2 × 3.2 × 10−19 × 9.1× 10−31 6.626 ×10−34 kgm 2s −1
∴ λ=
6.6 ×10−34 3.313 × 10−31 kg ×103 ms −1
or λ=
58.24 ×10−50 = 2 × 10–6 m
or λ=9Å 184. Which one of the following frequencies of
181. If the energies of two light radiations E1 and E2 radiation (in Hz) has a wavelength of 600 nm?
are 25 eV and 100 eV respectively, then their (a) 2.0×1013 (b) 5.0×1016
14
respective wavelength λ1 and λ2 would be in the (c) 2.0×10 (d) 5.0×1014
ratio λ1 : λ2 = ______ AP-EAMCET- (Engg.)-2011
(a) 2:1 (b) 4:1 Ans. (d) : Given that,
(c) 1:4 (d) 1:2 Wavelength (λ) = 600 nm = 600 × 10–9 m
AP EAPCET 19-08-2021, Shift-II We know that–
Ans. (b) : Given that, E1 = 25 eV, E2 = 100 eV c 3 ×108
λ1 : λ2 = ? ν = =
λ 600 × 10−9
From the equation of energy - ν = 5 × 1014 Hz.
hc
E= 185. If the kinetic energy of a particle is reduced to
λ half, de-Broglie wavelength becomes :
Where, E = Energy 1
h = Planck's constant (a) 2 times (b) times
λ = Wavelength 2
c = Speed of light (c) 4 times (d) 2 times
For first radiation– AP-EAMCET (Engg.) 2015
hc hc
E1 = λ ⇒ = λ1 ...( i ) Ans. (d) : Given that, (K.E.) 2 = 1/2 (K.E.)1
1 25 eV According to de-Broglie equation
For second radiation– h h h
λ= = =
hc hc mv p 2m K.E.
E2 = ⇒ = λ 2 ...( ii )
λ2 100 eV Where, K.E. = Kinetic energy
2 1
v = 5 × 105 m / sec. ∴ λ∝
p
235. A gas absorbs photon of 355 nm and emits at 238. Calculate the wavelength associated with an
two wavelengths. If one of the emission is at 680 electron moving with a velocity of 106 m/s.
nm, the other is at (mass of e- =9.1 × 10-31 kg, h = 6.6 × 10-34 kg
(a) 1035 nm (b) 325 nm m2s–1)
(c) 743 nm (d) 518 nm (a) 6.2 × 10–8m (b) 7.25 × 10–8m
[AIEEE-2011] 0
Ans. (c) : We know that – (c) 6.25 Α (d) none of these
λ = 355 mm J & K CET-(2013)
λ1 = 680 nm Ans. (d) : From de– Broglie equation –
hc h
E = hv = λ=
λ mv
hc hc hc 6.6 × 10−34
E = E1 + E 2 or = + =
λ λ1 λ 2 9.1× 10−31 ×106
1 1 1 1 1 1 = 7.325 ×10–10 m.
= + ⇒ = +
λ λ1 λ 2 355 680 λ 2 239. The de Broglie wavelength of a ball of mass 10
1 1 1 g moving with a velocity of 10 ms–1 is
= − [h = 6.626 × 10–34 Js]
λ 2 355 680 –33
(a) 6.626 × 10 m (b) 6.626 × 10–29m
355 × 680 (c) 6.626 × 10 m–31
(d) 6.626 × 10–36m
= 742.769 nm ≈ 743nm.
680 − 355 J & K CET-(2011)
236. For emission line of atomic hydrogen from ni = Ans. (a) : We know that –
8 to nf = n, the plot of wave number (ν) against h
1 λ=
2 will be (The Rydberge constant, RH is in mv
n 10
wave number unit) h= 6.626×10–34Js, m = =0.01 kg,
1000
(a) non linear v=10ms–1
(b) linear with slope –RH Putting the values,
(c) linear with slope RH
6.626 ×10−34
(d) linear with intercept – RH λ= = 6.626 ×10−33 m
[JEE Main 2019, 9 Jan Shift-I] 0.01× 10
240. Two oxides of a metal contain 36.4% and
1 1 1
Ans. (c) : = v = R H z 2 2 − 2 53.4% of oxygen by mass respectively. If the
λ nf 8 formula of the first oxide is M2O then that of
Let nf = n and z = 1 for H, the second is
(a) M2O3 (b) MO
1 1
v = RH × 2 − 2 (c) MO2 (d) M2O5
n 8 J & K CET-(2011)
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 174 YCT
Ans. (b) : Consider atomic mass of metal = x (a) A positron (b) A photon
We know that, (c) An α-particle (d) A neutron
16 JCECE - 2014
% of oxygen in M2O = × 100 = 36.4
2x + 16 Ans. (c) : The de-Broglie equation is λ =
h
=
h
.
1600 p mv
⇒ = 36.4
2x + 16 1
Here, h and v are constant. So, λ ∝ . Since, the α-
⇒ 1600 = 72.8x + 582.4 m
x = 13.978 particle has the highest mass among the given entities, it
Second oxide oxygen % = 53.4% has the smallest de-Broglie wavelength.
Second oxide metal % = 46.6% 244. A 600 W mercury lamp emits monochromatic
Atomic Ratio M : O radiation of wavelength 331.3 nm. How many
46.6 53.4 photons are emitted form the lamp per
: second?(h=6.626×10-34J-s; velocity of light
13.978 16
=3×108 ms-1)
3⋅3 : 3⋅3
(a) 1×1019 (b) 1×1020
1 : 1 21
Hence, the formula of metal oxide = MO. (c) 1×10 (d) 1×1023
JIPMER-2011
241. If the de-Broglie wavelength of a particle of
mass m is 100 times its velocity, then its value Ans. (c): We know that–
in terms of its mass (m) and planck’s constant nhc
E=
(h) is λ
1 m h Eλ
(a) (b) 10 n=
10 h m hc
1 h m 600 × 331 ⋅ 3 ×10−9
(c) (d) 10 n=
10 m h 6.626 × 10−34 × 3 × 108
J & K CET-(2009) So, n = 1 × 1021 photons/second
Ans. (b) : Let wavelength of particle be x 245. What is the wavelength (in m) of a particle of
mass 6.62 × 10–29 g moving with a velocity of
x 103 ms–1?
Velocity, v =
100 (a) 6.62 × 10–4 (b) 6.62 × 10–3
We know that – (c) 10 –5
(d) 105
h JIPMER-2009
λ=
mv Ans. (c) : According to de–Broglie equation
h × 100 h
x= λ=
m×x mv
h 6.62 × 10−34
x = 100
2
λ=
m 6.62 × 10−29 × 10−3 × 103
h λ = 10–5 m.
⇒ x = 100
m 246. Dual nature of particle was given by
(a) Bohr theory
h
x = 10 (b) Thomson model
m (c) Heisenberg principle
242. The de-Broglie wavelength of helium atom at (d) de-Broglie equation
room temperature is J&K CET (2010)
(a) 6.6 × 10–34 m (b) 4.39 × 10–10 m JIPMER-2005
–11
(c) 7.34 × 10 m (d) 2.335 × 10–20 m Ans. (d): Dual nature of particle was given by de–
JCECE - 2013 Broglie in 1923.
3RT 3 × 8.314 × 298 De-Broglie equation relate the particle character with
Ans. (c) : Vrms = = = 1363ms−1 the wave character of matter.
M 4 × 10−3
247. Number of photons emitted by a 100 W (Js–1)
h 6.626 ×10−34 × 6.023 × 1023
λ= = yellow lamp in 1.0 s. Take the wavelength of
mv 4 × 10−3 × 1363 yellow light as 560 nm, and assume 100 percent
–11
= 7.32 × 10 m efficiency.
243. Which particle among the following will have (a) 1.6 × 1018 (b) 1.4 × 1018
20
the smallest de-Broglie wavelength, assuming (c) 2.8 × 10 (d) 2.1 × 1020
that they have the same velocity? JIPMER-2018
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 175 YCT
Ans. (c): As per the Plank's quantum theory, From equation (i) and (ii), we get
hc λA 1
E= Nhν = N = ⇒ λ B = 33.33 × 10−9 × 3 = 99.99 × 10−9 m
λ λB 3
Eλ = 1.0×10–7 m.
N= …………(i) 250. A body of mass x kg is moving with a velocity
hc
E= 100 w (Js–1)×1s= 100 J of 100 ms–1. Its de-Broglie wavelength is 6.62 ×
10–35 m. Hence, x is (h = 6.62 × 10–34 Js)
Putting the value in equation (i), we get (a) 0.1 kg (b) 0.25 kg
100J × 560 × 10−9 m (c) 0.15 kg (d) 0.2 kg
N=
6.626 × 10−34 Js × 3 ×108 ms −1 Karnataka-CET, 2009
= 2.82×1020. Ans. (a): Given,
h = 6.62×10–34 Js
248. With regard to photoelectric effect, identify the v = 100 ms–1
correct statement among the following. λ = 6.62×10–35
(a) Energy of electron ejected increases with the According to de-Broglie equation-
increase in the intensity on incident light.
h
(b) Number of electron ejected increases with the λ=
increase in the frequency of incident light. mv
(c) Number of electron ejected increases with the 6.62 ×10−34
increase in work function x=
6.62 × 10−35 × 100
(d) Number of electron ejected increases with the 10−34 1
increase in the intensity of incident light. x = −34 −1
=
Karnataka-CET-2020 10 × 10 ×10 10 2
= 0.1 kg
Ans. (d) : The number of electron ejected increases 251. A body of mass 10 mg is moving with a velocity
with the increase in the intensity of incident light, an of 100 ms–1. The wavelength of de-Broglie wave
increase in the intensity of incident light means that the associated with it would be (h = 6.6. × 10–34 Js)
number of photons incident per unit surface area of the (a) 6.63 × 10–35 m (b) 6.63 × 10–34 m
metal increase. (Provided the incident photons has its (c) 6.63 × 10 m –31
(d) 6.63 × 10–37 m
frequency more than threshold frequency). Karnataka-CET-2007
The equation for the photoelectric effect is Ans. (c) : Given that,
hv = hv0 + KE m = 10 mg = 10 × 10–6 kg
Where, v = frequency of the incident radiation v = 100 ms–1
hv0 = work function From de-Broglie equation,
It is clear that the number of electron elected does not h
depend of work function. λ=
mv
249. Two particle A and B are in motion. If the h 6.63 ×10−34
wavelength associated with 'A' is 33.33 nm, the λ= =
wavelength associated with 'B' whose mv 10 × 10–6 ×100
1 6.63 ×10−34
momentum is rd of 'A' is =
3 10−3
(a) 1.0 × 10–8 m (b) 2.5 × 10–8 m m = 6.63 × 10–31 m
–7
(c) 1.25 × 10 m (d) 1.0 × 10–7 m 252. The number of photons emitted per second by
a 60 W source of monochromatic light of
Karnataka-CET-2019 wavelength 663 nm is (h = 6.63 × 10-34 Js)
Ans. (d) : Given that, (a) 4× 10–20 (b) 1.5× 1020
–20
λA=33.3 nm or 33.33×10–9 m (c) 3× 10 (d) 2× 1020
–20
1 (e) 1× 10
PB = PA Kerala-CEE-2009
3
According to de-Broglie– Ans. (d) : Given that,
h = 6.63 × 10–34 J sec.
h
λ= λ = 663 nm = 663 × 10–9 m
p c = 3 × 108 m/sec
h n=?
λA= ……… (i)
PA E = 60 W = 60 J sec–1
Q We know that,
h 3h
λB = = ……… (ii) nhc
PA PA E=
λ
3
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 176 YCT
∴ n=
E×λ ∴ n×3×10–19= 200 (where n= no. of photons)
hc 200
n= = 6.66 ×1020
60 × 663 × 10 −9 3 ×10−19
=
6.63 × 10 −34 × 3 × 108 256. The de Broglie wavelength of the matter wave
6 × 663 × 10 −8 associated with an object dropped from a
= height x, when it reaches the ground is
3 × 663 × 10 −28
proportional to
= 2 × 10–8 + 28
= 2 × 1020 1
(a) x 2 (b)
253. The relationship between the energy E1 of the x
o (c) x (d) x 3 / 2
radiation with a wavelength 8000 A and the
energy E2 of the radiation with a wavelength (e) x
o Kerala-CEE-2020
16000 A is: Ans. (b) : According to de-Broglie wavelength–
(a) E1 = 6E2 (b) E1 = 2E2 h
1 λ=
(c) E1 = 4E2 (d) E1 = E2 mv
2 Since, an object dropped from a height x then,
(e) E1 = E2 v2 = u2 – 2gx
Kerala-CEE-2005
v = 2gx
Ans. (b) : We know that,
h
1 So, λ=
E∝ m 2gx
λ
E1 λ 2 16000 1
= = ⇒ E1 = 2E 2 or λ∝
E 2 λ1 8000 x
254. The work function of a metal is 5 eV. What is 257. Calculate the energy of photons having
the kinetic energy of the photoelectron ejected wavelength, 5 × 10–7 m falls on a metal surface
from the metal surface if the energy of the of work function, 3.4 × 10–19 J :
-19
incident radiation is 6.2 eV? (1 eV = 1.6 × 10 ) (a) 3.97 × 10–19 J (b) 3.55 × 10–19 J
-19 -19
(a) 6.626 × 10 J (b) 8.10 × 10 J (c) 2.97 × 10 J –19
(d) 2.57 × 10–19 J
-18 -18
(c) 1.92 × 10 J (d) 8.01 × 10 J Manipal-2016
(e) 1.92 × 10-19 J hc
Kerala-CEE-2014 Ans. (a) : Energy of photons, E= hv =
λ
Ans. (e): Given that, Given that-
Work function (hv0) = 5eV
h = 6.626 × 10−34 Js
Energy of incident radition (hv) = 6.2 eV
The kinetic energy of photoelectron: c = 3 ×108 m / s
K.E = hν − hν 0 λ = 5 ×10−7 m
= 6.2–5
(6.626 × 10−34 Js) × (3 ×108 ms −1 )
= 1.2 eV So, E=
= 12×1.6×10–19 J= 1.92×10–19 J 5 × 10−7
–19
= 3.975 ×10 J
255. A 250 W electric bulb of 80% efficiency emits a
o 258. Which one is the wrong statement?
light of 6626 A wavelength. The number of h
photons emitted per second by the lamp is (h = (a) The uncertainty principle is ∆E × ∆t ≥
6.636 × 10-34 Js) 2π
17 16 (b) Half filled and fully filled orbital have greater
(a) 1.42 × 10 (b) 2.18 × 10
stability due to greater exchange energy,
(c) 6.66 × 1020 (d) 2.83 × 1016 greater symmetry and more balanced
16
(e) 4.25 × 10 arrangement.
Kerala-CEE-2014 (c) The energy of 2s-orbital is less than the
hc energy of 2p-orbital in case of hydrogen like
Ans. (c) : Energy of one photon = atoms.
λ
h
6.626 × 10−34 × 3 × 108 (d) de-Broglie's wavelength is given by λ = ,
−10
= 3 ×10−19 J mv
6626 × 10 where m = mass of the particle, v = group
250 × 80 velocity of the particle
Energy emitted by bulb= = 200J
100 NEET-2017
2.18 ×10−18 263. The value of Planck's contant is 6.63 × 10–34 Js.
E4 = − J / atom Speed of light is 3 × 1017 nm s–1. Which a value
( 4 )2
On applying ∆E = E1 – E4 is closed to the wavelength in nanomter of a
quantum of light with frequency of 6×1015 s–1?
−2.18 × 10−18 (a) 50 (b) 75
= −2.18 ×10−18 −
16 (c) 10 (d) 25
–18
= –2.04 × 10 J/atom NEET-2013
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 178 YCT
Ans. (a) : We know that – We know that,
c = νλ c
λ=
c υ
λ=
ν 3 × 108
λ= = 0.375 × 10−7 m
3 × 1017 8 × 1015
λ= = 50nm = 0.375×10–7×109 nm
6 ×1015
264. According to law of photochemical equivalence = 0.375×102 nm
the energy absorbed (in ergs/mole) is given as = 37.5 nm
(h = 6.62 × 10–27 ergs, c = 3 × 1010 cm s–1, ≈ 4×101 nm
NA = 6.02 × 1023 mol–1) 267. For given energy, E = 3.03 × 10–19 Joules
corresponding wavelength is
1.196 ×108 2.859 ×105
(a) (b) (h = 6.626 ×10–34) J sec, c = 3 × 108 m/sec
λ λ (a) 65.6 nm (b) 6.36 nm
2.859 ×1016 1.196 × 1016 (c) 3.4 nm (d) 656 nm
(c) (d) NEET-2000
λ λ
Karnataka NEET-2013 Ans. (d) : We know that –
Ans. (a) : Given data, hc
E=
h = 6.62 × 10–27 ergs λ
c = 3 × 1010 cm s–1 Given that –
NA = 6.02 × 1023 mol–1 E = 3.03 × 10–19J
hcN A h = 6.626 × 10–34 Js
E= c = 3 × 108 m/s
λ
6.6 × 10−34 × 3 × 108
6.62 × 10−27 × 3 × 1010 × 6.02 ×1023 λ=
= 3.03 × 10−19
λ
= 6.56 ×10 m = 656 ×10 −9 m = 656 nm
−7
1.196 ×10 8
= ergs mol−1. 268. A particular station of All India Radio, New
λ Delhi, broadcasts ona frequency of 1,368 kHz
265. The energies E1 and E2 of two radiations are 25 (kilohertz). The wavelength of the electro-
eV and 50 eV respectively. The relation magnetic radiation emitted by the transmitter
between their wavelengths i.e. λ1 and λ2 will be is [speed of light, c = 3.0 × 108 m s–1]
(a) λ1 = λ2 (b) λ1 = 2λ2 (a) 21.92 cm (b) 219.3 m
1 (c) 219.2 m (d) 2192 m
(c) λ1 = 4λ2 (d) λ1 = λ2 NEET-2021
2
NEET-2011 Ans. (b) : We know that –
Ans. (b) : Given, E1= 25ev and E2= 50 ev c
Wave length (λ) =
hc hc v
E1 = , E 2 =
λ1 λ2 3 × 108
λ= = 219.298m = 219.3m
By dividing E1 and E2 1368 ×103
25 λ 2 269. What will be the wavelength of a photon having
⇒ = energy 1eV (1eV=1.601×10–19J)?
50 λ1
(a) 1.241×10–7m (b) 12.41×10–9m
λ 1 –7
(d) 1.241×10–9m
⇒ 2 = (c) 12.41×10 m
λ1 2 Tripura JEE-2019
⇒ λ1=2λ2 Ans. (c): According to formula
266. The value of Planck's constant is 6.63 ×10–34 Js. hc
E=
The velocity of light is 3.0 ×108 ms–1. Which λ
value is closest to the wavelength in nanometers
hc 6.626 ×10−34 × 3 × 108
of a quantum of light with frequency of λ= =
8×1015s–1? E 1.6 × 10−19
(a) 2 × 10–25 (b) 5 × 10–18 λ = 12.41×10 m.–7
(c) 4 × 10 1
(d) 3 × 107 270. What is the wavelength (in m) of a particle of
mass 6.62 × 10–29 g moving with a velocity of
NEET-2003 103ms–1?
Ans. (c) : Given that – (a) 6.62 × 10–4 (b) 6.62 × 10–3
c = 3 × 108 m/s (c) 10–5 (d) 105
λ = 8 × 1015 s–1 UP CPMT-2008
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 179 YCT
Ans. (c): According to de-Broglie equation Ans. (c) : According to de–Broglie wavelength,
h h
λ= λ=
mν mv
Given that – Where, h = Planck's constant
m = 6.62 × 10–29g m = Mass of particle
v = 103 m/s v = Velocity
h = 6.62 × 10–34Js Given, m= 100 g, v= 100 cm s–1
putting these value in the equation. h=6.6×10–34 Js= 6.6 × 10–27 ergs
6.62 ×10−34 −5 6.6 × 10−27
λ= = 10 m λ =
6.62 × 10−29 × 103 × 10−3 100 × 100
271. If the energy difference between the ground λ= 6.6×10 –31
cm
state and its excited state of an atom is 275. Which one of the following corresponds to a
4.4 ×10-14 J. The wavelength of photon required photon of highest energy?
to produce the transition: (a) λ = 300 mm (b) ν = 3 × 108 s −1
(c) −
–12 –12
(a) 2.26 × 10 m (b) 1.13 × 10 m ν = 30 cm −1 (d) ε = 6.626 × 10 −27 J
(c) 4.52 × 10–16 m (d) 4.52 × 10–12 m WB-JEE-2017
UPTU/UPSEE-2006
hc 1
Ans. (d) : We know that – Ans. (a) : ∴ E= hv = = hc.v Q = v
hc λ λ
∆E = hv = Where E= energy of photon
λ
c = velocity of photon (=light)
hc 6.62 × 10−34 × 3 × 108 λ = wavelength of photon
λ= =
∆E 4.4 × 10−14 h= plank’s constant.
For (a)
λ = 4.52×10–12m. E= 6.63×10–34 ×3×108/300×10–9
272. What is the wavelength associated with a tennis E= 1.98×10–25 J/300×10–9
3
ball of mass 10 g and travelling at a velocity of 1.98 ×10−25 J
6.626 ms–1? E=
[h=6.626×10–34Js–1] 300 × 10−9 m
(a) 10–34 m (b) 10–31 m (a) → E = 6.6 × 10–19J
(c) 6.626m (d) 6.626×10–31m For (b)
UPTU/UPSEE-2011 E= hν =6.63×10–34 ×3×108
Ans. (a) : According to de-Broglie equation – (b) → E= 1.98×10–25 J
h 1
λ= For (c) E = hc.v Q = v
mv λ
–34 8 –2
−34
6.626 × 10 Js E= 6.63×10 ×3×10 ×30×10
−34
λ= = 10 m (c) → E= 5.96×10 –26
1kg × 6.626 ms −1
For (d) → E= 6.62 ×10–27 J
273. Time period of a wave is 5 × 10–3 sec what is the Hence highest energy for photon is in (a).
frequency.
(a) 5×10-3 s-1 (b) 2×102 s-1 4. Uncertainty Principle
(c) 23×103 s-1 (d) 5×102s-1
UPTU/UPSEE-2008 276. If the work function of a metal is 6.63 × 10–19 J,
1 the maximum wavelength of the photon
Ans. (b) : Frequency (n) = required to remove a photoelectron from the
time period (T) metal is ––––– nm. (Nearest integer)
Here, T= 5×10–3 s [Given : h = 6.63 × 10–34 Js, and c = 3 × 108 m s–
1
1 ]
n= −3
= 0.2 × 103
5 × 10 JEE Main-28.06.2022, Shift-I
n = 2×102 s–1 Ans. (300) : Given,
274. As per de-Broglie's formula a macroscopic Work function of metal = 6.63 × 10–19 J
particle of mass 100 g and moving at a velocity
–1
Planck’s constant = 6.63 × 10–34Js
of 100 cm s will have a wavelength of c(velocity) = 3 × 108 m/s
(a) 6.6 × 10 cm–29
(b) 6.6 × 10 cm
–30
As we know that–
(c) 6.6 × 10–31 cm (d) 6.6 × 10–32 cm hc
Work function =
WB-JEE-2014 λ
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 180 YCT
hc So,
Then λ=
work function 6.626 ×10−34
m=
6.63 × 10 –34 × 3 × 108 4 × 3. 14 × 10−7 × 2.4 × 10−26
λ=
6.63 ×10 –19 6.626 ×10−34 ×1033
λ = 3000 nm m=
4 × 3. 14 × 2.4
277. A fast moving particle of mass 6.63 × 10–28 g m = 21.89 × 10–3 g
can be located with an accuracy of 1Å. The
uncertainty in its velocity (in ms–1) is about (h = 279. The uncertainties in the velocities of two
6.63 × 10–34 Js) particles A and B are 0.05 and 0.02 ms–1
(a) 8 × 103 (b) 8 × 104 respectively. The mass of B is five times to that
(c) 8 × 105 (d) 8 × 106 ∆x
(e) 8 × 10 7 of A. What is the ratio of uncertainties A
Kerala CEE -03.07.2022 ∆x B
their positions in :
Ans. (c) : Given that –
(a) 2 (b) 0.25
Mass of particle (m) = 6.63 × 10–28g
= 6.63 × 10–31 kg (c) 4 (d) 1
Planck's constant (h) = 6.63 × 10−34 Js AP-EAMCET-2006
o
∆x = 1A = 10 m
–10 Ans. (a) : Given, ∆vA = 0.05 ms and mA = m
–1
h h Kerala-CEE-2019
∆x.∆p ≥ or ∆x.(m.∆v) ≥
4π 4π Ans. (a) : Given that,
309. A golf-ball weigh 40.0g. If it is moving with a λ = 550 nm = 550 × 10–9 m
velocity of 20.0 ms-1, it’s de-Broglie wave length i = 1A, V = 100V
is
(a) 1.66×10-34 nm (b) 8.28×10-32nm
hc 6.626 × 10−34 × 3.0 × 108
∴E= = =0.036×10–17
(c) 8.28×10 nm–25
(d) 1.66×10–24nm λ 550 ×10−9
JIPMER-2004 So, each proton carries energy, E = 0.036 × 10–17
Ans. (c) : From de-Broglie equation– total energy output in one second
No. of photons =
h energy carried per photon
λ=
mv 100 × 3600
Where, h = Planck's constant n=
0.036 × 10−17
m = Mass of Golf-ball
n = 1 × 1024
v = Velocity
313. The ratio of de-Broglie wavelengths for
6.626 × 10−34 J.s electrons accelerated through 200 V and 50 V is
λ=
40 ×10−3 kg × 200 ms −1 :
⇒ 8.28×10–34 m (a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 1
⇒ 8.28×10–34 ×109nm (c) 3 : 10 (d) 10 : 3
⇒ 8.28×10–25 nm Manipal-2020
310. The minimum values of uncertainties involved Ans. (a) : As we know,
in the determination of both the position and 1
eV = mv 2
velocity of a particle respectively are 1× 10-10 m 2
and 1 × 10-10ms-1. Then, the mass (in kg) of the
particle is 2eV
So, v=
(a) 5.270×10-15 (b) 5.270×10-20 m
-16
(c) 5.270×10 (d) 5.270×10-10 Ans, mv = 2meV
-14
(e) 5.270×10 According to de Broglie equation–
Kerala-CEE-2015 h
Ans. (a) : According to Heisenberg uncertainty λ=
principle - mv
h
∆x.∆p=
h or λ=
4π 2meV
h h When it is accelerated through 200 volt
⇒ ∆x.m∆v = ⇒ m= h
4π 4π∆x.∆v λ1 = …….(i)
Given ∴ ∆x=1×10–10 m, ∆v=1×10–10ms–1 2meV. 200
19 K = [ Ar ] 4s
1 342. What is effective nuclear charge and the
periphery of nitrogen atom when an extra
11 Na = [ Ne ] 3s 1 electron is added in the formation of an anion?
(a) 1.20 (b) 2.45
Thus, the given wave function corresponds to the (c) 3.55 (d) 5.95
valence electrons of the sodium metal. BCECE-2013
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 192 YCT
Ans. (c) : As an extra electron is added in nitrogen atom
then added electron will be screened by five electrons in
second orbit (2s22p3) and two electrons in first orbit
(1s2)
Now screening constant–
σ = 5×0.35 in nth orbit + 2×0.85 in (n–1)th orbit
⇒ 1.75 + 1.70 ⇒ 3.45
∴ Effective nuclear charge
The graph between wave function ψ and distance (r)
⇒ 7 – 3.45 = 3.55
from the nucleus helps in determining the shape of
343. The graph between |ψ|2 and r (radial distance) orbital.
is shown below. This represents. 345. The frequency of light emitted for the
transition n = 4 to n = 2 of He+ is equal to the
transition in H atom corresponding to which of
the following?
(a) n = 3 to n = 1 (b) n = 2 to n = 1
(c) n = 3 to n = 2 (d) n = 4 to n = 3
AIEEE-2011
Ans. (b) : For He+
1 1 1
(a) 1s-orbital (b) 2p-orbital v = = R H 22 2 − 2
λ 2 4
(c) 3s-orbital (d) 2s-orbital For H
[JEE Main 2019, 10 April Shift-I] 1
1 1
Ans. (d) : The given probability density curve is for 2s v = = R H × 12 2 − 2
λ n
1 n 2
orbital because it has only one radial node. Among
other given orbitals, 1s and 2p do not have any radial For same frequency–
node and 3s has two radial nodes. 1 1 1 1
22 2 − 2 = 2 − 2
2 4 n1 n 2
1 1 1 1
⇒ 2
− 2 = 2− 2
n1 n 2 1 2
⇒ n1 =1and n 2 = 2
346. Energy of an electron is given by E = –2.178 ×
Z2
10–18 J 2 . Wavelength of light required to
344. The electrons are more likely to be found n
excite an electron in an hydrogen atom from
level n = 1 to n = 2 will be (h = 6.62 × 10–34) Js
and c = 3.0 ×108 ms–1)
(a) 1.214×10–7 m (b) 2.816×10–7 m
–7
(c) 6.500 × 10 m (d) 8.500×10–7 m
[JEE Main 2013]
Ans. (a) : Energy change–
1 1 hc
∆E= 2.178 ×10–18 2 − 2 =
1 2 λ
−34
1 1 6.62 × 10 × 3.0 × 10
8
= 2.178×10–18 2 − 2 =
(a) in the region a and c 1 2 λ
(b) in the region a and b ∴ λ=1.214×10–7 m
(c) only in the region a 347. For any given series of spectral lines of atomic
(d) only in the region c hydrogen, let ∆ν = ν max − ν min be the difference
[JEE Main 2019, 12 April Shift-I] in maximum and minimum frequencies in cm-1.
Ans. (a) : The electrons are more likely to be found in The ratio ∆ν Lyman / ∆ν Balmer is
the region a and c as shown in figure. At b, wave (a) 27 : 5 (b) 5 : 4
function becomes zero and is called radial nodal surface (c) 9 : 4 (d) 4 : 1
or simple node. [JEE Main 2019, 9 April Shift-I]
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 193 YCT
Ans. (c) : For Lyman series–
1 1 1 1
∆ V = V max − V min = R 2 − 2 − R 2 − 2
1 ∞ 1 2
3R R
⇒R– =
4 4
and the shape of d x 2 − y2 and d z 2 are different
For Balmer series
1 1 1 1
∆ V = V max − V min = R 2 − 2 − R 2 − 2
2 ∞ 2 3
R 5R 4R
⇒ − =
4 36 36
R
∆ VLyman 36
∴ = 4 = = 9:4
∆ VBalmer 4R 16 350. The electronic configuration of Pt (atomic
36 number 78) is:
348. Which of the following orbitals will have zero (a) [Xe] 4f14 5d9 6s1 (b) [Kr] 4f14 5d10
14 10
probability of finding the electron in the yz (c) [Xe] 4f 5d (d) [Xe] 4f14 5d8 6s2
plane? JEE Main-29.06.2022, Shift-I
(a) px (b) py Ans. (a) : Sub-electronic configuration of Pt (atomic
(c) pz (d) dyz number 78) is–
14 9 1
78Pt = 54[Xe] 4f 5d 6s
WB-JEE-2010
351. Which of the following statements are correct?
Ans. (a) : px orbital lies along x–axis. Hence, the (a) The electronic configuration of Cr is (Ar) 3d5
probability of finding an electron is zero in the yz plane. 4s1
(b) The magnetic quantum number may have a
negative value
(c) In the ground state of an atom, the orbitals are
filled in order of their increasing energies
(d) The total number of nodes are given by n–2
Choose the most appropriate answer from the
options given below:
(a) (a), (c) and (d) only (b) (a) and (b) only
(c) (a) and (c) only (d) (a), (b) and (c) only
JEE Main-29.06.2022, Shift-I
Ans. (c) : Statements –
6. Electronic Configuration and (a) Electronic configuration of Cr
5 1
Shape of Orbital's. 24Cr = [Ar] 3d 4s
(d) Total number of nodes are (n–1)
349. Identity the incorrect statement from the So, option (c) is correct
following 352. Element "E" belongs to the period 4 and group
16 of the periodic table. The valence shell
(a) All the five 4d orbitals have shapes similar to electron configuration of the element, which is
the respective 3d orbitals. just above "E" in the group is
(b) In an atom, all the five 3d orbitals are equal in (a) 3s2 , 3p4 (b) 3d10, 4s2, 4p4
10 2 4
energy in free state. (c) 4d , 5s , 5p (d) 2s2, 2p4
(c) The shapes of dxy , dyz and dxz orbitals are JEE Main-28.06.2022, Shift-I
similar to each other; and d x 2 − y2 and d z 2 are Ans. (a) : Element “E” belong to the period 4 and group
similar to each other. 16 of the periodic table.
(d) All the five 5d orbitals are different in size Then, element is 34Se = [Ar] 3d10 4s2 4p4. [4 period, 16
group]
when compared to the respective 4d orbitals.
So, “E” is sulphur because “E” is above the ‘Se’.
NEET-17.07.2022 Therefore, electronic configuration is 3s2, 3p4.
Ans. (c) : The size of orbital depends on the principle 353. The number of nodal planes present in *s
quantum number and the shape of orbital's depends on antibonding orbitals is :
the azimuthal quantum number (l). In all the five 3d (a) 1 (b) 2
orbital are equal in energy in free state and the shape of (c) 0 (d) 3
dxy, dyz and dzx are similar. Karnataka-CET, 2008
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 194 YCT
Ans. (a) : In an antibonding molecular orbital, most of Ans. (b): According to Aufbau principle electron are
the electron density is located away from the space first occupy those orbitals whose energy is lowest.
between the nuclei, as a result of which there is a nodal Hence the electronic configuration is–
plane between the nuclei. 1s, 2s, 2p, 3s, 3p, 4s, 3d, 4p, 5s, 4d, 5p, 6s, 4f, 5d, 6p, 7s
Note- A plane at which the electron density is zero. 5f, 6d, 7p.
359. The correct electronic configuration of
potassium is
(a) ls2,2s2,2p6,3s1
(b) ls2,2s2,2p6,3s2,3p6,4s2
(c) ls2,2s2,2p6,3s2,3p5,4s2
354. Mg2+ is isoelectronic with (d) ls2,2s2,2p6,3s2,3p6,4s1
(a) Cu2+ (b) Zn2+ AP EAMCET- 1992
+
(c) Na (d) Ca2+ Ans. (d) : The electronic configuration of Potassium is-
Karnataka-CET-2007 2 2 6 2 6 1
19K= ls 2s 2p 3s 3p 4s
Ans. (c) : Isoelectronic species have same number of 360. Chlorine atom, in its third excited state, reacts
electron. Mg2+ and Na+ both have 10 electrons hence, with fluorine to form a compound X. The
they are isolectronic species. formula and shape of X are
355. Which of the following atomic orbitals is not (a) ClF5, pentagonal
directed along the axis? (b) ClF4, tetrahedral
(a) px (b) d x 2 − y2 (c) ClF4, pentagonal bipyramidal
(c) dxy (d) d z 2 (d) ClF7, pentagonal bipyramidal
AP EAMCET- 2003
AP-EAMCET (Med.)-1999
Ans. (d) : The electronic configuration of 17 Cl is given
Ans. (C) : The lobe of the of three orbital i.e. dxy, d y2 ,
below-
d x 2 exists in between the axis and the lobe of d x 2 − y2 2 2 6 2 5 0
17 Cl = 1s 2s 2p 3s 3p 3d
− For STP,
17 Cl = 1s 2 2s 2 2p6 3s 2 3p6 4s 0
22.4 L of CO, oxidize to CO2 = 22.4 L
2−
= 1s 2 2s 2 2p6 3s 2 3p6 4s 0
16 S 22.4
The S ion has more in size than K+ and Cl– because 16
2– 1 L of CO, oxidize to CO2 = L =1
22.4
proton of the nuclear pull on 18 electron. So, the energy
required to removing the electron from outer orbital is 22.4
11.207 L of CO, oxidize to CO 2 = ×11.207
less in quantity. 22.4
365. The maximum number of electrons that can be = 11.207 L
accommodated in all the orbitals for which l = 370. If the electron of a hydrogen atom is present in
3, is : the first orbit, the total energy of the electron
(a) 15 (b) 14 is:
(c) 10 (d) 6
AP-EAMCET-1991 −e 2 −e 2
(a) (b) 2
Ans. (b) : For l = 3, orbital is f. r r
−e 2 −e 2
(c) (d)
2r 2r 2
Hence, maximum number of electron is 14. AP-EAMCET-2003
366. The rule that explains the reason for chromium Ans. (c) : We know that :
to have [Ar] 3d5, 4s1 configuration instead of
[Ar] 3d4, 4s2, is : 1
Kinetic energy, K.E. = mv 2
(a) Pauli's exclusion principle 2
(b) Aufbau principle −e 2
(c) Hund's rule Potential energy =
(d) Heisenberg principle r
AP-EAMCET-1996 1 e2 e2
or K.E. = Q mv 2
=
Ans. (c) : Hund's rule, state that electrons do not pair up 2 r r
in the orbitals unless all the degenerated orbital have got
one electron each to get stability. ∴ Total energy = K.E. + PE
Hence, to get more stability chromium has [Ar] 3d5, 4s1 1 e2 e2
configuration instead of [Ar] 3d4 4s2. = −
2 r r
367. The electronic configuration of sodium is :
e2 1
(a) [Ne] 3s2 (b) [Ne] 3s1 = − 1
(c) [Ar] 4s 1
(d) [Ar] 4s2 r 2
AP-EAMCET-1999 e 2 −1
Ans. (b) : Electronic configuration of sodium is =
2 2 6 1 r 2
11Na = 1s 2s 2p 3s
or 11Na = [Ne] 3s . 1 −e 2
=
Hence, the correct option is (b). 2r
K
N
L M
Number of electrons in M shell (n = 3) = 8 So, the option (b) is correct.
Similarly, 375. In which of the following pair are the ions
isoelectronic ?
K L M N (a) Mg2+, Ar (b) Na–, O2–
25 Mn = 2 8 13 2 3+
(c) Al , Cl –
(d) K+, Ne
Ni = 2 8 16 2
28 NDA (I)-2019
21 Sc = 2 8 9 2
Ans : (b) Isoelectronic species have the same number
Hence, the correct option is (a). of electrons but different in atomic number. In the given
372. The atomic numbers of elements X, Y and Z option, Na+ and O2– are isoelectronic species having 10
are 19, 21 and 25 respectively. The number of electron.
electrons present in the M shell of these Electronic configuration of Na+ and O2–;
elements follow the order : Na+= 1s2 2s2 2p6
(a) Z > X > Y (b) X > Y > Z O2–= 1s2 2s2 2p6
(c) Z > Y > X (d) Y > Z > X
376. Assertion (A) : Atoms with completely filled and
AP-EAMCET-2005 half-filled subshells are stable.
Ans. (c) : Given atomic number of element : Reason (R) : Completely filled and half-filled
Configuration, 19 X = 1s 2
2s
2
2p 6 3s 2 3p 6 4s
1
subshells have symmetrical distribution of
K
N electrons and have maximum exchange energy.
L M
Y = 1s 2 2
2p 3s 3p 4s2 3d
6 2 16 The correct answer is
21 2s
(a) (A) and (R) are correct, (R) is the correct
K L N MM
explanation of (A)
25 Z = 1s
2 2
2s 2p 6 3s 2 3p 6 4s2 3d 5
K
N
M
(b) (A) and (R) are correct, (R) is not the correct
L M
explanation of (A)
For the order of number of electrons in M shell is : (c) (A) is correct, but (R) is not correct
Z>Y>X (d) (A) is not correct, but (R) is correct
373. The maximum number of sub-levels, orbitals TS-EAMCET-2016
and electrons in N shell of an atom are
Ans. (a) : Atoms with completely filled and half filled
respectively :
subshells have symmetrical distribution of electrons and
(a) 4, 12, 32 (b) 4, 16, 30 have maximum exchange energy and the electrons are
(c) 4, 16, 32 (d) 4, 32, 64 more stable in the atom.
AP-EAMCET-2007
377. The element with the electronic configuration
Ans. (c) : For N shell : 1s22s22p63s23p63d104s1 is
(i) Number of shell (n) = 4 (a) Cu (b) Ca
(ii) The number of sub-shell (l) = 4 (c) Cr (d) Co
(iii) Number of orbital = n2 = 42 = 16 TS-EAMCET-2016
(iv) Number of electron = 2n2 Ans. (a) : The element with electronic configuration
= 2 × 42 1s22s22p63s23p63d104s1 is Copper and Copper has
= 32 atomic number is 29.
374. Which orbital among the following has zero 378. The number of unpaired electrons in Co2+, is
radial nodes and 2 angular nodes? (a) 2 (b) 3
(a) 4s (b) 3d (c) 4 (d) 5
(c) 2p (d) 5s TS-EAMCET (Engg.), 07.08.2021 Shift-II
AP EAPCET 23-08-2021 Shift-I Ans. (b) : The electronic configuration of Co2+ is 1s2
Ans. (b) : Radial node = n – l – 1 2s2 2p6 3p6 3d7.
Where, n = Principle quantum number or Co2+ = [Ar]3d7
l = Azimuthal quantum number
Angular node = l
l value for s = 0 , p = 1, d = 2, f = 3
(3) NH −2 7+1×2+1=10
+
(4) NH 7+1×4–1=10
4
Since, xy xz yz
(i) (iii) and (iv) have the equal number of electrons
therefore these are called as isoelectronic species.
460. Electronic configuration of only one p-block
element is exceptional. One molecule of that
element consists of how many atoms of it?
(a) One (b) Two
(c) Three (d) Four
MHT CET-2015
Ans. (a) : Helium is the element with exceptional So, the pairs of d-orbitals having electron density along
configuration in p-block with only 2 electrons in the axis are dz2 and dx2–y2.
outermost shell Helium is monoatomic hence it consists 465. 4d, 5p, 5f and 6p orbital's are arranged in the
of only 1 atom. order of decreasing energy. The correct option
Electronic configuration of helium (He) = 1s2 is
(a) 5f > 6p> 4d > 5p (b) 5f > 6p > 5p > 4d
461. The number of spherical nodes in 3p orbitals
(c) 6p > 5f > 5P > 4d (d) 6p > 5f > 4d > 5p
are/is
NEET-2009
(a) one (b) three
(c) none (d) two Ans. (b) : As we know, Greater the (n+1) values greater
is the energy (n+1) values for,
NEET-1988
4d=4+2=6
Ans. (a) : Given, 3p orbital 5p=5+1=6
In 3p orbital, n = 3 and l = 1 5f=5+3=8
We know, 6p=6+1=7
Spherical Node = n–l – 1 = 1 Order of energy would be 5f > 6p > 5p > 4d
462. The orientation of an atomic orbital is 466. The stable electronic configuration of
governed by chromium is
(a) principle quantum number (a) 3d6 4Sl (b) 3d5 4S2
5 l
(b) azimuthal quantum number (c) 3d 4S (d) 3d6 4So
(c) spin quantum number J & K CET-(2007)
(d) magnetic quantum number Ans. (c) : The electronic configuration of 24Cr is 1s2 2s2
NEET-2006 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d5 4s1
Ans. (d) : Magnetic Quantum number represents the 467. Which one of the following electronic
orientation of an orbital around the nucleus. It is arrangements is absurd?
represented by ml. (a) n=3,l=1,m= –1 (b) n=3, l =0, m= 0
463. The total number of atomic orbitals in fourth (c) n=2, l =0, m= –1 (d) n=2, l =1, m= 0
energy level of an atom is WB-JEE-2019
(a) 8 (b) 16 Ans. (c) : The value of magnetic quantum number m
(c) 32 (d) 4 depends upon aziamuthal quantum number l m varies
NEET-2011 form –l to +l
UPTU/UPSEE-2004 So, if the value of l. is O then value of m will also be O.
of hydrogen in the Balmer series appears at (d) Bohr radius of 1st orbit of H = = 0.53A
1
9R 7R orbit of Be3+ is equal to
(a) cm −1 (b) cm −1 Hence, Bohr’s radius of 2nd
400 144 that of first orbit of hydrogen.
3R −1 5R −1
(c) cm (d) cm 679. The IE of hydrogen atom is 13.6 eV. The
4 36 energy required to remove a electron in the
BITSAT-2016 n=2 state of the hydrogen atom is
Ans. (d) : For Balmer n1 = 2 and n2 = 3; (a) 27.2eV (b) 13.26eV
1 1 5R −1 (c) 6.8eV (d) 3.4eV
v = R 2 − 2 = cm
2 3 36 J & K CET-2015
The first emission line in the atomic spectrum of CG PET-2010
5R −1 Ans. (d) : The ionization energy of hydrogen atom is
hydrogen in the Balmer series appears at cm .
36 13.6 eV energy required to move to second state is,
676. The wavelength of an electron having kinetic The change in energy involve in removing the electron
energy equal to 4.55×10−25J is (h=6.6 from n = 2
×10−34kgm2s−1mass of electron =9.1×10−31kg) ∆E = E∞ – E(2)
(a) 7.25×10−7nm (b) 725m
(c) 7.25×10−7m (d) 7.25×107m −13.6
∆E = 0 – 2
CG PET-2011 2
Ans. (c) : Applying de Broglie wavelength +13.6
∆E =
h 4
(λ ) =
2me ∆E = 3.4 eV
Where, m = mass of electron = 9.1 × 10-31 kg, h = 6.6 × 680. Which one of the following about an electron
10–34 kg m2 s–1 occupying the 1s-orbital in a hydrogen atoms is
E = K.E. =4.55 × 10-25 J incorrect? (The Bohr radius is represented by
6.6 × 10−34 a 0)
λ=
2 × 9.1× 10−31 × 4.55 ×10−25 (a) The electron can be found at a distance 2a0
from the nucleus.
6.6 × 10−34
= = 7.25 × 10−7 m. (b) The magnitude of the potential energy is
9.1×10−28 double that of its kinetic energy on an
677. For which of the following species, Bohr theory average.
does not apply?
(a) H (b) He+ (c) The probability density of finding the electron
(c) H +
(d) Li2+ is maximum at the nucleus.
(d) The total energy of the electron is maximum
CG PET -2005, AIIMS-2000
when it is at a distance a0 from the nucleus.
Ans. (c) : One of the limitations of Bohr’s atomic
model is that it does not explain the spectra of multi- [JEE Main 2019, 9 April Shift-II]
electron atoms all these species like H, He+ and Li2+ are Ans. (d) : Explanation of point a :
iso electronic and have only one electron. Their
electronic configurations are same and so their spectra
is explained by Bohr’s atomic model But H- has 2
electron.
678. Bohr's radius of 2nd orbit of Be3+ is equal to
that of
(a) 4th orbit of hydrogen
(b) 2nd orbit of He+
(c) 3rd orbit of Li2+
(d) first orbit of hydrogen
CG PET -2009
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 235 YCT
683. The radius of the second Bohr orbit in terms of
the Bohr radius, a0, in Li2+ is
2a 0 4a 0
(a) (b)
3 3
4a 0 2a 0
(c) (d)
9 9
[JEE Main 2020, 8 Jan Shift-II]
Ans. (b) : For 2nd Bohr orbit of Li2+,
z = 3, n = 2
The radial propability graph shows that electron in is a 0 .n 2
can be formed at 2a0 r=
z
Explanation of point b, c, d
En = –13.6 a 0 .(2)2
=
z2 v 3
E n = –13.6 × e ............(i)
n2 4a
= 0
z2 v 3
K. E. = 13.6 × e ............(ii) 684. According to Bohr's atomic theory,
n2
z2 Z2
P. E. = – 27.2 × e v ............(iii) I. kinetic energy of electron is ∝
n2
n2
From (ii) and (iii) equalion, |PEl = l K. E.| and P. E. = II. the product of velocity (v) of electron and
2En principal quantum number (n), 'vn' ∝Z2.
From eq. (i), if n increases; en becomes less negative III. frequency of revolution of electron in an orbit
and vice versa. Z3
So, if n = 1 is ∝ 3
n
i.e. when e– is at distance a0 from nucleolus En has
maximum value. IV. coulombic force of attraction on the electron is
681. The radius of the second Bohr orbit for Z3
∝ 4
hydrogen atom is (Planck's constant (h) = n
6.6262×10–34 Js; mass of electron = 9.1091×10–31 Choose the most appropriate answer from the
kg; charge of electron (e) = 1.60210×10–19 C; options given below.
permittivity of vacuum (∈0) = 8.854185×10–12
kg–1m–3A2) (a) Only III (b) Only I
(a) 1.65Å (b) 4.76Å (c) I, III and IV (d) I and IV
(c) 0.529Å (d) 2.12Å [JEE Main 2021, 24 Feb Shift-II]
[JEE Main 2017] Ans. (d) : According to Bohr’s theory :
Ans. (d) : Radius of nth orbit is– z 2 eV z2
0.529n 2 (A) K.E. = 13.6 ⇒ K.E. ∝
rn = Å n 2 atom n2
Z
z
n = 2, Z = 1 (B) speed of e – ∝
r2 = 0.53 × 4 Å = 2.12 Å n
∴ v× n ∝ z
682. Which of the following is the energy of a
possible excited state of hydrogen? v
(C) Frequency of revolution of e– =
(a) +13.6 eV (b) –6.8 eV 2πr
(c) –3.4 eV (d) +6.8 eV
[JEE Main-2015] z2
∴ Frequency ∝
Ans. (c) : E1 for H - atom = 13.6 eV n3
13.6 eV z
E2 for H - atom = – = – 3.4 eV (D) F ∝
22 n 2 2
13.6 z
E3 for H - atom = – 2 eV = –1.5 eV
3
Hence, energy of possible excited state of hydrogen is z3
F∝
–3.4 eV. n4
=
vH 16
= × = Where, λ = Wavelength
v Li 2+ 5 16 5 4 RH = Rydberg’s constant
cR H
4 Z = Atomic number of atom
716. The shortest wavelength of the line in hydrogen n1 and n2 = integers
atomic spectrum of Lyman series when RH = RH = 1.0973 × 107 m–1
109678 cm-1 is 1 1 1
= 1.0973 × 107 2 − 2
(a) 1002.7Å (b) 1215.67 Å λ (3) (4)
(c) 1127.30 Å (d) 911.7 Å 1 7
(e) 1234.7 Å = 1.0973 × 107 ×
λ 16 × 9
Kerala-CEE-2014 1 16 × 9
Ans. (d) : For Lyman series, n1=1 and for shortest =
λ 7 × 1.0973 ×107
wavelength, n2=∞ 144
1 1 1 λ= ×10−7
∴ v = = R H 2 − 2 = 109678 cm −1 7.6811
λ 1 ∞ λ = 18.747 × 10–7
1 λ = 18747 ×10–10 ( Q 1m = 10–10 Å)
λ= cm = 911.7 × 10−8 cm = 911.7Å
109678 λ ≈ 18,800 Å
Now,
1 1 1 1 3 hc
= Z2 R H − = = R H Z2 E=
λ 1 4 λ 4 λ
∴λ∝ 2
1 6.626 ×10−34 × 3 × 108
λ= × 6.023 ×1020
Z 436
Hence, elements having high atomic number will 6.626 × 6.023 × 3
produce shortest wavelength. = ×10−6 = 274 nm
436
746. The energy of an electron in first Bohr orbit of 750. The radius of the first Bohr orbit of a hydrogen
H-atoms is 13.6 eV. the possible energy value of atom is 0.53×10-8 cm. The velocity of the
2+
electron in the excited state of Li is electron in the first Bohr orbit is
(a) -122.4 eV (b) 30.6 eV (a) 2.188×108cm s–1 (b) 4.376×108cm s–1
8 –1
(c) -30.6 eV (d) 13.6 eV (c) 1.094×10 cm s (d) 2.188×109cm s–1
WB-JEE-2011 WB-JEE-2020
Ans. (a) : The formula used for the velocity of electron
Z2 in Bohr orbit of a hydrogen atom is:
Ans. (c) : En = E1× 2
n nh
E1 = energy of hydrogen in first orbit V=
2πmr
n = 2, Z = 3
1× 6.6 × 10−34
(3) 2 V=
En = – 13.6 × 2
= – 30.6 eV 2 × 3.14 × 9.1× 10−31 × 0.53 × 10−10
(2) = 2.18 × 106 ms–1
Here n1 = n2 n2 = 3 λ = 9 × 10–7 m
RH is Rydberg constant = 109677 cm–1 ∴ λ = 900 nm
1 1 1 770. In hydrogen spectrum, the series of lines
= 109677 2 − 2 = 15233 appearing in ultra violet region of
λ (2) (3) electromagnetic spectrum are called :
Or (a) Balmer lines (b) Lyman lines
1 (c) Pfund lines (d) Brackett lines
λ= = 6.56 × 10–5 cm
15233 Manipal-2017
⇒ 6.56 × 10–7 λ ⇒ 656 nm Ans. (b) : Lyman series was found out in the ultraviolet
767. The wave number of hydrogen atom in Lymen region by Lyman.
series is 82200 cm−1. The electron goes from Balmer series was found out in the visible region by
Balmer.
(a) n3 → n2 (b) n2 → n1
Bracket series was found out in the infrared region by
(c) n4 → n3 (d) None of these Brackett.
UPTU/UPSEE-2013 P fund series was found out in the infrared region by P
Ans. (b) : According to Rydberg formula fund.
− 1 1
V = R 2 − 2
n1 n 2 11. Filling of Orbital’s in atom
Here, R = 109677 = 109678 cm–1
− 771. In a given atom no two electrons can have the
V = 82200 cm–1 same values for all the four quantum numbers.
82200 1 1 This is called
Thus, = − (a) Hund's Rule
109678 12 n 22
(b) Aufbau principle
Or (c) Uncertainty principle
3 1 (d) Pauli's Exclusion principle
= 1 −
4 n 22 NEET-1991
Ans. (d) : In a given atom no two electrons can have the
1 3 1
= 1− = same values for all the four quantum numbers. This is
n 22 4 4 called Pauli's Exclusion principle.
(b) Radius of Cl– < S2– < Ca2+ On the other hand, on increasing the number of electron
(c) Radius of S2– = Cl– = Ca2+ in the same shell, the atomic radii decreases because
(d) Radius of S2– < Cl– < Ca2+ effective nuclear charge is increases.
WB-JEE-2012 In Mg, P and Cl, the number of electrons are increasing
Ans. (a) : For the given species are isoelectronic having in the same shell, thus the order of their atomic radii is
the same number of electron are present. Cl < P < Mg
1 In case of Ca, the electron is entering in higher shell.
Ionic radii ∝ So, its atomic radii is highest.
Zeff Thus, the order of radii is
Hence, the increasing order of radius are- Cl < P < Mg < Ca
Ca2+ < Cl– < S2–
165. The increasing order of the ionic radii of the
162. Consider the following ions: given isoelectronic species is
1. Na+
(a) Cl− , Ca 2+ , K + ,S2 (b) S2− , Cl− , Ca 2+ , K +
2. Al3+
3. Si4+ (c) Ca 2+ , K + , Cl− ,S2 −
(d) K + ,S2 − , Ca 2 + , Cl−
In naturally occurring zeolites which of the (AIEEE 2012)
above ions are present? Ans. (c) : The species (atoms/molecules) is negatively
(a) 1 and 2 only (b) 1 and 3 only charged, as an additional electron occupies an outer
(c) 2 and 3 only (d) 1, 2 and 3 orbital, there is increased in electron electron repulsion
SCRA 2012 because the protons in the ion cannot pull the extra
Ans. (d) : Natural zeolites are non-porus, amorphous electron towards the nucleus then decreased effective
and durable. Na+, Al3+, and Si4+ are some of the nuclear charge.
naturally occurring zeolites. Therefore, the ionic radii increased. The increasing
order of the ionic radii of the given isoelectromic
163. Consider the following statements. species are-
I. The radius of an anion is larger than that of Ca 2+ , K + , Cl− ,S2 −
the parent atom.
II. The ionization energy generally increases 166. Which–of the following is the largest in size?
with increasing atomic number in a period. (a) Cl (b) S2–
III. The electronegativity of an element is the (c) Na+ (d) F–
tendency of an isolated atom to attract an J & K CET-(2011)
electron. Ans. (b) : All these ion contain 18 electron each so
Which of the above statements is/are correct? these are isoelectronic. For isoelectronic ions smaller
(a) only I (b) only II the positive nuclear charge greater is the size of the ion
(c) I and II (d) II and III decrease and greater the negative charge nuclear charge
AIIMS-2012 decrease hence the size of ion is large.
So, S2– has largest in size.
Ans. (c): Ionisation energy is increases from left to right
in a period generally due to increase in the nuclear 167. There is a general understanding of ionic
charge and decrease in the atomic radii in a period. The radius based on the nuclear charges and the
radius of an anion is larger than that charge decrease number of electrons surrounding the nucleus
when an electron is added to an atom. The anion which generally works very well. Which one of
the following represents the correct decreasing
becomes larger than the corresponding atom.
order of ionic radius for C4-, N3–, O2– and F–?
The electronegativity of an element is the tendency of (a) C4– > N3– > O2– > F– (b) F– > O2– >N3– > C4–
an atom in a compound to attract a pair of bonded (c) O2– > N3– > C4– > F– (d) F– > N3– > C4– > O2–
electrons towards itself. The tendency to attract an
UPTU/UPSEE-2011
electron of an isolated atom is measured by electron
affinity. Ans. (a) : For the given species are isoelectronic having
the same number of electron are present. The ionic radii
164. Among the elements Ca, Mg, P and Cl, the are decrease with the increase in the magnitude of
order of increasing radii is nuclear charge because the force of attraction by the
(a) Mg < Ca < Cl < P (b) Cl < P < Mg < Ca nucleus on the electrons also increases. Thus, the
(c) P < Cl < Ca < Mg (d) Ca < Mg < P < Cl correct decreasing order of ionic radii.
VITEEE- 2012 C4–, N3–, O2–, F–
sp3 sp3
(iii) AlCl3 + Cl → AlCl4–
–
sp2 sp3
(iv) H 2O + H → H 3O +
+
sp3 sp3
(v) PCl3 + Cl2 → PCl5
sp3 sp3d
4. Given below are two statements:
2−
Statement I : Ni (CN )4 is square planar and
diamagnetic complex, with dsp2 hybridization for
Ni but Ni (CO)4 is tetrahedral, paramagnetic and
with sp3-hybridization for Ni.
2−
Statement II : [ NiCl4 ] and Ni (CO)4 both
have same d-electron configuration, have same
geometry and are paramagnetic.
2. Match List-I with List-II
In light of the above statements, chose the correct
List-I List-II answer from the options given below:
(A) [PtCl 4 ]2– (i) sp3d (a) Both Statement I and Statement II are true
(B) BrF5 (ii) d2sp3 (b) Both Statement I and Statement II are false
(C) PCl5 (iii) dsp2 (c) Statement I is correct but Statement II is false
3+ 3 2 (d) Statement I is correct but Statement II is true
(D) [Co(NH3)6] (iv) sp d
JEE Main-28.06.2022, Shift-I
Choose the most appropriate answer from the
Ans. (b) : In [Ni(CN)4]2–
options given below: Ni+2 = [Ar] 3d8 4s0 = dsp2 (Square planar) and
(a) (A)-(II), (B)-(IV), (C)-(I), (D)-(III) diamagnetic
(b) (A)-(III), (B)-(IV), (C)-(I), (D)-(II) For [Ni(CO)4)
(c) (A)-(III), (B)-(I), (C)-(IV), (D)-(II) Ni = [Ar] 3d8 4s2 ⇒ sp3 (Tetrahedral) and diamagnetic.
(d) (A)-(II), (B)-(I), (C)-(IV), (D)-(III) For [NiCl4]2–
JEE Main-24.06.2022, Shift-I Ni+2=[Ar] 3d8 4s0 ⇒sp3 (Tetrahedral) and paramagnetic
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 302 YCT
5. The types of hybrid orbitals of nitrogen 8. Which one of the following pairs is
in NO +2 , NO3− and NH +4 respectively are isostructural (i.e., having the same shape and
3
(a) sp, sp , sp 2 2
(b) sp, sp , sp 3 hybridization)?
2 3 2 3 (a) [BCl3 and BrCl3] (b) [NH3 and NO3–]
(c) sp , sp, sp (d) sp , sp , sp
(c) [NF3 and BF3] (d) [BF–4 and NH+4]
(JEE Main 2021, 20 July Shift-II)
AP EAMCET (Engg.) 17.09.2020, Shift-II BITSAT-2014, NEET-2012
− +
NEET-II 2016, Assam CEE-2014 Ans. (d) : The structure of BF4 and NH 4 is-
AMU-2015, 2008
⊕
Ans. (b) : NO 2+ ⇒ O = N → O
sp
1
H= (V + M − C + A)
2
1
H = ( 5 + 0 + 1 + 0 ) = 2 ( sp ) The species BF4− and NH +4 have same-same i.e
2
Where, H = number of hybrid orbitals tetrahedral and hybridization is Sp3
V = number of valence electrons 9. Which of the following has sp2-hybridisation?
M = number of monovalent atoms/groups (a) C2H6 (b) C2H4
C = number of cationic or positive charge (c) BeCl2 (d) C2H2
A = number of anionic or negative charge JIPMER-2012
NEET-1996
Ans. (b) : in C2H6 both carbon has sp3 hybridisation. In
C2H4 both carbon has sp2 hybridisation
1
H = (5 + 0 − 0 + 1) = 3(sp 2 )
2
In BeCl2, beryllium has sp hybridisation.
Cl − Be − Cl
sp
In C2H2 each carbon has sp hybridisation.
H−C ≡ C−H
1 sp sp
H = (5 + 4 − 1 + 0) = 4(sp3 )
2 10. The ‘d’ orbital involved in the hybridisation in
6. The hybridization involved in PCl5 is the PCl5 molecule is
(a) sp3d (b) sp3d2 (a) 3d x 2 − y2 (b) 3d z 2
2 2
(c) d sp (d) sp3
J & K CET-(2011) (c) 3dxy (d) 4d x 2 − y2
UPTU/UPSEE-2011 J & K CET-(2009, 2005)
WB-JEE-2010 Ans. (b) : The hybridisation of PCl5 molecule is sp3d
Ans. (a) : The structure of PCl5 is the hybridisation number should be 5. These five
orbitals are degenerate, that is their energies are the
sume but configuration are different.
In sp3d hybridisation there are a total of s orbitals which
are s, px , py , pz. In case of d- subshell, the d z 2 orbital
In PCl5 molecule has phosphorous bonded with 5 take part in hybridisation. 3
chlorine in trigonal bipyramidal geometry. The 11. The geometrical shape of sp d hybridization is
3
hybridisation of PCl5 is sp d. (a) linear (b) trigonal bipyramid
7. Hybridisation in XeF2 and XeF4 are (c) square planar (d) tetrahedral
respectively _____. J & K CET-(2007, 2002)
(a) sp2 and sp3d2 (b) sp3d and sp3d2 Ans. (b) : The geometrical shape of sp3d hybridisation
(c) sp and sp3 (d) sp3d and sp3 is trigonal bipyramid.
GUJCET-2022, AMU-2005
Ans. (b): The structure of XeF2 and XeF4 are-
Therefore, the SF4 has sp3d hybrid orbital IF5 has sp3d2 , The geometries of BCl3 is trigonal planar.
NO2+ has sp and NH4+ has sp3 hybrid orbital. Structure of BCl3 . NH3 is-
20. XeF6 on partial hydrolysis gives a compound X,
which has square pyramidal geometry 'X' is
(a) XeO3 (b) XeO4
(c) XeOF4 (d) XeO2F2
Kerala-CEE-29.08.2021 The geometries of BCl3.NH3 is tetrahedral.
Ans. (c) : XeF6 on partial hydrolysis gives a compound 23. In which of the following molecules/ ions the
XeOF4 which has square pyramidal geometry which is central atom is sp2 hybridized?
given as follows -
BF3, NO 2− , NH 2− , & H2O
XeF6 + H 2O → XeOF4 + 2HF
(a) NH 2– & H2O (b) NO 2– & H2O
–
(c) BF3 & NO 2 (d) NO 2– & NH 2–
AP EAPCET 19-08-2021 Shift-I
(Square pyramidal) Ans. (c) : Formula = lone pair + Bond pair.
21. Match the following
Column – I Column – II
Compound Hybridization
(A) SF6 (I) dsp2
(B) PCl5 (II) d2sp3
(C) [PtCl 4 ]2− (III) sp3d2
(IV) sp3 24. The hybridization of the central atom in the
(V) sp3d species ICl+2 is ____
The correct match is (a) sp3d2 (b) sp
A B C (c) sp2 (d) sp3
(a) III I V AP EAPCET-6 Sep. 2021, Shift-II
(b) III V I Ans. (d): The structure of the ICl+2 is–
(c) IV V I
(d) II V I
TS EAMCET 10.08.2021, Shift-II
Ans. (b) :
Species Hybridization Geometry Hybridisation = No. of bond pair + No. of lone pair
= 2+2
SF6 sp3d2 =4
i.e, sp3
AMU-2019
Ans. (c) : In trisilylamine, N atom is sp2 hybridised
which results in planar geometry There is
pπ − dπ bonding because Si has vacant d–orbitals.
atom is bonded to carbon and one lone pair is present so do not take part in hybridization). So, ethyne has sp
the hybrisation is sp3. hybridization.
50. Hybridisation of boron in diborone (B2H6) is– Thus, the correct order is sp3, sp2, sp,
(a) sp (b) sp2 53. The hybridised state of Al3+ in the complex ion
(c) sp3 (d) sp3d formed when AlCl3 is treated with aqueous
BCECE-2016 acid is
3
Ans. (c) : The structure of diborane (B2H6) is- (a) sp (b) dsp2
(c) sp3d2 (d) sp2d
2
(e) sp
Kerala-CEE-2016
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 309 YCT
3
Ans. (c) : Al3+ ions give a complex ion in which Al3+ 57. Which one of the following does not have sp
ion form six coordinate covalent bonds with six H2O hybridisation?
molecules. (a) CH4 (b) XeF4
Al3+ + aqueous acid → [Al(H2O)6]3+ (c) H2O (d) NH3
Hence, it shows sp3d2 hybridisation J & K CET-(2015)
54. The correct geometry and hybridization for Ans. (b) : The structure of the following are-
XeF4 are
(a) octahedral sp3d2
(b) trigonal bipyramidal, sp3d
(c) planar triangle, sp3d3
(d) square planar, sp3d2
NEET-II 2016
Ans. (a) : The geometry of XeF4 is
(e) XeF4
(linear) (linear) Kerala-CEE-2014
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 310 YCT
Ans. (a) : Molecule/ion Hybridisation
NH +4 sp3
BF3 sp2
SF6 sp3d2
PCl5 sp3d
XeF4 sp3d2
61. What is the hybridization of carbon atom '2' in
the following compound? In the CH 3+ molecule has trigonal planar shape.
1 2 3 4 66. In which of the following pairs of
CH2 = C = CH − CH3 molecules/ions, the central atoms have sp2
3 2
(a) sp (b) sp hybridisation?
(c) sp (d) sp3d (a) BF3 and NH−2 (b) NO−2 and NH3
S. C. R. A - 2014
(c) BF3 and NO−2 (d) NH−2 and H2O
Ans. (c) : In the given compound,
1 2 3 4 JCECE - 2013
CH 2 = C = CH − CH 3 Ans. (c) : BF3 and NO2 are sp hybridised while NH−2 ,
− 2
sp2
sp sp2 sp3
Hence, the hybridization of carbon atom '2' in is sp. NH3 and H2O are sp3 hybridised.
62. The number of electrons is the valence shell of 67. Identify the incorrect statement, regarding the
the central atom of a molecule is 8. The molecule XeO4
molecule is (a) XeO4 molecule is square planar
(a) BCl3 (b) BeH2 (b) There are four pπ-d, π-bonds
(c) SCl2 (d) SF6 (c) There are four sp3-p, σ-bonds
AP-EAMCET (Engg.) - 2014 (d) XeO4 molecule is tetrahedral
Ans. (c) : The number of electrons in the valence shell (Karanakata, NEET 2013)
of SCl2 of the central atom of a molecule is 8. Ans. (a) : The XeO4 molecule is tetrahedral. The
In SCl2 valence electron = 6+2 = 8 geometry of molecule is-
63. Which of the following is not correctly
matched?
(a) ClO 3− – sp2 hybridised
(b) SO3 – sp2 hybridised
(c) NH3 – sp3 hybridised
(d) PCl5 – sp3d hybrodised
UP CPMT-2014
− 68.
In which of the following a pair both the
Ans. (a) : ClO 3 ⇒ 3bp + 1/ p ⇒ sp hybridised
3
species have sp3 hybridization?
pyramidal geometry (a) H2S, BF3 (b) SiF4, BeH2
(c) NF3, H2O (d) NF3, BF3
AIIMS 25 May 2019 (Evening)
Karnataka NEET-2013
64. The hybridisation of central atoms in case of Ans. (c):
diamond and carborundum respectively are
(a) sp2, sp3 (b) sp3, sp2
2
(c) sp , sp (d) sp3, sp3
UP CPMT-2014
Ans. (d) : In diamond and carborundum (SiC) both the
central atoms (i.e.,C and Si) are sp3 hybridised.
65. Which of the following species has a trigonal
planar shape?
(a) : CH3– (b) CH3+
(c) BF4– (d) SiH4
J & K CET-(2013)
Ans. (b) : The shape of the following species are-
69. In which of the following pair both the species
have sp3 hybridisation?
(a) SiF4, BeH2 (b) NF3, H2O
(c) NF3, BF3 (d) H2S, BF3
KARNATAKA NEET 2013
Ans. (b) : NF3 and H2O have sp3- hybridization.
2. Vsepr Theory
117. When the hybridisation state of carbon atom 121. Given below are two statements: one is labeled
changes from sp3 to sp2 and finally to sp, the as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as
angle between the hybridised orbitals
Reason (R).
(a) decreases gradually
(b) decreases considerably Assertion (A): ICI is more reactive than I2.
(c) is not affected Reason (R): I-Cl bond is weaker than I-I bond
(d) increases progressively. In the light of the above statements choose the
NEET-1993 most appropriate answer from the options
given below:
Ans. (d) : When the hybridisation state of carbon atom
3 2
changes from sp to sp and finally to sp, the angle (a) Both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) is not the
between the hybridised orbitals increase progressively. correct explanation of (A).
The bond angles in sp3 hybridisation is 109o, sp2 is 120o (b) (A) is correct but (R) is not correct
and sp hybridisation is 180o respectively. (c) (A) is not correct but (R) is correct
118. Linear combination of two hybridised orbitals (d) Both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) is the
belonging to two atoms and each having one correct explanation of (A)
electron leads to the formation is NEET-17.07.2022
(iv) N2O5 ⇒
(Td) (Td)
1 lone pair + 0 lone pair + 2 lone pair +
(d) PF6− and SF6
4 bond pair 4 bond pair 4 bond pair
(See-saw) (Tetrahedral) (Square planar)
133. The number of lone pairs of electrons possessed
by the central atom in the anionic species I3− is
(a) one (b) two (Oh) (Oh)
(c) three (d) all are bond pairs. Hence, the SiF4 and SF4 are not iso-structural.
AMU – 2008 136. Which of the following pairs is iso-structural?
(JEE Main 2021, 20 July Shift-I)
MHT CET-2012, JCECE - 2011 (a) XeF2, IF2− (b) NH3,BF3
Ans. (c) : There are two bond pairs and three lone pairs (c) CO32− , SO32− (d) PCl5,ICl5
in the outer shell of central atom. Tripura JEE-2019
AIEEE-2003
NEET-2001
Ans. (a) : The following pairs are iso-structural.
XeF2
In ClF3 has 3 bond pair and two lone pair. The hybridisation
(Td) (see-saw) is sp3d. The shape is trigonal bipyramidal but two lone pairs
− repel to each other the shape became T-shape.
(b) IO3 and XeO3
139. Which of the following statements is/are true?
1. PH5 and BiCl5 do not exist.
2. pπ – dπ bond is present in SO2.
3. I +3 has bent geometry.
(Pyramidal) (Pyramidal) 4. SeF4 and CH4 have same shape.
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 321 YCT
(a) 1, 2, 3 (b) 1, 3 (i) ICl−2 (ii) SbCl3
(c) 1, 3, 4 (d) 1, 2, 4
NEET-II-2016
BITSAT 2010
Ans. (a) : (i) PH5 and BiCl5 do not exist due to 'H' is 3 2
less electronegative, so it can't exrt charge contraction Trigonal bipyramidal (sp d) Trigonal planar (sp )
in 'p'. Hence, it does not extend its valency to 5. (iii) BeCl2 (iv) TeF2
(ii) pπ – dπ bond is present in SO2 due to sulphur is
belong to 3rd period element.
(iii) I3+ has bent geometry. Cl − Be − Cl
(iv) CH4 has tetrahedral and SeCl4 has see-saw shape.
Linear (sp)
Distorted tetrahedral
141. CO2 in isostructural with 144. The shape of Fe(CO)5 molecule is
(a) SnC12 (b) SO2 (a) octaheral (b) trigonal bipyramidal
(c) HgC12 (d) All of these (c) trigonal (d)tetrahedral.
CG PET -2005 AMU-2004, BCECE-2012
NEET-1992 Ans. (b) : The shape of Fe(CO)5 molecule is trigonal
Ans. (c) : CO2 is a linear molecule which has sp bipyramidal.
hybridisation. The given compound are –
(Square pyramidal)
155. The incorrectly matched pair, among the
following is
Molecule Shape
(a) BrF5 Trigonal bipyramidal
(b) SF4 See saw
(c) ClF3 T-shape
(d) NH +4 Tetrahedral
(e) NH3 Trigonal pyramidal
Kerala-CEE-2014, 2012
Ans. (a) :
Molecule Shape
BrF5 Square pyramidal
SF4 See-saw
ClF3 T-shaped
NH +4 Tetrahedral
NH3 Trigonal pyramidal
156. According to VSEPR theory, the molecular 159. Number of non-bonding electron pair on Xe in
shape of BrF3 is XeF6, XeF4 and XeF2 respectively will be .......
(a) Trigonal bipyramid (b) Triangular (a) 6, 4, 2 (b) 1, 2, 3
(c) Bent T-shape (d) Pyramidal (c) 3, 2, 1 (d) 0, 3, 2
TS EAMCET 10.08.2021, Shift-I AMU-2013
AMU-2017 GUJCET-2011
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 324 YCT
Ans. (b): The structure is given as- Ans. (a):
Molecule Hybridization Shape
H 2O sp3
BCl3 sp2
NH +4 sp3
Therefore NO2 and ClO2 have non-linear molecule-pair. (b) XeO3 sp3
167. Molecular bromine on reaction with three
moles of molecular fluorine produces an inter
halogen compound. The total number of lone
pairs at the central halogen atom is ––––––
(a) 3 (b) 2
(c) 1 (d) 0 (c) XeF6 sp3d2
AP EAPCET 25.08.2021, Shift-II
Ans. (b) : Given, Molecular bromine is Br2 and three
moles molecular fluorine is 3F2 so the reaction is–
Br2(g) + 3F2(g) → 2BrF3
Structure of BrF3 is
(d) XeOF4 sp3d2
BrF5 sp3d2
2. XeF4 sp3d2
XeF4 sp3d2
173. Amongst the following, the linear species is:
(a) N 3– (b) NO 2
(c) O3 (d) Cl 2 O 3. ClF3 sP3d
JEE Main 17.03.2021, Shift-II
Ans. (a) :The given species are N 3– , NO 2 , O3 , and Cl2 O.
4. IF5 sp3d2
(c)
192. Incorrectly matched pair is Hence, BrF5 molecule has square pyramidal shape.
(a) XeO3 pyramidal 195. When Ag+ reacts with excess of sodium-thio
(b) XeF4 tetrahedral sulphate then the obtained species having
(c) XeF6 disorted octahedral charge & geometry respectively will be?
(d) XeOF4 square pyramidal (a) –3, Linear (b) –2, tetrahedral
Karnataka-CET-2020 (c) –1, square planer (d) –3, square planar
Ans. (b) : AIIMS 25 May 2019 (Morning)
Molecule Geometry Ans. (a): AgBr + 2Na2S2O3 → Na3 [Ag (S2O3)2] + NaBr
XeO3 Pyramidal the coordination number of Ag+ is 2 it is sp
XeF4 Square planar hybridisation and shape is linear.
XeF6 Disorted octahedral 196. The number of species having zero lone pair at
XeOF4 Square pyramidal central atom is?
193. Assertion: BO3 and SO32 − are not isostructural.
3− XeO3, XeO2F2, XeO4, XeO3F2
(a) 2 (b) 3
Reason: In SO32− sulphur has one lone pair of (c) 4 (d) Zero
electron. AIIMS 25 May 2019 (Morning)
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 330 YCT
Ans. (a): The structure of the following species – Ans. (c) :
(i) XeO3 (ii) XeO2F2 (iii) XeO4 Molecule Geometry
SO32− Pyramidal
NO −2 V-shaped
−
ClO 4 Tetrahedral
NH3 Pyramidal
(iv) XeO3F2 200. Which of the following pair contains 2 lone pair
of electrons on the central atom?
(a) I3+ , H 2 O (b) H2O, NF3
(c) XeF4, NH3 (d) SO 24 − , H 2S
Karnataka-CET-2019
Ans. (a) :
The molecule XeO4 and XeO3F2 having zero lone pair Molecule Bond pair Lone pair
+
at central atom and number of species are two. I3 2 2
197. Assertion: SF4 molecule has see-saw geometry. H 2O 2 2
Reason: In SF4 molecule sulphur has four bond NF3 3 1
pairs and one lone pair. XeF4 4 2
(a) If both Assertion and Reason are correct and NH3 3 1
Reason is the correct explanation of 2−
SO 4 4 0
Assertion. H 2S 2 2
(b) If both Assertion and Reason are correct, but
Reason is not the correct explanation of Therefore, I3+ , H2O pair contains 2 lone pair of
Assertion. electrons on the central atom.
(c) If Assertion is correct but Reason is incorrect. 201. The number of π-bonds and σ-bonds present in
(d) If both the Assertion and Reason are naphthalene are respectively
incorrect. (a) 6, 19 (b) 5, 19
AIIMS 26 May 2019 (Morning) (c) 5, 11 (d) 5, 20
Ans. (a): The structure of SF4 molecule is – Karnataka-CET-2019
Ans. (b) :
The structure of naphthalene is
(a) (b)
(linear) H | H
the sharing of two oxygen atom of each SiO 44− unit.
H
234. Which of the following will be able to show
geometrical isomerism? (Tetrahedral)
(a) MA3B – square planar 238. The structure of XeOF4 is
(b) MA2B2–tetrahedral (a) trigonal bipyramidal (b) square planar
(c) MABCD–square planar (c) square pyramidal (d) pyramidal
(d) MABCD– tetrahedral AP-EAMCET (Engg.) - 2014
Karnataka-CET-2015 Ans. (c) : Hybridisation of XeOF4 is sp3d2. Structure of
Ans. (c) : In tetrahedral and square planar XeOF4 is given below–
arrangements, only the square planar arrangement will
be able to show geometrical isomerism. In MA3B all the
arrangement will be same. Therefore, it will show no
geometrical isomerism. Square planar complex MABCD
type form three isomers i.e. two cis and one trans.
Note : Tetrahedral complexes do not show geometrical The central Xe atom has 1 lone pair 3 2
of electrons and 5
isomerism because ligand are attached to central metal bonding domains. It undergoes sp d hybridization the
atom are same with respect to each other. electron pair geometry is octahedral and the molecular
235. In which of the following pairs, both the species shape is square pyramid.
are not isostructral? 239. The structure of CH3+ is
(a) Diamond, silicon carbide (b) NH3, PH3 (a) tetrahedral (b) linear
(c) XeF4, XeO4 (d) SiCl4, PCl+4 (c) planar (d) pyramidal
NEET-2015 Assam CEE-2014
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 336 YCT
Ans. (c) : The structure of CH 3+ is – (iii) NO −2 (iv) CO2
O=C=O
Trigonal planar
Bent Linear
In CH 3+ the structure is trigonal planar and It the sp2 hybridisation are triangular planar shape. In
hybridisation is sp2 and the bond angle is 120°. NO3− has sp2 hybridised with no lone pair of electron on
240. What is the geometrical shape of XeO3 ? the central atom.
(a) Planar triangular (b) Trigonal pyramidal
(c) Square planar (d) Tetrahydral 244. Which of the following molecules possesses
GUJCET-2014 linear geometry?
Ans. (b) : The structure XeO3 is – (a) XeF2 (b) XeF4
(c) XeOF4 (d) XeF6
UP CPMT-2014
Ans. (a) : XeF2 ⇒2bp+4lp Thus, geometry linear.
XeF4 ⇒ 4bp+2lp square planar
The geometrical shape of XeO3 is trigonal pyramidal. XeOF4 ⇒ 5bp+1lp square pyramid
The hybridisation of XeO3 is sp3. XeF6 ⇒ 6bp + 1lp distorted octahedral
241. The pair of compounds having identical shapes 245. Identify the correct set.
for their molecules is
(a) CH4, SF4 (b) BCl3, ClF3 Molecule Hybridi Shape Number of
(c) XeF2, ZnCl2 (d) SO2, CO2 -sation lone pairs
Karnataka-CET-2014 of
electrons
Ans. (c) : 3 2
Molecule Shape (a) XeO 4 sp d pyramidal 1
CH4 Tetrahedral (b) XeO3 sp3 pyramidal 1
SF4 See-saw (c) XeF4 sp3d2 planar 3
BCl3 Trigonal planar (d) XeF2 sp3d linear 2
ClF3 T-shaped AP EAMCET (Medical) - 2013
XeF2 Linear Ans. (b) : The chemical compounds are XeO4, XeO3,
ZnCl2 Linear
XeF4 and XeF2.
SO2 V-shaped
CO2 Linear
242. What is the geometry of molecule of bromine
penta fluoride?
(a) Square planar (b) Trigonal bipyramidal
(c) Squre pyramidal (d) Octahedral Hybridisation sp3 sp3 sp3d2 sp3d
MHT CET-2014
Shape Tetrahedral Pyramidal Square planer Linear
Ans. (d) : The geometry of bromine pentafluoride
(BrF5) is octahedral– Lone pair 0 1 2 3
246. Among the following groups which represents
the collection of isoelectronic species?
(a) NO + ,C 22− ,O −2 ,CO (b) N 2 ,C 22− ,CO, NO
The bromine pentafluride 5 are bond pair and one lone (c) CO, NO + ,CN − ,C 22− (d) NO,CN − , N 2 ,O −2
pair present so, the shape is square pyramidal. AIIMS-2013
243. Which one of the following species has planar Ans. (c): Isoelectronic speices haring the same number
triangular shape? of electrons.
(a) N 3− (b) NO3– NO+ = 7+7=14
–
(c) NO2 (d) CO2 C 22− = 2×6+2=14
NEET-2014
Ans. (b) : The structure of the following are – O −2 = 2×8+1=17
(i) N 3− (ii) NO3− CO = 6+8 = 14
N2 = 2×7= 14
NO = 7 + 8 = 15
− + CN– = 6 + 7 + 1 = 14
N− N ≡ N O2= 2×8=16
Linear Triangular shape Hence, the option (c) has isoelectronic species.
1
Trigonal bipyramidal Square pyramidal
(c) BrF5 (d) SbF52−
Pyramidal Pyramidal 1
Hence, the iso-electronic structures are H3O+, NH3 and Formal charge of S atom = 6 − 0 − × 12 = 0
2
CH 3− . 1
Formal charge of O atom = 6 − 4 − × 4 = 0
261. The structure of IF7 is 2
(a) Square pyramid Hence, the option (d) is most preferred and lowest
(b) Trigonal bipyramid energy of SO3.
(c) Octahedral
(d) Pentagonal bipyramidal 264. Structure of ICl 2− is
(AIEEE-2011) (a) Trigonal
Ans. (d) The structure of IF7 is pentagonal bipyramidal. (b) Octahedral
It has sp3d3 hybridisation and angle is 90°, 72°. (c) Square planar
(d) Distorted trigonal bipyramidal
UP CPMT-2011
Ans. (d) : In ICl−2 , I is sp3d-hybridised. The structure of
ICl−2 is distorted trigonal bipyramidal due to the
262. The bonds present in the structure of presence of lone pair of electrons.
dichromate ion are
265. XeF4 has a shape of
(a) four equivalent Cr––O bonds only
(a) spherical (b) trigonal bipyramidal
(b) six equivalent Cr––O bonds and one O––O
bond (c) square planar (d) tetrahedral
(c) six equivalent Cr––O bonds and one Cr––Cr CG PET- 2010
bond Ans. (c): XeF4 (Xenon tetrafluoride) has a shape of
(d) eight equivalent Cr––O bonds square planar.
(e) six equivalent Cr––O bonds and one Cr––O– • Hybridization : sp3d2
–Cr bond • Bond angle : 90o, 180o
Kerala-CEE-2011
Ans. (e) : The dichromate ion ( Cr2 O 72− ) . There is –2
charge on overall molecule. In dichromate ion has two
chromium atoms.
The 6 Cr–O bonds have equal length and the charge is
on the overall molecule. The structure of the dichromate
di-anion can be represented in two forms. 266. Match the following.
Column I Column II
(Molecules) (Number of lone
pairs on central
atom)
263. Which of the following structures is the most A. NH3 1. Two
preferred and hence of lowest energy for SO3? B. H 2O 2. Three
C. XeF2 3. Zero
(a) (b) D. CH4 4. Four
5. One
A B C D
(a) 5 1 3 2
(b) 3 1 2 5
(c) (d)
(c) 5 1 2 3
(d) 1 5 3 4
NEET-2011 AP-EAMCET- (Engg.) - 2010
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 340 YCT
Ans. (c) : Ans. (e) : (i) H2 molecule has 1 σ-bond.
Column –I Column –II H–H
(molecules) (no. of lone pairs (ii) HCl molecule has 1 σ-bond.
on central atom) H – Cl
(iii) Water molecule has 2 σ-bond and two lone pairs.
NH3
(iii) Ethylene molecule has 5 σ-bond and 1π-bond.
(d) H O
2 → H3O +
2bp + 2lp 3bp + 1lp 271. Which of the following specis in non-linear ?
Hybridisation sp3 sp3
Structure angular pyramidal (a) ICl−2 (b) I3−
Thus, conversion of BF3 into BF4− involves change or (c) N 3− (d) ClO −2 .
both hybridisation and shape.
AMU – 2009
268. Which of the following statements is false?
(a) H2 molecule has 1 σ bond Ans. (d) :
(b) HCl molecule has1 σ bond
(c) Water molecule has 2 σ bonds and two lone
pairs
(d) Ethylene molecule has 5 σ bonds and 1π bond
(e) Acetylene molecule has 3π bonds and
3 σ bond
Kerala-CEE-2010
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 341 YCT
Ans. (a) : Diatomic nitrogen (N2) molecule has a triple
bond between the two atoms one σ bond from
combining of 2pz atomic orbitals and two π–bonds from
the combination of 2px and 2py respectively. The lewis
structure to N2 molecule.
x N ≡ Nx
x x
theory is hybridisation is sp d .
(a) See saw (b) V-shaped 277. The compound in which the number of dπ-pπ
(c) Trigonal planar (d) T-shaped bonds are equal to those present in ClO 4– , is:
J & K CET-(2009) (a) XeF4 (b) XeO3
Ans. (d) : The structure of XeOF2 on the basis of (c) XeO4 (d) XeF6
VSEPR theory. AP-EAMCET/2008
Ans. (b): The structure of ClO 4–
:
N
−
O O Cl − Be − Cl
V– shaped geometry. Linear (sp) Triangular planar (sp2)
280. Match the following 282. Which of the following is not tetrahedral ?
List-I List-II (a) BF4– (b) NH +4
(A) BCl3 (i) Linear (c) CO32– (d) SO 2–
4
AP-EAMCET/2007
(B) PdBr42– (ii) Planar triangular
Ans. (c): The structure are given as :
(C) SF6 (iii) Tetrahedral
(D) I 3– (iv) Octahedral
(v) Square planer
The correct match is
A B C D
(a) (ii) (iii) (iv) (i)
(b) (v) (iii) (ii) (i)
(c) (ii) (v) (iv) (i)
(d) (v) (iv) (iii) (ii)
AP-EAMCET (Medical), 2008
Ans. (c) :
Hence, CO32– is a trigonal planar.
283. In which of the following pairs, the two species
are iso-structural?
(a) SO32− and NO3− (b) BF3 and NF3
(c) BrO3− and XeO3 (d) SF4 and XeF4
NEET-2007
2– Ans. (c) : The iso-structural species are –
Br Br
(B) PdBr42– dsp 2 and
Pd
Br Br Pyramidal Pyramidal
(Square planer) So, the two species BrO3− and XeO3 both are iso-
2–
structural.
Br Br 284. Among the following, the pair in which the two
(B) PdBr42– dsp 2 species are not isostructural is
Pd
(a) IO3− and XeO3 (b) PF6− and SF6
Br Br
(c) BH −4 and NH +4 (d) CO32 − and NO −2
(Square planer) (e) SiF4 and SF4
Kerala-CEE-2007
Ans. (d&e) :
Species Structure
IO3− Pyramidal
XeO3 Pyramidal
PF6− Octahedral
SF6 Octahedral
BH −4 Tetrahedral
281. Which one of the following is a correct set with
respect to molecule, hybridisation and shape? NH +4 Tetrahedral
2
(a) BeCl2, sp , linear CO32− Trigonal planar
(b) BeCl2, sp2, triangular planar
(c) BCl3, sp2, triangular planar NO −2 V-shaped
3 SiF4 Tetrahedral
(d) BCl3, sp , tetrahedral
BCECE-2008 SF4 See-saw
Codes
(a) A-3, B-5, C-2, D-1, E-4
(b) A-3, B-5, C-4, D-1, E-2
(c) A-3, B-5, C-6, D-1, E-2 Td See-saw
(d) A-3, B-5, C-2, D-6, E-4
(iii) SO 24− (iv) PO34−
(e) A-3, B-5, C-2, D-4, E-1
Kerala-CEE-2007
Ans. (d) :
List-I List-II
PCl5 Trigonal bipyramidal
IF7 Pentagonal bipyramidal Td Td
H 3O + Pyramidal 289. The shape of sulphate ion is :
ClO2 Angular (a) square planar (b) trigonal
NH +4 Tetrahedral (c) trigonal planar (d) tetrahedral
BCECE-2006
286. Geometry of SiO 4- 4 anion is 2−
Ans. (d) : The sulphate ion is SO 4 and the structure is
(a) tetrahedral (b) trigonal
(c) trihedral (d) pentagonal
MHT CET-2007
Ans. (a) : The structure of SiO 44− anion is –
+
O=N=O
V-shape Linear
(i) O S S O 9σ, 4π
Hence, the option (a) and (c) both pair have similar O O
geometry. (Dithionic acid)
O O
(iii) HO S S 8σ, 3π
OH
In O2F2 and H2O2 , one O–O bond lying in a plane and O
two O–F bonds lying in different plane. H2O2 and O2F2 (Disulfurous acid)
has non–linear and non–planar structure. O2F2 and H2O2 Hence, the correct sequence of increasing number of a
both have open book type structure. bonds is given as:- II < III < I.
300. Assertion: All F−S−F angle is SF4 are greater 302. Which one of the following has the regular
than 90º but less than 180º, tetrahedral structure?
Reason: The lone pair- bond pair repulsion is (Atomic number : B = 5, S = 16, Ni = 28,
weaker than bond pair- bond pair repulsion. Xe=54)
(a) If both Assertion and Reason are correct and (a) XeF4 (b) SF4
the Reason is correct explanation of the 2−
Assertion. (c) BF4− (d) Ni ( CN )4
(b) If both Assertion and Reason are correct but (AIEEE-2004)
Reason is not a correct explanation of the Ans. (c) : The structure of the species are –
Assertion.
(c) If the Assertion is correct but Reason is incorrect.
(d) If both the Assertion and Reason are
incorrect.
(e) If the Assertion is incorrect but the Reason is
correct.
AIIMS-2004
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 346 YCT
306. The electronic theory of bonding was proposed
by :
(a) Pauling (b) Lewis
(c) Bronsted (d) Mullikan
BCECE-2003
Ans. (b) : The electronic theory of bonding was
In BF4− has the regular tetrahedral structure. proposed by Lewis. Pauling gave the scale of electro
negativity, Bronsted gave the concept of acid and base.
303. Two oxides of nitrogen, NO and NO2 react
Mullikan gave the determination charge on electron.
together at 253K and form a compound of
nitrogen, X. X reacts with water to yield 307. The geometry of the molecule having s and p-
another compound of nitrogen, Y. The shape of characters equal to 25% and 75% respectively, is:
the anion of Y molecule is (a) trigonal (b) linear
(a) Tetrahedral (b) Angular (c) tetrahedral (d) octahedral
(c) Square Planar (d) Pyramidal JCECE - 2003
AP EAMCET- 2003 Ans. (c): The geometry of molecule having S and P-
Ans. (b) : When NO and NO2 react together at 253 K character equal to 25% and 75% respectively is
then N2O3 is formed. N2O3 (X) is react with H2O to tetrahedral.
form the hyponitrous acid (HNO2) 308. Which one of the following is the correct with
NO + NO2 253K
→ N 2 O3 reference to molecular formula, hybridisation
'X '
of central atom and shape of the molecule?
N 2O3 + H 2 O → 2HNO2 (a) CO2, sp2, bent (b) H2O, sp2, bent
'Y '
(c) BeCl2, sp, linear (d) H2O, sp3, linear
HNO 2 → H + + NO 2− AP-EAMCET (Medical), 2002
Ans. (c) : (a) CO2, =C=
Hybridisation = sp
Shape = linear
The shape of NO −2 is shown in figure which is angular (b)
in shape.
304. Compound X is anhydride of sulphuric acid. Hybridisation = sp3
The number of σ -bonds and the number of Shape = Angular
π -bonds present in X are, respectively (c) BeCl 2 ,Cl — Be — Cl
(a) 3, 3 (b) 4, 2 Hybridisation = sp
(c) 2, 4 (d) 4, 3 Shape = linear
AP EAMCET- 2003 Thus, the correct option is (c).
Ans. (a) : Sulphuric acid decomposes to give sulphure 309. Assertion: Sigma (σ) is a strong bond, while pi
trioxide, SO3 and H2O, thus SO3 is regarded as (π) is a weak bond.
anhydride of sulphuric acid
Reason: Atoms rotate freely about pi (π) bond.
H 2SO4
− H2O
→ H 2 O + SO3 (a) If both Assertion and Reason are correct and
the Reason is correct explanation of the
Assertion.
(b) If both Assertion and Reason are correct but
Reason is not a correct explanation of the
3σ and 3π are present in anhydride of H2SO4.
Assertion.
305. Which one of the following is a correct set with (c) If the Assertion is correct but Reason is
respect to molecule hybridisation and shape? incorrect.
(a) BeCl2, sp2, linear (d) If both the Assertion and Reason are
2
(b) BeCl2, sp , triangular planar incorrect.
(c) BCl3, sp2, triangular planar (e) If the Assertion is incorrect but the Reason is
3
(d) BCl3, sp , tetrahedral correct.
AP-EAMCET (Medical), 2003 AIIMS-2002
Ans. (c) : The molecules are
Ans. (c): Sigma (σ) bonding involves end to end
BeCl2 BCl3 overlapping of two atomic orbitals. eg. s and s, s and p
Cl–Be–Cl and p and p orbitals.
Hybridisation = sp π-bonding involves sidewise overlapping of the two
Shape = linear atomic orbitals. eg. p and p orbital.
Hence, the overlapping of orbitals is more effective in σ
bonding than in π-bonding due to lateral overolap in
π- bonding atom cannot rotate freely in π-bond.
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 347 YCT
310. The shape of IF5 is (c) B – Cl bond is more polar than N – Cl bond
(a) pentagonal bipyramidal (d) N – Cl bond is more covalent than B – Cl
(b) square pyramidal bond
(c) octahedral NEET-1995
(d) trigonal planner Ans. (b) : BCl3 is planar molecule where as NCl3 is
UP CPMT-2001 pyramidal because BCl3 has no lone pair but NCl3 has a
Ans. (b) : Hybridization and lone pair of electrons lone pair of electron.
decide the geometry of molecule.
H − C ≡ C− H
The hybridisation of water molecule is sp3. There is two sp sp
lone pair electron present on oxygen atom due to which V-shaped Linear
they acquire the V-shaped. (iii) BeH2 (iv) CO2
314. The BCl3 is a planar molecule whereas NCl3 is H − Be − H O = C= O
pyramidal because sp sp
= π2p 2y , π* 2p 2x = π* 2p 2y (ii) 2 z x y x
= π * 2p 1
10 − 6
electrons. B.O = =2
2
(ii) For B2 = σ1s 2 , σ*1s 2 , σ2s 2 , σ* 2s 2 , π2p1x = π2p1y (iii) N = σ1s , σ *1s , σ2s , σ * 2s , π2p = π2p , σ2p
+ 2 2 2 2 2 2 1
2 x y z
+ 2 z x
π * 2p 2x = π * 2p 2y
It is a diamagnetic due to zero unpaired electron
(iii) BN = σ1s 2 , σ *1s 2 , σ2s 2 , σ * 2s 2 , It is a diamagnetic
(ii) B 2 = σ 1s 2 , σ *1s 2 , σ 2s 2 , σ * 2s 2 , π2p1x , = π2p1y
π2p 2x = π2p 2y,
It is a paramagnetic
It is a diamagnetic due to zero unpaired electron (iii) Li2 = σ1s 2 , σ *1s 2 , σ2s 2
(iv) N 2 = σ1s 2 , σ *1s 2 , σ2s 2 , σ * 2s 2 , It is a diamagnetic
π2p 2x = π2p 2y, σ2p 2z (iv) N2 = σ1s 2 , σ *1s 2 , σ2s 2 , σ * 2s 2 , π2p 2x , = π2p 2y , σ2p 2z
It is a diamagnetic due to zero unpaired electron It is a diamagnetic
2.5, 2, 1.5 and 1, respectively. 380. According to molecular orbital theory, bond
NEET-17.07.2022 order in increasing order will be
(a) O 22 + < O 2 < O −2 < O 22 −
Ans. (c) : O +2 is a paramagnetic due to electron are
unpaired. (b) O 22 − < O 2− < O 2 < O 22 +
For O +2 =σ1s2, σ*1s2, σ2s2, σ*2s2, σ2p 2z , π2p 2x = π2p 2y , (c) O 2 < O 22 − < O 2− < O 22 +
π *2p1x = π * 2p y (d) O 2 < O 22 + < O −2 < O 22 −
O 2–
2 is respectively
2 2
(σ2s) (σ* 2s)
2 2
∴ MO configuration = (σ1s) σ*1s ( )
(a) C 2– 2–
2 < N2 < O 22− (b) O 22− < N 2– 2–
2 < C2
(c) C 2– 2− 2–
2 < O2 < N 2 (d) N 2– 2– 2−
2 < C2 < O2
(π2p2x = π2p2y ) (σ2pz )2
JEE Main-24.06.2022, Shift-II No of Bonding e – – No of Antibonding e –
Bond Order =
Ans. (b) : 2
2 = σ1s , σ *1s , σ 2s , σ * 2s , π2p x = π2p y , σ 2p z
(i) C 2– 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 10 – 4
Bond Order = =3
10 – 4 2
Bond order = =3 Total number of e– in O2 = 16
2 2 2
2 2
(ii) N 22− = σ1s 2 , σ *1s 2 , σ2s 2 , σ * 2s 2 , σ2p 2z (
∴ MO configuration = (σ1s) σ*1s (σ2s) σ* 2s ) ( )
π2p 2x = π2p2y , π * 2p1x = π * 2p1y (σ2p z ) (π2p2x = π2p 2y ) (π∗ 2p1x = π∗ 2p1y )
2
10 − 6
Bond order = =2 Bond Order =
10 – 6
=2
2 2
(iii) O 22− = σ1s 2 , σ *1s 2 , σ 2s 2 , σ * 2s 2 , σ2p 2z , Total number of e − in O 2– = 17
π2p 2x = π2p2y , π * 2p 2x = π * 2p2y 2 2 2 2
10 − 8
(
∴ MO configuration = (σ1s) σ*1s (σ2s) σ* 2s ) ( )
Bond order = =1
(σ2p z ) (π2p2x = π2p 2y ) (π∗ 2p 2x = π∗ 2p1y )
2
2
Hence, the bond order is
10 – 7
C 22− > N 22− > O 22− Bond Order =
= 1.5
2
379. Consider the following reaction:
Total number of e– in O 2–
2 = 18
2HSO 4 (aq)
– (1) Electrolysis
→ 2HSO 4 + 2H + A
– +
(2) Hydrolysis Similarly,
The dihedral angle in product A in its solid 10 – 8
phase at 110 K is: Bond order = =1
o o 2
(a) 104 (b) 111.5
Hence, the order of bond order will be–
(c) 90.2o (d) 111.0o
JEE Main-26.06.2022, Shift-I O 2– –
2 < O2 < O2 < O2
2+
According to the VSEPR theory– SH2 has two lone pair O 2– 1.5
with two bond pair repulsion due to which they get O2 2
minimize the angle (S has greater size than oxygen).
O +2 2.5
395. Increasing order of carbon-carbon bond length
Thus, the order of bond strength of the given species
for the following is will be –
C 2H 4 C 2H 2 C 6H 6 C 2H 6
O +2 > O 2 > O 2– > O 22–
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 361 YCT
399. Which of the following pair have identical bond
order?
(a) CN– and NO+ (b) CN – and O 2–
(c) CN – and CN + (d) NO+ and O –2
(e) O –2 and CN +
Kerala-CEE-2017, 2009 Hybridisation = 4 + 1 = 5 (sp3d)
Ans. (a) : The molecule which have same number of The two S – F bond (axial bond) are longer than the
total electron having the identical bond order. two S – F bond (equitorial bond) due to the bond pair –
(a) CN– and NO+ bond pair repulsion. Hence, SF4 has unequal bond
2 2 length.
CN– (total e– = 14) = (σ1s) σ∗1s (σ2s ) σ∗ 2s
( ) ( )
2 2
(d) The structure of BF4– is same with the SiF4. Hence,
(π2p2x = π2p2y ) (σ2pz )2 both have regular geometry with same bond length.
Hybridisation = 4 + 0 = 4 (sp3)
All Si–F bonds are equal.
3− 2 1 4−2
He 2− = = Be 22− = =1 10 – 4
2 2 2 B.O. = =3
411. Which of the following is the correct sequence 2
of bond-energies? According to the question–
(a) (O – O) > (S – S) > (Se – Se) > (Te – Te) x
Difference between bond order of CO and NO+ =
(b) (Te – Te) > (Se – Se) > (S – S ) > (O – O) 2
(c) (S – S) > (Se – Se) > (O – O) > (Te – Te) x
(d) (Te – Te) > (O – O) > (Se – Se) > (S – S) or 3–3=
2
AP- EAPCET- 07-09-2021, Shift-I
x
Ans. (c) : Bond energy is defined is measure of the or 0=
bond strength of a chemical bond. So the order is - 2
S – S > Se – Se > O – O > Te – Te or x = 0
412. How many among the given species have a 415. The amount of energy required to break a
bond is same as the amount of energy released
bond order of 3?
when the same bond is formed. In gaseous
CO, NO+, C 22− , O 22+ , CN–, NO state, the energy required for homolytic
(a) 1 (b) 3 cleavage of a bond is called Bond Dissociation
(c) 5 (d) 4 Energy (BDE) or Bond Strength. BDE is
AP- EAPCET- 07-09-2021, Shift-I affected by s-character of the bond and the
stability of the radicals formed. Shorter bonds
Ans. (c) : Bond order is the number of chemical bonds are typically stronger bonds. BDEs for some
between a pair of atoms, bonds are given below :
No.of bonding e − − No.of anti bonding e −
Bond order =
2 Cl–Cl(g) → Cl•(g) + Cl•(g) ∆H° = 58 kcal mol–1
So, CO, NO+, C22, O22+, CN– has bond order is 3 and H3C–Cl(g)→H3C•(g)+Cl•(g) ∆H°=85 kcal mol–1
NO. has bond order 2.5 H–Cl(g) → H•(g) + Cl•(g) ∆H° = 103 kcal mol–1
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 364 YCT
Correct match of the C–H bonds (shown in 418. The correct order of Sulphur oxygen bond
bold) in Column J with their BDE in Column K order in SO3, S2 O 2– 2–
3 and SO 4 are
is
(a) SO 2– 2–
4 < S2 O 3 < SO3
Column J Column K
(b) SO 2–4 < SO3 < S2 O 3
2–
Molecule BDE(kcal mol -1 )
(c) S2 O32– < SO 2–
4 < SO3
(P) H – CH(CH 3 )2 (i) 132
(d) S2 O3 < SO3 < SO 2–
2–
4
(Q) H – CH 2 Ph (ii) 110
AP EAPCET 20.08.2021 Shift-I
(R) H – CH = CH 2 (iii) 95
Ans. (c) : Bond order is the number of chemical bonds
(S) H – C ≡ CH (iv) 88 between a pair of atoms.
(a) P – iii, Q – iv, R – ii, S – i SO3 = 2
(b) P – i, Q – ii, R – iii, S – iv SO 2–
4 = 1.5
(c) P – iii, Q – ii, R – i, S – iv S2 O32– = 1.33
(d) P – ii, Q – i, R – iv, S – iii 2– 2–
JEE advance 2021 So decreasing order SO3 > SO 4 > S2 O3
Ans. (a) : 419. Bond order is an inverse measure of ––
H − CH(CH3 ) 2 → HC& − CH3 (a) Bond-length
| (b) Bond-angle
CH 3 (c) Bond dissociation energy
&
H − CH 2 Ph → CH 2 − Ph (d) Stability
• AP EAPCET 20.08.2021 Shift-I
H – CH = CH 2 → C H = C H2 Ans. (a) : Bond order is the number of chemical bonds
H − C ≡ CH → C& ≡ CH between a pair of atoms.
Order of stability of free radical is Q > P > R > S 1
1 Bond order ∝
Stability of free radical ∝ bond length
Bond energy Since the bond order increases bond length decreases.
∴ Order of bond energy– S > R > P > Q 420. Assuming AB is an ionic compound and rc, ra
416. Which of the following set contains same bond are the ionic radii of A+ and B– respectively.
angle around central atom? The lattice energy of the compound AB is
(a) CH4, SF4 NH3 (b) NF3, BCl3, NH3 proportional to:
(c) BF3, BCl3, BBr3 (d) BF3, NF3, AlCl3
r
TS EAMCET 10.08.2021, Shift-I (a) c
Ans. (c) : Bond angle depend on hybridization on ra
central atom. 1
Species Hybridization (b)
2 rc + ra
BF3 sp
BCl3 sp2 r
(c) a
BBr3 sp2 rc
417. How many among the given species have the
– +
highest bond order? CN , CO, NO , O2 , O2, N2 + (d) (rc + ra )
(a) 5 (b) 2 AP EAPCET-6 Sep. 2021, Shift-II
(c) 3 (d) 4 Ans. (b) : According to Coulomb’s law, Lattice energy
TS EAMCET 10.08.2021, Shift-I is inversely proportional to the internuclear distance of
Ans. (d) : Bond Order = the given ionic solid.
− −
No.of bonding e − No.antibonding e Lattice energy (U) ∝ c a
q .q
2 rc + ra
The lactic energy of the compound AB is
proportional to
1
⇒ U∝
rc + ra
(a)
(d)
Hybridisation = Bond pair + Lone pair
=2+2
= 4 (sp3)
(JEE Main 2020, 5 Sep. Shift-I)
Ans. (c) : The potential energy curve for the diatomic
molecule i.e. H2 as a function of internuclear distance
(b)
which is expressed by the Born–Oppenheimer
approximation.
Hybridisation = 3 + 1 = 4 (sp3)
(c)
(d)
Hybridisation = 4 + 0 = 4 (sp3)
Hence, CH4 has the largest H–M–H bond angle.
422. The potential energy curve for the H2 molecule
as a function of internuclear distance is 423. Arrange the following bonds according to their
average bond energies in descending order
C—Cl, C—Br, C—F, C—I
(a) C—F > C—Cl > C—Br > C —I
(a)
(b) C—Br > C —I > C —Cl > C — F
(c) C—I > C—Br > C — Cl > C — F
(d) C — Cl > C — Br > C — I > C — F
(JEE Main 2020, 8 Jan. Shift-II)
Ans. (a) : As we move down on the halogen group the
electronegativity decreases and size of element
increases due to which the average bond energy is also
decreases.
Bond Bond enthalpies / kJmol–1
(b)
C–F 452
C – Cl 351
C – Br 293
C –I 234
424. The formal charge on central oxygen atom in
ozone is
(a) –1 (b) 0
(c) +2 (d) +1
(c) Karnataka-CET-2020
Ans. (d) : The Lewis structure of O3 may be drawn as :
(i) S2 O 2–
4 (ii) S2 O52– (iii) S2 O62–
2 ( lone pair – lone pair) 1 (lp–lp) All (bp –bp) Total no. of P– O – P bond = 6
2 (bond pair – bond pair 2 (bp – bp) (repulsion) Total no. of P = O bond = 4
Repulsion) Total no. of P–P bond = O
According to the bent rule repulsion is maximum then 433. What is the correct order of bond dissociation
bond length is maximum energy?
Hence, the order is I > II > III. (a) Br2 > Cl2 (b) F2 > Cl2
+ − (c) I2 > F2 (d) F2 > I2
431. Assertion: H 2 and H 2 ions have the same bond
AIIMS 25 May 2019 (Morning)
order
Ans. (d): Fluorine has a small atomic size and 2p subs
Reason: H +2 is less stable than H −2 . bell is compact and close to the nucleus.
(a) If both Assertion and Reason are correct and On moving down the halogen family and dissociation
Reason is the correct explanation of energy decrease. But in case of fluorine bond
Assertion. dissociation energy of fluorine is lower than chlorine
(b) If both Assertion and Reason are correct, but and bromine due to inter electronic repulsion present in
Reason is not the correct explanation of the small atom of fluorine
Assertion. Therefore, the order is –
(c) If Assertion is correct but Reason is incorrect. Cl2 > Br2 >+ F2 > I2 .
(d) If both the Assertion and Reason are incorrect. 434. NO has bond order
AIIMS 26 May 2019 (Evening) (a) 2 (b) 2.5
(c) 3 (d) 3.5
Ans. (c): The molecular orbital electronic configuration is –
(e) 4
(i) H +2 = σ1s1 Kerala-CEE-2019
It has 1 electron on σ bonding molecular orbital. Ans. (c) : In NO+ total no. of e– is 14
Bond order = No of bonding e − − No. of antibonding e −
Bond order=
No. of bonding e − − No. of antibonding e − 2
2 10 − 4
Bond order = =3
1− 0 2
= = 0.5
2 435. Bond angle is minimum for
(ii) H −2 = σ1s 2 , σ *1s1 (a) H2O (b) H2S
(c) H2Se (d) H2Te
2 −1
Bond order = = 0.5 COMEDK 2018
2
Ans. (d) :The bond angle of hydride of 16 group
Thus, the bond order for both H +2 and H −2 is same but elements decreases on increasing the size of elements.
H +2 is more stable than H −2 due to absence of electron Hence, TeH2 has the least bond angle.
436. % s- character of N- H bonds is maximum in:
in antibonding orbital of H +2 .
(a) N2H2 (b) N2H4
432. In dimer of phosphorus pentaoxide, in what (c) NH3 (d) NH +4
order number of P – P, P = O & P – O – P
AIIMS-27 May,2018 (E)
bonds are there?
Ans. (a): The structure of the following are –
(a) P – O – P > P = O > P – P
(i) N2H2 (ii) N2H4
(b) P = O > P – O – P > P – P
(c) P – O – P > P – P > P = P
(d) P = O > P – P > P – O – P
AIIMS 26 May 2019 (Evening)
Ans. (a): The structure of dimmer phosphorous penta
oxide. % s – character = 33 % % s – character = 25%
(
(π2p 2x = π2p 2y ) σ 2p 2z )
2 2
(b) He +2 < O −2 < O +2 < C 22−
∗ ∗
F2 (total e =18)= (σ1s)
– 2
(σ 1s) (σ2s) (σ 2s) (σ2p z )
2 2
(c) O −2 < O −2 < C 22− < He +2
(π2p2x = π2p2y )(π∗ 2p2x = π∗ 2p2y ) (d) O +2 < C 22− < O 2− < He 2+
For N2, the valence orbital is bonding molecular orbital COMEDK 2014
and for F2, it is antibonding molecular orbital. So, bond +
Ans. (b) : He : σ1s , σ 1s 2 * 1
order decrease by 0.5 in the former and increase by 0.5 2
in the later. 1 1 1
459. Select a ferromagnetic material from the
B.O. = ( N b – N a ) = (2 – 1) = = 0.5
2 2 2
following. 2−
C 2 : σ1s , σ *1s , σ2s , σ * 2s , π2p x2 = π2p 2y , σ2p z2
2 2 2 2
(a) Dioxygen
(b) Chromium (IV) oxide 1 6
(c) Benzene B.O. = (10 – 4) = = 3.0
2 2
(d) Dihydrogen monoxide
MHT CET-2015 σ1s , σ *1s , σ 2s , σ * 2s 2 , σ 2p z2 , π2p 2x = π2p 2y ,
2 2 2
480. The C-H bond distance is the longest in (d) N2 (total e– = 14) = (σ1s ) σ 1s
(a) C2H2 (b) C2H4
(c) C2H6 (d) C2H2Br2 (π2p2x = π2p2y ) (σ2p2z )
J & K CET-(2012) 10 – 4
Ans. (c) : As we know, if the s character of molecule is Bond order = =3
2
more then bonded pair electrons are held more closely,
ensuring a smaller bond length and stronger a bond. So, Hence, N 2–
2 has least bond energy.
sp has the least bond length and it is the strongest.sp3 484. Which of the following species has highest bond
has longest bond distance. Hence, C–H has more bond energy?
distance in C2H6.
(a) O 22 − (b) O +2
481. The correct order in which the O–O bond
length increases in the following is (c) O −2 (d) O2
(a) H2O2 < O2 < O3 (b) O3 < H2O2 < O2 MHT CET-2012
(c) O2 < O3 < H2O2 (d) O2 < H2O < O3
Ans. (b) : The bond energy of diatomic molecule
JCECE-2012
depends upon the bond order. Bond order is directly
Ans. (c) : Bond length of O O in O2 = 1.21Å proportional to the bond energy.
Bond length of O O in O3 = 1.278 Å
10 – 8
Bond length of O O in H2O2 = 1.49 Å (a) O 2– –
2 (total e = 18) ⇒ Bond order = =1
Therefore, correct order of O O bonds length is 2
(bond order decrease in the same order) 10 – 5
(b) O +2 (total e– = 15) ⇒ Bond order = = 2.5
O 2 < O 3 < H 2O 2 2
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 375 YCT
(c) O 2– (total e– = 17) ⇒ Bond order =
10 – 7
= 1.5 O −2 (Super oxide ion): Total number of electrons (16 +
2 1) = 17 = σ1s 2 σ *1s 2 σ 2s 2 σ* 2s 2 σ2p 2z
10 – 1
(d) O 2 (total e = 16) ⇒ Bond order =
–
=2 π2p 2x = π2p 2y π* 2p 2x = x* 2p1y
2
485. Bond order in nitrogen molecule is (N − N a ) 10 − 7 3 1
Bond order = b = = =1
(a) 1 (b) 2 2 2 2 2
(c) 3 (d) 4 O 22 + ion : Total number of electrons = (16 – 2) = 14
COMEDK 2011
Ans. (c) : σ1s 2 σ*1s 2 σ2s 2 σ* 2s 2 π2p 2x = π2p 2y σ2p 2z
N 2 (14 ) : σ1s 2 , σ *1s 2 , σ2s 2 , σ * 2s 2 , π2p 2x = π2p 2y , (N − N a ) 10 − 4 6
Bond order = b = = =3
σ2p 2z 2 2 2
− + 2+
8–2 So bond order : O 2 < O 2 < O 2
Bond order = =3 489. The bond order of C molecule is
2 2
(a) 1 (b) 2
486. Which of the following is correct comparison of (c) 0 (d) 3
the stability of the molecules?
J & K CET-2011
(a) CN < O+2 (b) CN = N 2 Ans. (b) : The given diatomic molecule is C2. C2 has
(c) N 2 < O 2 (d) H +2 > He+2 the 12 no. of electron. Now, the molecular orbital
VITEEE- 2011 configuration is given below–
2 2
Ans. (d) : If the bond order of two molecules are same MO configuration= (σ1s)2 σ∗1s (σ2s)2 σ∗ 2s ( ) ( )
then the stability of the molecules can be explain on the
number of electron in antibonding molecular orbital,
more the electron in antibonding, less be the stability of
(
π2p 2x = π2p 2y)
molecule. N – Na
Bond order = b
H +2 (1) = σ1s1 2
− −
Where, Nb = no. of e– in bonding orbital
Bonding orbital e − Antibonding orbitale
Bond order = Na = no. of e– in antibonding orbital
2
8– 4
1− 0 Bond order = =2
Bond order = = 0.5 2
2
490. The correct statement with regard to H 2+ and
and He+2 ( 3) = σ1s 2 , σ *1s1
H 2− is
2 −1
Bond order = = 0.5 (a) both H 2+ and H 2− are equally stable
2
So, H +2 has the less electron in antibonding whereas (b) both H 2+ and H 2− do not exist
He +2 has more electron in antibonding so the H +2 is (c) H 2− is more stable than H 2+
more stable than He +2 . (d) H 2+ is more stable than H 2−
487. The value of Cl – Cl bond distance is found to be JIPMER-2011
ο ο Ans. (d) : The species are H +2 and H 2– .
(a) 1.98 A (b) 0.99 A
ο ο H +2 (total e = 1) = (σ 1s)
– 1
(c) 0.77 A (d) 1.76 A
SRMJEEE – 2011 Nb = 1, Na = 0
ο and H 2– (total e– = 3) = (σ 1s)1 (σ∗1s)1
Ans. (a) : The bond length of Cl – Cl is 1.98 A Nb = 2 , Na = 1
488. The correct bond order in the following species is : According to the application of stability of MOT, H +2
(a) O 22 + < O 2− < O 2+ (b) O +2 < O −2 < O 22+ has less electron on antibonding molecular orbital than
(c) O −2 < O +2 < O 22+ (d) O 22 + < O 2+ < O 2− the H 2– molecule. So, H +2 is more stable than the H 2– .
BITSAT 2011 491. When O2 is converted into O +
2
+
Ans. (c) : O 2 ion – Total number of electrons (16 – 1) = (a) both paramagnetic character and bond order
15 = σ1s 2 σ *1s 2 σ 2s 2 σ* 2s 2 σ2p 2z increase
(b) bond order decreases
π2p 2x = π2p 2y π* 2p1x = π* 2p y (c) paramagnetic character increases
(d) paramagnetic character decreases and the
N − N a 10 − 5 5 1 bond order increases
Bond order = b = = =2
2 2 2 2 Karnataka-CET-2011
2
10 – 7
O 2– –
(total e = 17) ⇒ Bond order = = 1.5 (π2p2x = π2p2y ) (σ2p2z )
2
O2 has maximum bond order than the O 2– . So, O2 has Bond Order =
10 – 4
=3
less bond length rather than the O 2– . Thus, the 2
2 2
statement is wrong. (b) O2 (total e– = 16 ) = (σ1s)2 (σ∗1s) (σ2s)2 (σ∗ 2s)
493. The bond length of species O2, O 2+ , and O 2− are
(σ2p z ) (π2p 2x = π2p 2y )
2
in the order of
(a) O +2 > O 2 > O −2 (b) O −2 > O 2 > O +2
+ − − +
(π∗ 2p1x = π∗ 2p1y )
(c) O 2 > O > O
2 2 (d) O 2 > O > O 2 2
10 – 6
UP CPMT-2011 Bond order = =2
2
(b) (ii) < (i) < (iii) < (iv) N2 (total e– = 14) = (σ1s ) σ 1s (σ2s) σ 2s
(c) (iii) < (i) < (ii) < (iv)
(d) (iv) < (ii) < (i) < (iii) (
π2p 2x = π2p 2y σ2p 2z )( )
CG PET -2009 10 − 4
Ans. (c) : Bond order = =3
2
Molecule Hybridisation Geometry Bond Angle And
CH4 sp3 Tetrahedral 109.5° 2 2
( ) ( )
2 2 ∗ 2 ∗
+
BCl3 sp Trigonal planer 120° N 2 (total e –
= 13) = ( σ1s ) σ 1s ( σ 2s ) σ 2s
IF7 sp3d3 Pentagonal 72°
− 3
bipyramidal (
π2p 2x = π2p 2y σ2p1z )( )
I3 sp d Linear 180°
9−4
Bond order = = 2.5
505. H – O – H bond angle in H2O is 104.5o and not 2
109o 28' because of Hence, N2 has the more bond dissociation energy than
(a) lone pair-lone pair repulsion the N +2
(b) lone pair-bond pair repulsion 508. The carbon-carbon bond distance in benzene is
(c) bond pair-bond pair repulsion (a) Longer than a C – C single bond
(d) high electronegativity of oxygen (b) Longer than a C = C double bond
JIPMER-2009 (c) Sohrter than a C = C double bond
Ans. (a) : According to the VSEPR theory, the (d) Shorter than a C ≡ C triple bond
repulsive interaction of electron pairs decrease in the MPPET-2008
order : Lone pair-Lone pair > Lone pair-Bond pair > Ans. (b) : All the carbon-carbon bond distance in benzene
Bond pair – bond pair. Due to the lone pair-lone pair are 140 pm i.e. longer than a C = C double bond.
repulsion, the bond angle is reduces from 109°28' to 509. Assertion: Fluorine molecule has bond order
104.5°. one.
506. According to MO theory which of the lists Reason: The number of electrons in the anti-
ranks the nitrogen species in terms of bonding molecular orbitals is two less than that
increasing bond order? in bonding molecular orbitals.
Cr Cr
(σ2pz ) π2p2x = π2p 2y π∗ 2p1x = π * 2py
( )( )
2
OO O
O O
Nb = 11, Na = 5
There are six normal Cr–O bonds and two bridged Cr– 2 2
(iii) O 2– (total e– = 17) = (σ1s) σ∗1s (σ2s ) σ∗ 2s
( ) ( )
2 2
O bond.
The six normal Cr–O bonds are expected to be equivalent
(σ2pz ) π2p2x = π2p 2y π∗ 2p2x = π∗ 2p1y
( )( )
2
and different from those of the bridged Cr–O bond.
524. Bond order of N2 molecule is Nb = 10, Na = 7
(a) 3 (b) 2 According to the molecular orbital theory– the stability
(c) 1 (d) 0 of molecule depends upon the number of electron in
CG PET -2006 anti bonding molecular orbital (Na). As well as Na
Ans. (a) : Total number of e– in N2 = 14 increases then the molecule goes to unstable. Hence, the
2 2 2 2 correct order of stability will be–
( *
)
∴ MO configuration = (σ1s ) σ 1s (σ2s) σ 2s ( *
) O +2 > O2 > O 2–
( 2 2
)(
π2p x = π2p y σ 2p z2
)
528. Bond angle in H2O is:
(a) 109028' (b) 107010'
10 – 4 (c) 104.5 0
(d) 920
Bond order = =3
2 JCECE - 2006
Hence, the bond order of N2 molecule is 3. Ans. (c) : H2O has the sp3 hybridisation with two lone
525. If the value of bond order is zero, then pair electron. due to the lone pair– lone pair repulsion
(a) molecule will be stable the bond angle reduces from 109°28' to 104.5°.
(b) molecule will be unstable
(c) molecule will be in ionic state 529. Which of the following gives correct
(d) None of the above arrangement of compounds involved based on
CG PET -2006 their bond strength?
(a) HF > HCl > HBr > HI
Ans. (b) : The value of bond order is zero it means the
(b) HI > HBr > HCl > HF
bonding influence and anti-bonding influence are equal
and as a result there is no net force of attraction, so (c) HF > HBr > HCl > HI
molecule will be unstable. (d) HCl > HF > HBr > HI
JIPMER-2006
526. The decreasing values of bond angles from NH3
(107º) to SbH3 (91º) down group - 15 of the Ans. (a) : The halogens atom react with hydrogen to
periodic table is due to given hydrogen halides but affinity for hydrogen
(a) Increasing bond pair - bond pair repulsion decreases from fluorine to iodine because of
increaseness of size of halogens. Thus, the correct order
(b) Increasing p-orbital character in sp3 of bond strength of halogen halide is–
(c) Decreasing lone pair - bond pair repulsion HF > HCl > HBr > HI
(d) Decreasing electronegativity
(AIEEE-2006) 530. Identify the correct order in which the covalent
radius of the following elements increases
Ans. (d) : All the elements of group 15 form hydrides I. Ti II. Ca III. Sc
of the type EH3 where E = N, P, As, Sb or Bi. The bond (a) (I), (II), (III) (b) (III), (II), (I)
angles from NH3 to SbH3 decreases because as we go (c) (II), (I), (III) (d) (I), (III), (II)
down in the group 15 elements, the electronegativity
decreases then bonded electron polarizes towards AP-EAMCET-2005
central atom less, so repulsion decreases and bond angle Ans. (d) : Due to increase in effective nuclear charge
is also be decreases. (Zeff) atomic size decrease in the following order.
Ca > Sc > Ti
527. According to bond order concept, the correct
or II > III > I
order of stability of O2, O 2+ and O 2– is 531. In the nitrogen family the H-M-H bond angle
(a) O 2 > O 2+ > O 2– (b) O 2– > O 2 > O 2+ in the hydrides (MH3) gradually becomes closer
to 90º on going from N to Sb. This shows that
(c) O 2 > O 2– > O 2+ (d) O 2+ > O 2 > O 2– (a) the basic strength of hydrides increases
J & K CET-2006 (b) the bond energies of M–H bonds increases
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 382 YCT
(c) almost pure p-orbitals are used for M–H Ans. (a) : Given that,
bonding Mass defect ( ∆m ) = 0.090 amu
(d) the bond pairs of electrons come nearer to the 1 amu = 931.5 Mev
central atom ∴ Mass defect ( ∆m ) = 0.090 × 931.5 Mev
CG PET -2005 ∆m = 83.835 Mev
Ans. (c) : In the nitrogen family the H-M-H bond angle Number of nucleon in given nucleus = 9
in the hydrides (MH3) gradually becomes closer to 90º 83.835
on going from N to Sb. This shows that almost pure p- Thus, binding energy per nucleon =
orbitals are used for M–H bonding. 9
= 9.315 Mev
532. The angle between two covalent bonds is
maximum in 536. The bond-angle in AsH3 is greater than that in:
(a) CH4 (b) H2O (a) NH3 (b) H2O
(c) CO2 (d) SO2 (c) BCl3 (d) none of these
CG PET -2005 JCECE - 2004
Ans. (c) : As we know that the percent s character is Ans. (d) : Bond angle of AsH3 is 91.8° and that of NH3
directly proportional to the bond angle of molecule. The is 107.8° BCl3 is trigonal planar, and therefore the bond
hybridization of molecule is given below– angle is 120 whereas H2O has bond angle of 104.5°.
Molecule Hybridisation % S character Hence, option (d) is correct.
CH4 sp3 25
H 2O sp3 25 537. The bond order of O +2 same as in
CO2 sp 50 (a) N +2 (b) CN–
SO2 sp2 33.33
Thus, CO2 molecule has greater bond angle between (c) CO (d) NO+
two covalent bonds. UP CPMT-2004
533. Which one of the following molecules has the Ans. (a) : Write the electronic configuration of each of
smallest bond angle? the species according to the molecular orbital theory
(a) NH3 (b) PH3 and then find bond order with its help.
∗ 2 ∗ 2
(c) H2O
(e) H2S
(d) H2Se 2
( )
O 2+ (totale − = 15) = (σ1s) σ 1s (σ2s) σ 2s
2
( )
(σ2p z ) (π2p 2x = π2p2y ) (π∗ 2p1x )
Kerala-CEE-2005 2
∴ x + 3(–2) = 0
x=+6 10 – 5
Bond order of O +2 = = 2.5
In XeO3 has sp3 hybridization with bond angle is 103º. 2
+
539. Which of the following molecules is most Thus, bond order of O 2 is 2.5.
stable? 542. The bond energies (in kJ mol-1) of P–H, As–H
(a) H2 (b) F2 and N–H are respectively
(c) O2 (d) N2 (a) 247, 389 and 318 (b) 247, 318 and 389
AMU–2003 (c) 318, 389 and 247 (d) 318, 247 and 389
Ans. (d) : Bond order in H2=1 AP EAMCET- 2002
Bond order in F2=1 Ans. (d) : Bond energy increase then the bond length
Bond order in O2=2 decrease. As–H has bond length is maximum in
Bond order in N2= 3 comparison to N–H and P–H.
Higher the bond order, more stable is the molecule. So the bond energy is less. The correct order of bond
energy is– N – H > P – H > As – H
540. N2 and O2 are converted to N 2+ and O 2+ 543. An element M reacts with chlorine to form a
respectively. Which of the following is not compound X. The bond angle in X is 120o.
correct? What is M?
+ (a) Be (b) B
(a) In N 2 , the N – N bond weakens.
(c) Mg (d) N
(b) In O 2+ , O – O bond order increases. AP-EAMCET (Medical), 2002
Ans. (b) : When boron and nitrogen reacts with chlorine
(c) In O 2+ , paramagnetism decreases. to form BCl3, NCl3 respectively. The bond angle in
+
(d) N 2 becomes diamagnetic BCl3 is 120o and bond angle in NCl3 is 107o and hence,
the M will be boron.
J & K CET-2003
544. Which of the following molecule has highest
2
Ans. (d) : N2 (Total e– = 14) = (σ1s) σ∗1s (σ2s )
( )
2 2 bond energy?
(a) F−F (b) N−N
∗ 2 1 2 (c) C−C (d) O−O
( ) ( 2
σ 2s π2p x = π2p y σ2p z 2
)( ) AIIMS-2002
10 – 4 Ans. (b): The molecular orbital configuration of
Bond order of N 2 = =3 molecule is –
2
2 2 (i)F2 = σ1s 2 , σ *1s 2 , σ2s 2 , σ * 2s 2 , σ2p 2z, π2p 2x = π2p 2y ,
O2 (total e– = 16) = (σ1s) σ∗1s (σ2s ) σ∗ 2s
( ) ( )
2 2
π * 2p 2x = π *sp 2y
∗ ∗
2
( 2 2
)( 1
(σ2pz ) π2p x = π2p y π 2p x = π 2p y 1
) Bond order =
10 − 8
=1
10 – 6 – 2
Bond order of O 2 = =2 unpaired e = 2 (i) N2 = σ1s 2 , σ *1s 2 , σ2s 2 , σ * 2s 2 , π2p x2 = π2p 2y , σ2p 2z
2
Similarly, 10 − 4
9– 4 Bond order = =3
+
Bond order of N 2 = = 2.5, n = 1 (Paramagnetic) 2
2 (iii) C2 = σ1s , σ *1s , σ 2s , σ * 2s 2 , π2p 2x = π2p 2y
2 2 2
10 – 5
Bond order of O +2 = = 2.5, Unpaired e – = 1 8−4
2 Bond order = =2
2
According to the above explanations, only one
(iv) O2 = σ1s 2 , σ *1s 2 , σ2s 2 , σ * 2s 2 , σ2p z,2 π2p 2x
statement is not true i.e. option (d) because N +2
becomes paramagnetic. = π2p 2y , π * 2p 2x = π * 2p1y
Whereas NH3 and H2O has one and two lone pair
respectively due to which they have less bond angle
than NH +4 .
547. The species containing shortest O – O bond Be bond angle F – S – F is 90º. Statement is true.
length is
–
• Hybridization of central atom in NH3 and CH4 is
(a) O2 (b) O 2 sp3.
(c) O 22– (d) O 2+ • BeCl2 is linear and SO2 is V-shaped structure.
• CO2 has zero dipole moment.
J & K CET-(2002)
551. Which of the following has the lowest bond
Ans. (d) : O +2 has 15 e–. Molecular orbital angle?
configuration can be written as– (a) H2O (b) CH4
∗ 2 ∗ 2 (c) H2S (d) NH3
+
(2
) ( 2
)
O 2 (15) = (σ1s) σ 1s (σ2s ) σ 2s (σ 2p z )
2
AP-EAMCET/2000
∗
( 2
)( 2
)1
π2p x = π2p y π 2p x Ans. (c): H 2 S has the lowest bond angle i.e. 92.5º
because sulphur has more in size than the oxygen.
10 – 5 • Molecule Bond angle
Bond order = = 2.5
2 H 2O – 104.5°
10 – 6 CH4 – 109.5°
Similarly, Bond order of O 2 = =2 NH3 – 107.5°
2
– 10 – 7 552. In which of the following compounds the angle
Bond order of O 2 = = 1.5 between two covalent bonds is highest?
2
(a) CH4 (b) NH3
10 – 8
Bond order of O 2– 2 = = 1 (c) H 2 O (d) H2O2
2 AP-EAMCET (Med.)-1999
It is very well known that bond length is inversely 3
proportional to the bond order of the molecules. Thus, Ans. (a) : The hybridisation of CH4 molecule is sp .
There is no any lone pair present in the CH4. Hence, the
O +2 has shortest bond length. actual bond angle is 109028'. Whereas, NH , H O and
3 2
NH3
Hybridisation = 3 + 1 = 4 (sp3)
nature is Zn, Al, Be, Ga, Pb, Sn, As, Sb and Bi. So, 587. How many oxides among the following are
ZnO, Sb2O3 & BeO shows amphoteric nature because basic in nature ?
all three oxide react with both acid and bases. As2O3, Na2O, MgO, Mn2O3, CaO, ZnO, N2O,
583. A metal 'M' readily gives MSO4, which is N 2O 5
soluble in water. It forms its oxide MO which is (a) 4 (b) 5
amphoteric. It forms an insoluble hydroxide (c) 3 (d) 6
M(OH)2, which is soluble in NaOH solution. AP EAPCET 24.08.2021, Shift-I
The M is Ans. (c) :
(a) Be (b) Ba
(c) Ca (d) Mg
TS-EAMCET (Engg.), 05.08.2021 Shift-II
Ans. (a) : Beryllium form Beryllium sulfate (BeSO4)
which is water soluble
• Beryllium form Beryllium hydroxide (Be(OH)2)
which is insoluble in water.
• Beryllium form Beryllium Oxide (BeO) which
becomes inert on heating.
• Be(OH)2 being amphoteric reacts with NaOH.
• Solubility of alkaline earth metal decreases as we
move down in the periodic table.
has more s-character than ethane, it is more acidic. The copper compound has the maximum no. of charge
Thus, the conjugate base of ethyne will be less basic due to which they get the lowest boiling point.
than the conjugate base of ethane. 620. Which one of the following forms a basic
616. In which of the following the oxidation oxide?
number of oxygen has been arranged in (a) B (b) Tl
increasing order? (c) Al (d) Ga
(a) BaO2 < KO2 < O3 < OF2 TS-EAMCET-2016
(b) OF2 < KO2 < BaO2 < O3 Ans. (b) : Element has more metallic character, more
(c) BaO2 < O3 < OF2 < KO2 basic its oxide. All the given element are p-block and in
(d) KO2 < OF2 < O3 < BaO2 p-block on down the group metallic character increase.
JIPMER-2017 So, Tl has more basic oxide.
Ans. (a) : The given species are–BaO2, KO2, O3 and 621. The order of covalent character of KF, KI, KCl
OF2. Let, all the oxygen species has x oxidation is
number. (a) KCl < KF < KI (b) KI < KCl < KF
∴ BaO2 KO2 O3 OF2 (c) KF < KI < KCl (d) KF < KCl < KI
+2+2x = 0 +1+2x=0 x=0 x-2 = 0 TS-EAMCET-2016
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 394 YCT
Ans. (d) : As we know, the covalent character is Thus, correct order of acidic character is
directly proportional to the polarization power and N2 O5 > SO2 > CO2 > CO
polarization is directly proportional to size of anion.
(+5) (+4) (+4) (+2)
Iodine has the largest size, therefore KI will have the
most covalent character and fluorine has the smallest Note CO is a neutral oxide.
size, So KF will be least covalent. Therefore, the order 626. Reactivity order of halides for
of covalent character of KF, KI, KCl is KF < KCl < KI. dehydrohalogenation is
622. Among LiCl, RbCl, BeCl2, MgCl2 the (a) R–F > R–Cl > R–Br > R – I
compounds with greatest and least ionic (b) R–I > R – Br > R – Cl > R–F
character respectively are (c) R–I > R –Cl > R–Br > R – F
(a) LiCl and RbCl (b) RbCl and BeCl2 (d) R–F > R – I > R – Br > R – Cl
(c) RbCl and MgCl2 (d) MgCl2 and BeCl2 Karnataka-CET-2016
AMU-2016 Ans. (b) : As well as we move down on halogen group
Ans. (b) : The compounds are LiCl, RbCl, BeCl2 and then size of halogens increases. If halogen group
MgCl2. connected with any group, then the bond length also
Covalent character ∝ No. of charge on cation increases down the group, Here, reactivity of R–X
depends upon bond length. More be the bond length,
1
∝ No.of charge on cation easier for the R–X to go for dehydrohalogenation.
Ionic charcter Thus, correct order is:
+ + +2 +2 R–I > R–Br > R–Cl > R–F.
Li Cl Rb Cl BeCl Mg Cl2 627. The correct order of increasing polarizing
+ +
power of the cations in the following AlCl3,
Li and Rb has the equal number of cation so we
MgCl2, NaCl is
distinguish by the size of cation. The size of cation is (a) AlCl3 < MgCl2 < NaCl
directly proportional to the ionic character. The size of
Rb is more than the Li. So, RbCl has greatest ionic (b) MgCl2< NaCl < AlCl3
character. (c) NaCl < MgCl2 < AlCl3
The charge on Be and Mg are same. The metal (d) NaCl < AlCl3< MgCl2
which have less size having the least ionic character. AMU-2015
Hence, BeCl2 has the least ionic character. Ans. (c) : The cations are given as follows:-
623. Thermal stability of BaCO3, CaCO3 and AlCl3 MgCl2 NaCl
MgCO3 is– The polarizing power is directly proportional to the no. of
(a) BaCO3 > CaCO3 > MgCO3 charge and inversaly proportional to the size of cation.
+3 +2 +
(b) BaCO3 > MgCO3 > CaCO3 AlCl3 Mg Cl2 Na Cl
(c) CaCO3 > MgCO3 > BaCO3
(d) MgCO3 > CaCO3 > BaCO3 The increasing order of polarizing power is given below-
BCECE-2016 NaCl < MgCl2 < AlCl3
Ans. (a) : Thermal stability is directly proportional to 628. The solubility of fluorides of alkali metals in
the size of cation. Thus, the temperature at which a water is–
given carbonate gets decomposed depends on the (a) LiF > NaF > KF > RbF > CsF
polarising power of the cation. Due to successive (b) CsF > RbF > KF > NaF > LiF
increase in the size of alkali earth metal, the thermal (c) LiF > KF > NaF > CsF > RbF
stability of these molecules increases as BaCO3 > (d) CsF > KF > NaF > RbF > LiF
CaCO3 > MgCO3. BCECE-2015
624. Which one has highest melting point? Ans. (b) : In the alkali metal, as well as move down the
(a) NaCl (b) NaBr group then the size of metal increases and the solubility
(c) NaF (d) NaI of fluoride is also increases.
BCECE-2016 Solubility ∝ Size of cation
Ans. (c) : The size of anion is inversely proportion to Hence, the decreasing order of solubility will be–
the melting point or boiling point. Fluoride ion has the CsF > RbF > KF > NaF > LiF
less size then they have high melting point.
629. The correct statement is
625. Correct sequence of acidic character is (a) BF3 is the strongest Lewis acid among the
(a) N2O5 > CO2 > CO > SO2 other boron halides
(b) N2O5 > SO2 > CO2 > CO (b) Bl3 is the weakest Lewis acid among the
(c) CO > CO2 > SO2 > N2O5 boron halides
(d) SO2 > CO2 > CO > N2O5 (c) there is maximum pπ-pπ back bonding in BF3
JCECE - 2016 (d) there is minimum pπ- pπ back bonding in BF3
Ans. (b) : (i) Higher be the positive oxidation value of Karnataka-CET-2015
non-metal oxide, higher be the acidic nature.
Ans. (c) : The molecular formula of boron trihalides are
(ii) For same value of oxidation number, more electro
negative element associated with oxygen shows more BF3, BCl3, BBr3 and BI3. The acidity of boron halide
acidic nature. depends upon the charge on cation and size of anion.
OH
Hydrogen bond present
OH
CH3– CH2– O – CH2– CH3 Hydrogen bond absent
It has permanent dipole moment due to two chlorine Due to absence of hydrogen bond (Ethoxy ethane)
atom has attached to the carbon position. CH3–CH2–O–CH2–CH3 gives maximum vapour
696. Which of the following molecule has the pressure at a given temperature.
maximum dipole moment? 699. The dipole-dipole interaction energy stationary
(a) NH3 (b) CS2 polar molecules and rotating polar molecules,
(c) C2H6 (d) NCl3 respectively is proportional to r is the distance
AP-EAPCET-20.08.2021,Shift-I between the polar molecules
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 403 YCT
1 1 1 703. Which of the following set of molecules will
(a) r 3 , (b) , have zero dipole moment?
r2 r3 r6
1 1 1 (a) Ammonia beryllium difluoride, water, 1, 4-
(c) 2 , r 2 (d) 2 , 4 dischlorobenzene
r r r (b) Boom trifluoride, hydrogen fluoride carbon
TS EAMCET 05.08.2021, Shift-I dioxide, 1, 3-dichlorobenzene
Ans. (b) : Dipole-dipole interaction energy between (c) Nitrogen trifluoride, beryllium difluoride,
polar molecules in solids depends on the distance water, 1, 3-dichlorobenzene
between them as per following relation. (d) Boron trifluoride, beryllium difluoride,
1 carbon dioxide, 1, 4-dichlorobenzene
Dipole-dipole interaction energy ∝ 3
r NEET-2020
1 Ans. (d) : Boron trifluoride (BF3), Beryllium difluoride
and that between rotating polar molecules ∝ 6 . (BeF2), carbon dioxide (CO2), 1, 4-dichlorobenzene
r
Where r is the distance between polar molecules. molecules having symmetric geometry Therefore, its
700. One Debye is equal to how many coulomb resultant dipole moment is zero,
meter?
(a) 3.33 × 10–30 (b) 2.22 × 10–20
–10
(c) 1.11 × 10 (d) 4.44 × 10–24
TS EAMCET 05.08.2021, Shift-I
Ans. (a) : Debye was defined as the dipole moment
resulting from two charges of opposite sign but an equal
magnitude. 704. Assertion: 1- Butene has less dipole moment than
1 debye = 3.33 × 10–30 Coulomb meter. 1-butyne.
1 debye = 10-18 esu-cm. Reason: 1-Butyne has more s-character.
(a) If both Assertion and Reason are correct and
701. Which compound among the following has the
Reason is the correct explanation of
highest dipole moment?
Assertion.
(a) NH3 (b) SO2
(b) If both Assertion and Reason are correct, but
(c) N2O (d) CO2
Reason is not the correct explanation of
AP-EAPCET-19.08.2021, Shift-II Assertion.
Ans. (b) : (c) If Assertion is correct but Reason is incorrect.
(d) If both the Assertion and Reason are
incorrect.
AIIMS 25 May 2019 (Evening)
Two oxygen are more electronegative than a single Ans. (a):
nitrogen and also S–O bond is longer than N–H bond,
through the dipole moment of S–O is more than N–H
despite the lone pair on S.
702. The dipole moments of CCl4, CHCl3 and CH4
are in the order 1-butyne has sp hybridized and more electronegative
(a) CCl4 < CH4 < CHCl3 than double bonded carbon (sp2) in 1-butene. So, 1-
(b) CH4 < CCl4 < CHCl3 butyne has 50% s-character which is greater than 1-
(c) CH4 = CCl4 < CHCl3 butene having 33% s-character. Therefore, 1-butyne has
(d) CHCl3 < CH4 = CCl4 more dipole moment than 1-butene because 1-butyne
(JEE Main 2020, 7 Jan. Shift-I) has more % s-character.
Ans. (c) : All the three compounds possess a 705. The dipole moment of which of the following
tetrahedral geometry. But in case of CC14 and CH4, molecule is greater than zero?
identical atoms are present around carbon. Therefore, (a) CCl4 (b) BF3
CC14 and CH4 having zero dipole moment. (c) CO2 (d) NH3
Assam CEE-2018
Ans. (d) : In NH3, the net dipole moment is non zero
because of Pyramidal shape.
Option (a), (b) & (c) is having not dipole moment zero.
706. Among the following the molecule with the
In case of CHCl3 different atoms are present around highest dipole moment is–
carbon and the sum of dipole moment is greater than (a) CH3Cl (b) CH2Cl2
zero. So, the correct order is (c) CHCl3 (d) CCl4
CH4 = CCl4 < CHCl3 BCECE-2018
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 404 YCT
Ans. (a) : CH3Cl molecule has highest dipole moment Ans. (c) : Molecules with regular geometry having zero
because the resultant in same direction. dipole moment therefore, CH4 molecule has regular
tetrahedral geometry and having zero net dipole
moment.
But in case of CH2Cl2, NH3 and PH3 molecules their
geometries are distorted therefore, it have same dipole
moment.
711. Which of the following compounds has zero
dipole moment?
(a) 1, 4-dichlorobenzene
(b) 1, 2-dichlorobenzene
(c) 1, 3-dichlorobenzene
(d) 1-chloro-2-methyl benzene
AP-EAMCET (Engg.) 2015
Ans. (a) : Dipole moment is defined as the measure of
polarity of a chemical bond between two atoms in a
molecules i.e. separation of two opposite electrical
charges.
NO2
O–H----O–H----O–H
H B H
O O
Ans. (c) :
(c) Diamagnetic and Bond order < O2
(d) Diamagnetic and Bond order > O2
( π2p2x = π2p2y ) , σ2p2z
BITSAT-2018
N 22+ (totale − =12) : σ1s 2 , σ*1s 2 , σ2s 2 , σ* 2s 2 ( π2p 2x = π2p 2y )
Ans. (b) : O 2 : σ1s , σ 1s , σ2s , σ 2s , σ2pz2
2 * 2 2 * 2
N 22− (totale− =16) : σ1s 2 , σ*1s 2 , σ 2s 2 , σ* 2s 2 , ( π2p x2 = π2p 2y ) , σ2p z2 ,
π2p 2x = π2p 2y , π* 2p1x = π* 2p1y
( π 2p
* 1
x = π* 2p1y )
10 − 6
Bond order = =2
2
O 22− (totale− =18) : σ1s2 , σ*1s 2 , σ 2s 2 , σ* 2s 2 , σ 2p z2 , ( π2p 2x = π2p 2y )
(two unpaired electrons in antibonding molecular
orbital) ( π 2p
* 2
x = π* 2p 2y )
O +2 : σ1s 2 , σ*1s 2 , σ2s 2 , σ* 2s 2 , σ2p 2z Here, N 22− contains the two unpaired electron.
π2p 2x = π2p 2y π* 2p1x π* 2p0y 878. The total number of antibonding electrons in
N2 and O2 molecules respectively is
10 − 5 (a) 4, 6 (b) 6, 8
Bond order = = 2.5
2 (c) 5, 8 (d) 4, 8
(One unpaired electron in antibonding molecular AP EAMCET (Medical) - 2013
orbital) Ans. (a) : The species are N2 and O2.
+
Hence O2 as well as O 2 both are paramagnetic, and Total electron in N2 = 14
Molecular electronic configuration of N2 =
bond order of O +2 is greater than that of O2. σ1s 2 , σ*1s 2 , σ2s 2 , σ* 2s 2 , π2p 2x = π2p 2y , σ2p 2z
875. According to MOT, O2 is paramagnetic in ∴ Antibonding electron = 4
nature, what is the number of electrons in Total electron in O2 = 16
antibonding molecular orbitals? Molecular electronic configuration of O2 =
(a) 8 (b) 7 σ1s 2 , σ*1s 2 , σ2s2 , σ* 2s2 , σ2pz2 , π2px2 = π2p2y , π* 2p1x = π* 2p1y
(c) 9 (d) 6
AMU-2017 ∴ Antibonding electron = 6
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 427 YCT
879. Using MOT, which of the following pairs 884. Molecular orbital theory was proposed by
denote paramagnetic species? (a) Lewis (b) Mulliken
(a) B2 and C2 (b) B2 and O2 (c) Slater (d) Pauling
(c) N2 and C2 (d) O2 and O 2– AP- EAMCET(Medical) -2010
2
Ans. (b): Molecular Orbital Theory (MOT) was
BITSAT-2013 developed by F. Hund and R.S. Mulliken in 1932.
Ans. (b) : B2 and O2 are paramagnetic due to presence • Lewis was best known for his discovery of the
of unpaired electron. MO configuration of B2 is : covalent bond and his concept of electron pairs. His
σ1s 2 σ *1s 2 σ2s 2 σ * 2s 2 π2p1x = π2p1y Lewis dot structure and other contributions to
valence bond theory have shaped modern theories
MO configuration of O2 is : of chemical bonding.
σ1s 2 σ *1s 2 σ 2s 2 σ * 2s 2 σ2p z2 π2p 2x • Slater's rules provide numerical values for the
effective nuclear charge in a many electron atom.
= π2p 2y π * 2p1x = π * 2p1y
• Pauling was the scientist who gave scale of
880. The ground state electronic configuration of electroelectronegativity.
CO molecule is 885. Which is false statement about LCAO?
(a) 1σ 2 2σ 21π 4 3σ 2 (b) 1σ 2 2σ 2 3σ 21π 2 2π2 (a) Addition of atomic orbitals result in
(c) 1σ 2σ 1π 3σ 2π
2 2 2 2 2
(d) 1σ 21π2 2σ 2 2σ 2 molecular orbitals.
(b) Atomic orbitals of nearly same energy
WB-JEE-2013 combine to form molecular orbitals.
Ans. (a) : CO molecule contains the 14 electron in (c) Bonding molecular orbitals occupy higher
ground state. The molecular orbital configuration of CO energy than atomic orbitals.
is (σ1s)2 (σ*1s)2 (σ2s)2 (σ*2s)2 (π2p 2x = π2p 2y ) (σ2pz)2. (d) Each molecular orbital accommodates
maximum no of two electrons.
881. The number of molecular orbitals obtained by J & K CET-2010
mixing two atomic orbitals from each of the
Ans. (c) : The linear combination of atomic orbital’s to
atoms is:
form molecular orbital’s takes place only if the
(a) 2 (b) 3 following conditions are satisfied-
(c) 4 (d) 6 (i) Two or more than two atomic orbital combination
MPPET-2012 to form molecular orbital’s
Ans. (a) : Due to hybridized orbitals of atoms, if 'n' (ii) The combining atomic orbitals must have the same
number of orbitals are combined, then the number of or nearly the same energy.
orbitals formed would also be equal to 'n'. (iii) Bonding molecular orbital’s occupy less energy
• One bonding orbital & one anti-bonding orbital, when than atomic orbital’s
two '1s' orbitals combine – (iv) Each molecular orbital fits in with maximum no.
of two electrons.
886. Which one of the following is paramagnetic
(a) O2 (b) N2
(c) He (d) NH3
MPPET-2009
Ans. (a) : Paramagnetism is due to the presence of
882. The molecule having one unpaired electron is: unpaired electrons in the material.
(a) CO (b) O2 According to molecular orbital theory–
(c) N2 (d) NO σ1s 2 , σ*1s 2 , σ2s 2 , σ* 2s 2 , σ2p z2 , π2p2x = π2p 2y ,
MPPET-2012
s π* 2p1x = π* 2p1y
Ans. (d) : (i) : C = O : &&
(ii) O = O &&
&& && O2 is paramagnetic because antibonding molecular
&&
(iii) N ≡ N && (iv) N&& = O&& (one unpaired e–) orbital has 2 unpaired electron.
& && 887. The correct statement with regard to H 2+ and
883. According to molecular orbital theory, the total
number of bonding electron pairs in O2 is H 2− is:
(a) 2 (b) 3 (a) both H +2 and H −2 are equally stable
(c) 5 (d) 4
AP EAMCET (Engg.)-2012 (b) both H +2 and H −2 do not exist
Ans. (c) : According to molecular orbital theory (c) H −2 is more table than H +2
molecular orbital configuration of O2 is – (d) H +2 is more stable than H −2
(
O 2 16e −
) = σ1s , σ 1s , σ2s , σ 2s , 2p
2 * 2 2 * 2 2
z , Karnataka-CET, 2009
π2px2 = π2py2 , σ2pz2 ,π* 2p1y = π* 2p1 1
Ans. (d) : H +2 : σ1s1 , σ* s 0 Bond order =
∴ Number of bonding electrons = 10 2
and number of bonding electron pairs = 5 + 2 −1 1
2 * 1
H 2 : σ1s , σ s Bond order = =
and Number of antibonding electrons = 6 2 2
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 428 YCT
The bond order of H +2 and H −2 are same but H +2 is more Ans. (b) : The chemical formula of oxygen is O2. The
total number of electron in oxygen is 16.
stable than H −2 . It is due to the presence of one electron
The molecular orbital configuration of O2 is
in the antibonding molecular orbital in H −2 . σ1s2, σ*1s2, σ2s2, σ*2s2, σ2p2z, π2 p 2x = π2 p 2y
888. Which of the following is correct based on
Molecular orbital theory for peroxide ion? π*2 p1x =π*2 p1y
(a) Its bond order is two and it is diamagnetic From the above configuration it is clear that the last
(b) Its bond order is one and it is paramagnetic electron goes to the π*2Px=π*2Py which has two
(c) Its bond order is two and it is paramagnetic unpaired electron and shows the paramagnetic
(d) Its bond order is one and it is diamagnetic character.
GUJCET-2007 892. Number of unpaired eletronis in O2 molecule
Ans. (d) : The chemical formula of peroxide ion is O 22− is:
Total electron = 16+2 = 18 (a) zero (b) one
Molecular electronic configuration of (c) two (d) four
O 22− = σ1s 2 , σ*1s 2 , σ2s 2 , σ* 2s 2 , σ2p 2 UP CPMT-2005
Ans. (c) : Write the electronic configuration of O2
π2px2 = π2py2 , σ2pz2 ,π* 2p 2y = π* 2p 2 according to molecular orbital theory to find the number
of unpaired electrons in it.
no. of bonding electron–no. of antibonding electron O2 = (total e– = 8+8 =16)
Bond order =
2 = σ1s2, σ*1s2, σ2s2, σ*2s2, σ2 p 2z , π2 p 2x = π2 p 2y ,
10–8 π* 2p1x = π * 2p1y ∴ number of unpaired electrons =2
Bond order = =1
2
So, its bond order is one and it is diamagnetic in nature. 893. Which of the following molecules have
unpaired electrons in antibonding molecular
889. One of the following examples exhibit transient
orbitals?
existence
(a) O2 (b) N2
(a) H (b) H 2+ (c) C2 (d) B2
(c) H + (d) He J & K CET-2002
J & K CET-2007 Ans. (a) : O 2 (Total e − =16) = (σ1s2) (σ*1s2) (σ2s2)
Ans. (c) : H+ has the zero bond order due to which we (σ*2s2) (σ2 p 2z ) (π2 p 2x = π2 p 2y )
can say that H+ is not stable or exhibit transient
* 1 * 2
existence and H +2 has the positive value of bond order. (π 2 p y =π 2 p y )
Hence, it is stable. Unpaired e- in ABMO = 2
890. Molecular orbital electronic configuration of X (b) (N2 Total e − 14) = (σ1s2) (σ*1s2) (σ2s2)
anion is
(σ*2s2 ) (π2 p 2x =π2 p 2y ) (σ2 p 2z )
KK(σ2s)2 (σ∗2s)2 (π2px)2(π2py) 2(σ2pz) 2(π∗2px)1
Then anion X is – Unpaired e- in ABMO = 0
(a) N 2– (b) O 2– (c) C2 (Total e − =12) = (σ1s2) (σ*1s2) (σ2s2)
(c) N 2– (d) O 2– (σ*2s2) (π2 p 2x =π2 p 2y )
2 2
AMU-2005 Unpaired e- = in ABMO = 0
Ans. (a) : The given molecular orbital electronic (d) B2 (total e − =10) = (σ1s2) (σ*1s2) (σ2s2)
configuration of X anion is K K- σ2s2, σ*2s2, π2px2, (σ*2s2) (π2 p1x =π2 p1y )
π2py2, σ2pz2, π*2px1,. The anion contains the 15
electron on molecule orbital configuration. Unpaired e– in ABMO = 0
(a) N2– ⇒ (total e –) = 14 + 1 = 15 Here, O2 has tow unpaired electron in antibonding
(b) O2– ⇒ (total e – )= 16 + 1 = 17 molecular orbital ABMO
(c) N2– ⇒ (total e –) = 14 + 2 = 16 894. Which of the following is paramagnetic?
(d) O22– ⇒ Total e – = 16 + 2 = 18 (a) N2O4 (b) NO
Hence, anion X is N2–. (c) N2O3 (d) N2
891. Paramagnetism of oxygen is explained on the AP EAMCET- 1995
basis of its electronic configuration of: Ans. (b) : From the Molecular orbital theory–
( π 2p ) ( π 2p ) NO (totale − = 15) = σ1s 2 , σ*1s 2 , σ2s 2 , σ* 2s 2 , σ2p 2z , π2p 2x =
1 1
(a) (2π*x )(2πy )1 (b) *
x
*
y
π2p 2y , π* 2p1x = π* 2p y
(c) (2σ*s )1 ( 2π y ) ( 2σ ) ( 2 π )
* 1
1 1
(d) s y
Hence, last e goes to in anti bonding as an unpaired e–.
–
N b = N a
→ Unstable molecule 906. The formal charges of C and O atoms in
+ − && = C = O
CO 2 (:O && :) are, respectively
Li (totale = 5) = (σ1s) (σ *1s) (σ2s)
2
2 2 1
]
(a) 1, –1 (b) –1, 1
N b − Na 3 − 2
Bond order = = = 0.5 (c) 2, –2 (d) 0, 0
2 2 AP EAMCET (Engg.) - 2012
(c)
Number of σ bonds = 13
Number of π bonds = 5
928. Consider the following molecule:
924. Which one of the following molecules contains
no π bond?
(a) SO2 (b) NO2 What are the number of sigma and pi bonds
(c) CO2 (d) H2O present in the above molecule respectively?
NEET-2013 (a) 20, 6 (b) 18, 5
(c) 15, 5 (d) 14, 4
Ans. (d) : The species are given below:
SCRA-2010
Ans. (a) :
Here, H2O has not any π bond. There are 20 σ and 6π bonds.
Ans. (a) : In O2 the molecular bonding configuration is- Thus, B2 have two unpaired electron and paramagnetic.
O 2 = σ1s 2 , σ *1s 2 , σ2s 2 , σ * 2s 2 , σ2p 2z , π2p 2x = π2p2y , (ii) N2 = (Total electron = 16)
π * 2p1 = π * 2p1 = σ1s2 , σ1s 2 , σ 2s2 , σ 2s 2 , π2px 2 = π2py2 , σ 2pz2
* *
x y
C 2 = σ1s 2 , σ *1s 2 , σ2s 2 , σ * 2s 2 , π2p 2x = π2p2y Thus N2 has no unpaired electron and diamagnetic
(iii) O2 (Total electron = 16)
Hence, the oxygen and carbon molecule the bonding is
= σ1s2 , σ1s 2 , σ 2s2 , σ*2s 2 , σ 2pz2 , π2px 2 = π2py2 , π*2px 2 = π*2py2
*
O 2 :1σ,1π and C 2 :Oσ,2π
Thus, O2 has two unpaired electron and paramagnetic
938. Bonding in which of the following diatomic
molecule(s) become (s) stronger, on the basis of (iv) C2 = (Total electron = 12)
MO Theory by removal of an electron? = σ1s2 , σ1s* 2 , σ 2s2 , σ*2s2 , π2px 2 = π2py2
(A) NO (B) N2 (C) O2 (D) C2 (E) B2 Thus, C2 has no unpaired electron and diamagnetic.
Choose the most appropriate answer from the Hence (c) is correct.
options given below:
(a) (A), (B), (C) only (b) (B), (C), (E) only 940. The molecular orbital configuration of CO is
(c) (A), (C) only (d) (D) only σ1s 2 , σ* 1s 2 , σ 2s 2 , σ* 2s 2 , π 2p 2x = π2p y2 , σ 2p z2
JEE Main-25.06.2022, Shift-I The bond order and magnetic nature of CO
Ans. (c) : (i) For NO = σ1s2 σ*1s2 σ2s2 σ*2s2 molecule are respectively :
σ2p 2z , π2p 2x = π2p 2y , π * 2p1x = π2p y (a) 7 and paramagnetic (b) 5 and paramagnetic
(c) 3 and diamagnetic (d) 2 and diamagnetic
10 − 5
Bond order = = 2.5 SCRA-2010
2 Ans. (c) : The molecular orbital configuration of CO is-
(ii) N2 = σ1s2, σ*1s2, σ2s2, σ*2s2, π2p 2x = π2p 2y , σ2p z2
π2p 2x
10 − 4 σ1s 2 , σ*1s 2 , σ2s 2 , σ* 2s 2 , σ2p 2z
Bond order = =3 π 2p 2
y
2
(iii) O2 = σ1s2 , σ*1s2, σ2s2, σ*2s2 1
Bond order = [ No. of bonding-No. of anti bonding]
σ2p 2z , π2p x2 = π2p 2y , π * 2p1x = π * 2p1y 2
1
10 − 6 = [10–4]
Bond order = =2 2
2
6
(iv) C2 = σ1s2, σ*1s2, σ2s2, σ*2s2, π2p 2x = π2p 2y = =3
2
8−4 941. The electronic configuration
Bond order = =2
2 σ1s 2 σ∗1s 2 σ2s 2 σ∗ 2s 2 σ2p z2 π2p x2 = π2p 2y π∗ 2p1x
(v) B2 = σ1s2, σ*1s2, σ2s2, σ*2s2, π2p1x = π2p1y
= π∗ 2p1y
6−4
Bond order = =1 can be assigned to
2 (a) N2 (b) O2
Bond strength ∝ Bond order (c) F2 (d) Ne2
Hence, NO → NO+ AMU-2006
Bond order 2.5 3 Ans. (b) : Total number of electrons in bonding and
O2 → O +2 antibonding orbitals = 16. Hence the given electronic
Bond order 2 2.5 configuration represents O2 molecule.
(a) (b)
This curve represent the He gas in this given figure.
13. 1 L each of gases A and B diffused through a
membrane in 15 and 30 minutes, respectively,
under identical conditions. What is the ratio of
molecular weight of A and B ?
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 1
(c) 4 : 1 (d) 1 : 4
TS-EAMCET (Engg.), 05.08.2021 Shift-II
Ans. (d) : Using Graham's law of diffusion-
r1 m2
=
r2 m1 (c) (d)
v /15 m2
=
v / 30 m1
2 m2 (a) a, b, d (b) a, c, d
=
1 m1 (c) a, b, c, d (d) a, b, c
TS EAMCET 10.08.2021, Shift-I
m2 4
= Ans. (d) : Boyle law state that the pressure (p) of a
m1 1 given quantity of gas varies inversely with its volume
m1 : m 2 = 1: 4 (v) at constant temperature.
PV = K
14. For the formation of NH3(g) from H2 and N2,
which one of the following graphs represents
the yield of ammonia at equilibrium ?
(Assume T1 < T2, unless mentioned)
(a) (b)
Thus a, b, c is light
16. Match the following graphs of a gas with their
corresponding y and x coordinates.
Graph y vs x
A. 1. pV vs V
(c) (d)
B. 2. P vs V
Code:
A B C
(a) 2 3 1
(b) 1 3 2
(c) 2 1 3
(d) 1 2 3
AP EAMCET (Engg.) 18.9.2020 Shift-I
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 440 YCT
Ans. (a) : rx 1
or =
rz 30
rz 30
or =
rx 1
Hence, the ratio of rates of diffusion of Z and X is 30: 1.
19. The correct value of the gas constant R is close
to
(a) 0.082 L atm K–1 mol–1
(b) 0.082 L atm–1 mol
(c) 0.82 L atm K
(d) 0.082 L atm–1 K mol–1
COMEDK 2019
PV
Ans. (a) : R =
17. Which of the following graphs correctly nT
For 1 mole of gas at STP
represents Boyle’s Law?
1× 22.4
R= = 0.082 L atm K–1mol–1
1× 273
20. The rate of diffusion of SO2, CO2 PCl3 and SO3
are in the following order
(a) PCl3 > SO3 > SO2 > CO2
(b) CO2 > SO2 > PCl3 > SO3
(c) SO2 > SO3 > PCl3 > CO2
(d) CO2 > SO2 > SO3 > PCl3
AIIMS 25 May 2019 (Evening)
Ans. (d): Graham’s law states that at a constant
temperature and for constant pressure gradient the rates
(a) (A), (B) & (C) only (b) (B) & (C) only of effusion of different gases are inversely proportional
(c) (C) & (D) only (d) (B) & (D) only to the square root of their densities. According to the
AP EAPCET 19-08-2021 Shift-I Graham’s law –
Ans. (b) : Boyles law states that –“at constant r1 M2
temperature the pressure of a fixed amount of gas varies =
r2 M1
inversely with its volume i.e.
Where – M2 = Molecular weight of second gas
1 M1 = Molecular weight of first gas
pα
v From the above relation it is clear that the rate of
diffusion is inversely proportional to the square root of
the molecular weight of the gas.
M PCl3 = 137.33g / mol MSO3 = 80.06g / mol
or pv = K1 Where K1 = Proportionality constant it
M SO2 = 64.066g / mol M CO2 = 44g / mol
means that at constant temperature product of pressure
and volume of a fixed amount of gas is constant. The increasing order of molecular weight of the gases
18. The ratio of rates of diffusion of gases X and Y are –
is 1 : 5 and that of y and Z is 1 : 6. The ratio of M CO2 < MSO2 < MSO3 < M PCl3
rates of diffusion of Z and X is Hence, the rate of diffusion has the following
(a) 1 : 30 (b) 1 : 6 decreasing order –
(c) 30 : 1 (d) 6 : 1 CO 2 < SO 2 < SO3 < PCl3
AP EAMCET (Engg.) -2014 21. Which of the following gases will have the
Ans. (c) :Let assume that the rate of diffusion of X,Y,Z highest rate of diffusion?
are respectively rx, ry, rz. (a) CO2 (b) N2
rx 1 (c) NH3 (d) O2
Given, = …..(i) AIIMS-1994
ry 5
Ans. (c): According to the Graham’s law of diffusion –
ry 1 the rate of diffusion is inversely proportional to the
and = …..(ii) square root of the molecular weight of the gases.
rz 6
1
Multiplying the equation (i) with (ii) – we get r∝
M
rx ry 1 1
× = × Where r = rate of diffusion
ry rz 5 6 M = molecular weight
1 1
of molecules. As the temperature is same, m1 ( V1 ) rms = m 2 ( V2 ) rms
(a) NO2 > NH2 (b) NO2 < NH2 2 2
(c) NO2 = NH2 (d) NO2 + NH2 = 1 mole ∴ n1 = n2
BITSAT 2018 Equal volume of all gases at same pressure and
Ans. (c) : This is Avogadro's hypothesis. temperature contains equal number of molecules.
According to this, equal volume of all gases contain 51. When r. p and M represent rate of diffusion,
equal no. of molecules under similar condition of pressure and molecular mass, respectively,
temperature and pressure. then the ratio of the rates of diffusions (rA/rB)
49. The predominant intermolecular forces present of two gases A and B is given as
(a) ( p A / p B ) ( M A / M B )
1/ 2
in ethyl acetate, a liquid, are:
(a) London dispersion and dipole-dipole
( pA / pB )( M B / M A )
1/ 2
(b) London dispersion, dipole-dipole and (b)
( pA / pB ) ( M B / M A )
hydrogen bonding 1/ 2
(c)
(c) Dipole-dipole and hydrogen bonding
( pA / pb )( M A / M B )
1/ 2
(d) Hydrogen bonding and London dispersion (d)
[JEE Main 2020, 8 Jan Shift-I] [AIEEE 2011]
Ans. (a) : Force of attraction between two temporary Ans. (b) : According to Graham’s law of diffusion
dipoles is known as London force. Another name for 1
this force is dispersion force. Here, ethyl acetate has the rd ∝
temporary dipole whereas liquid has permanent dipole Molar mass
due to which dipole-dipole forces act as the liquid. At constant temperature
50. Based on kinetic theory of gases following laws pressure
rd ∝
can be proved Molar mass
(a) Boyle's law (b) Charles' law
(c) Avogadro's law (d) All of these rA PA / M A
=
[AIEEE 2002] rB PB / M B
Ans. (d) : We can deduce gas laws from kinetic theory 1
of gases as follows- rA PA M B 2
=
(i) Boyle's law rB PB M A
1 nm 2
P= Vrms 52. If 10–4 dm3 water is introduced into a 1.0 dm3
3 V flask at 300 K, then how many moles of water
1 2 are in the vapour phase when equilibrium is
PV = nm Vrms established?
3
Now, as Vrms is a function of temperature above, so if (Given, vapour pressure of H2O at 300 K is
3170 Pa;
temperature is constant, Vrms is constant. Hence, at
R = 8.314 JK–1mol–1
constant temperature, the term an right hand side of
(a) 5.56×10–3 mol (b) 1.53×10–2 mol
equation is a constant. –2
(c) 4.48×10 mol (d) 1.27×10–3 mol
∴ PV = constant [AIEEE 2010]
(ii) Charles' law-
Ans. (d) : Given: - T = 300K, R = 8.314 JK-1mol-1
1 mn 2 Vapour pressure (p) = 3170 Pa
P= Vrms
3 V Volume of water = 10–4 dm3
P2 = 3
4
π (12 )
3
3
= 750 × 10-6 bar
58. The relative strength of interionic
/intermolecular forces in decreasing order is
(a) dipole-dipole>ion-dipole>ion-ion
(b) ion-ion>ion-dipole>dipole-dipole
(c) ion-dipole>ion-ion>dipole-dipole
(d) ion-dipole>dipole-dipole>ion-ion
[JEE Main 2020, 7 Jan Shift-I]
Ans. (b) : Ion-Ion interaction are stronger because they
have stronger electrostatic force of attraction whereas
dipoles have partial charges and hence the electrostatic
force of attraction is the weak. The relative strength of
inter ionic/intermolecular forces in decreasing order is
Ion-ion > ion-dipole > dipole - dipole. d = density, p = pressure,
59. A car tyre is filled with nitrogen gas 35 psi at T = temperature
27ºC. It will burst if pressure exceeds 40 psi. (a) III (b) I
The temperature in ºC at which the car tyre (c) IV (d) II
will burst is…… [JEE Main 2020, 2 Sep Shift-I]
(Rounded-off to the nearest integer). Ans. (d) : Ideal gas equation,
[JEE Main 2021, 25 Feb Shift-I] PV = nRT
Ans. (70) : Given :- P1 = 35 psi, P2 = 40 psi Mass (m)
Density (d) =
T1 = 27°C = 300K, T2 = ? Volume ( V )
From ideal gas equation, at constant volume
P Mass (m)
= constant Mole (m) =
Molar mass (M)
T
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 449 YCT
m Ans. (2) : Given :- Initial weight of gas = 29 –14.8
PV = RT = 14.2 kg
M
m PM = 14200g
d= = Final weight of gas = 23 – 14.8 = 8.2 kg = 8200g
V RT P1 = 3.47 atm
At constant therefore, d ∝ Pressure (P)
From ideal gas equation at constant temperature and
d ∝ Molar mass (M) volume,
1
d∝ P
= Constant
Temperature ( T ) n
d vs T graph is hyperbola P1 P2
=
d vs 1 is straight line n1 n 2
T
d vs P is straight line 3.47 8200 3.47 × 8200
P2 = × =
62. The pressure exerted by a non-reactive gaseous 14200 M.M 14200
mixture of 6.4 g of methane and 8.8 g of M.M
carbon dioxide in a 10L vessel at 27ºC P2 = 2 atm
is…….kPa (Round off to the nearest integer)
65. Among the following statements, that which
(Assume gases are ideal, R = 8.314 J mol-1 K-1
was not proposed by Dalton was
Atomic mass = C: 12.0 u, H: 1.0 u, 0:16.0 u)
(a) Chemical reactions involve reorganization of
[JEE Main 2021, 17 March Shift-I]
atoms. These are neither created nor
Ans. (150) Given:- V=10 L=10-2 m3, T = 27°C = 300K destroyed in a chemical reaction.
6.4 (b) When gases combine or reproduced in a
n CH4 = = 0.4 mol
16 chemical reaction they do so in a simple ratio
8.8 by volume provided all gases are at the same
n CO2 = = 0.2 mol T and P.
4.4
n = n CH4 + n CO2 = 0.4 + 0.2 = 0 .6 mol (c) All the atoms of a given element have
identical properties including identical mass.
P=? Atoms of different elements differ in mass.
From ideal gas equation (d) Matter consists of indivisible atoms.
PV = nRT [JEE Main 2020, 7 Jan Shift-I]
nRT Ans. (b) : When gases combine or reproduced in a
P=
V chemical reaction they do so in a simple ratio by
0.6 × 8.314 × 300 volume provided all gases are at the same temperature
P= , P ≈ 150 k Pa
10−2 and pressure. This is the Gay Lussac’s law.
63. An LPG cylinder contains gas at a pressure of Volume ∝ No. of moles
300 kPa at 27ºC. The cylinder can withstand So, only this statement is not given by Dalton.
the pressure of 12×106 Pa. The room in which 66. Which equation will explain the nature of PV
the cylinder is kept catches fire. The minimum versus P curve for CO2 gas at moderately low
temperature at which the bursting of cylinder pressure ?
will take place is…….ºC. (Nearest integer) (a) PV=RT+Pb (b) PV=RT+a/V
[JEE Main 2021, 25 July Shift-II] (c) PV=RT–a/V (d) PV=RT–aV
Ans. (927) : Given :– T1 = 27°C = 300K J & K CET-(2018)
P1 = 300k Pa P2 = 1.2 × 106 Pa
Ans. (c) : Vander Waal’s equation for real gas
Ideal gas equation at constant volume,
an 2
( v − nb ) = nRT
P +
= constant P
T v2
P1 P2 For 1 mole gas,
=
T1 T2 a
P + 2 ( v − b ) = RT
1.2 × 106 × 300 v
T2 = = 1200K At moderately low pressure,
300 × 103
T2 = 927°C V b
a
64. An empty LPG cylinder weight 14.8 kg. When ∴ P + 2 V = RT
full, it weight 29.0 kg and shows a pressure of v
3.47 atm. In the course of use at ambient a
temperature, the mass of the cylinder is PV + = RT
v
reduced to 23.0 kg. The final pressure in side
a
of the cylinder is…….atm. (Nearest integer) PV = RT −
[JEE Main 2021, 1 Sep Shift-II] V
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 450 YCT
67. The boiling point of water decreases at high 71. If rate of diffusion of CH4 is twice than that of
altitudes because a gas x, then its molecular mass is :
(a) the atmospheric pressure is low (a) 64 g (b) 16 g
(b) the temperature is low (c) 32 g (d) 8 g
(c) the atmospheric pressure is high JCECE - 2006
(d) the temperature is high Ans. (a) : According to Graham’s law of diffusion, rate
J & K CET-(2005)
1
Ans. (a) : Water starts boiling when vapour pressure is of diffusion (rd) ∝
equal to atmospheric pressure This temperature is Molecular Mass
known as boiling point of water. At high altitude boiling It is given that, rCH4 = 2rx
point of water decreases because the atmospheric
pressure is also decreases. rx M CH4 rx 16
68. Which of the following is the true value of the = ⇒ =
rCH4 Ma 2rx x
gas constant R in Joules/degree/mole?
(b) 6.023×1023 1 16
(a) 8.314 =
( 2)
2
(c) 8.314×10 7
(d) 6.023 x
J & K CET-(2002) x = 16 × 4 = 64
Ans.(a): For STP 72. Avogadro’s hypothesis states that:
n = 1 mole (a) The ideal gas consists of a large number of
T = 0°C = 273k small particles called molecules
5 2
P = 1.01 × 10 N/M (b) Under the same conditions of temperature and
V = 22.4 liter pressure equal volumes of gases contain the
–3 3
= 22.4 × 10 m same number of molecules
from ideal gas equation– (c) Volume of a definite quantity of gas at
PV = nRT constant pressure is directly proportional to
PV absolute temperature
R= (d) A given mass of gas at constant pressure is
nT
directly proportional to absolute temperature
1.01× 105 × 22.4 × 10−3
R= JCECE - 2005
1× 273 Ans. (b) : According to Avogadro’s law, equal volumes
R = 8.31Jmol −1k –1 of gases contain the same number of molecules at
o constant temperature and pressure.
69. Five grams each of the following gas at 87 C
and 750 mm pressure is taken. The gas with Volume (V) ∝ Number of molecules
least volume is 73. The volume of a gas measured at 27oC and 1
(a) HF (b) HCl atm pressure is 10L. To reduce the volume to
(c) HBr (d) HI 2L at 1 atm pressure, the temperature required
J & K CET-(2000) is
Ans. (d) : According to ideal gas equation, (a) 60 K (b) 75 K
PV = nRT (c) 150 K (d) 225 K
JCECE - 2007
w weight(w)
PV = RT mole(n) = Ans. (a) : Given :-
M Molar mass (M)
V1 = 10L V2 = 2L
From above equation, we said that, as molar mass of gas
increases, volume will decreases. P = 1atm T = 27°C = 300K
HI molecule will have highest molar mass. Hence HI From ideal gas equation at constant pressure
have least volume. V
70. The carbon di-oxide gas does not follow = constant
T
gaseous laws at all ranges of pressure and
temperature because: V1 V2 V
= ⇒ T2 = 2 × T1
(a) it is triatomic gas T1 V2 V1
(b) its internal energy is quite high 2
(c) there is attraction between its molecules T2 = × 300 = 60K
(d) it solidify at low temperature 10
JCECE - 2004 74. A gas mixture contains O2 and N2 in the ratio
Ans. (c) : CO2 is a real gas. So, it does not follow of 1 : 4 by weight. The ratio of their number of
kinetic theory of gases, gas law and ideal gas equation. molecules is
Ideal gases do not show intermolecular force of (a) 1 : 8 (b) 1 : 4
attraction but CO2 is real gas. It shows intermolecular (c) 3 : 16 (d) 7 : 32
force of attraction between its molecules. JIPMER-2008
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 451 YCT
w O2 1 Ans. (a) : Given,
Ans. (d) : Given :- = V = 1L T = 26°C = 299 K
w N2 4 nT = 10 + 10 = 20 mole
Molecular mass of O2 = 32 From ideal gas equation,
Molecular mass of N2 = 28 PV = nRT
n O2 w O2 / M O2 w O2 M O2 nRT 20 × 0.0821× 299
= = × P= =
n N 2 w N 2 / M N 2 w N 2 M N2 V 1
≈ 491 atm
n O21 28 7 78. Which of the following equations does not
= × =
n N2 4 302 32 represent Charles's law for a given mass of gas
Number of molecules = mole × NA at constant pressure?
7 × NA V
Number of molecules of O 2
= (a) =K
Number of molecules of N 2 32 × N A T
(b) log V = log K + log T
7 (c) log K = log V + log T
=
32 d(In V) 1
(d) =
4 dT T
75. Ratio of molecular weights of A and B is
25 Karnataka-CET-2019
then ratio of rates of diffusion will be Ans. (c) : According to Charle's law, volume of a
(a) 5 : 1 (b) 5 : 2 definite quantity of gas at constant pressure is directly
(c) 25 : 3 (d) 25 : 4 proportional to absolute temperature.
JIPMER-2005 V∝T
Ans. (b) V
= constant = K
Given, T
Molecular weight of (M A ) 4 Taking log on both side
= logV – logT = logK
Molecular weight of B (M B ) 25 logV = logK + logT
rA Differentiating both side w.r.t temperature
Find d(ln V) d 1
rB = log T =
According to Graham's law of diffusion dT dT T
79. 0.5 mole of each of H2, SO2 and CH4 are kept in
1
rate of diffusion ∝ a container. A hole was made in the container.
Molecular weight After 3 hours the order of partial pressure in
the container will be
rA MB 25 5 (a) pSO2 > pH2 > pCH4 (b) pSO2 > pCH4 > pH2
= = =
rB MA 4 2 (c) pH2 > pSO2 > pCH4 (d) pH2 > pCH4 > pSO2
Karnataka-CET, 2009
rA : rB = 5 : 2
76. Moles of N2 = 0.4 and moles of O2 = 0.1 find 1
Ans. (b) : Rate of diffusion ∝ .
( PN2 ) Partial pressure of N2 at atmospheric molecular mass
pressure. Lighter the gas, more is the rate of diffusion.
(a) 0.2 atm (b) 0.8 atm ∴ Order of diffusion : H2 > CH4 > SO2
(c) 0.6 atm (d) 0.4 atm Hence, order of partial pressure is
pSO2 > pCH4 > pH2
JIPMER-2019
80. In order to increase the volume of a gas by
Ans. (b) : Given that, 10%, the pressure of the gas should be
Moles of N2 = 0.4 (a) increased by 10% (b) increased by 1%
Moles of O2 = 0.1 (c) decreased by 10% (d) decreased by 1%
0.4 KARNATAKA-CET, 2008
Then, mole fraction of N2 = = 0.8
0.4 + 0.1 Ans. (c) : According to Boyle’s law,
We know that – 1
Partial pressure = mole fraction × total pressure p∝
V
= 0.8 × 1 = 0.8 atm Hence, in order to increase the volume of a gas by 10%,
77. If V = 1 litre, 10 mole of H2 and 10 mole of N2 the pressure of the gas should be decreased by 10%.
gas are mixed at temperature 26oC. Then 81. The ratio of rate of diffusion of SO2 (M = 64)
calculate pressure of the gas. and oxygen (M = 32) is :
(a) 491 atm (b) 300 atm (a) 1 : 1 (b) 2 : 1
(c) 550 atm (d) 600 atm (c) 1 : 2 (d) 1 : 1.414
JIPMER-2019 Manipal-2019
( rd )H ( M.Wt )O
∴ Viso > VAd e 2
M. Wt. Of helium = 4
187. 7.5 g of gas occupies 5.6 L at STP. The gas is
(atomic weights of C, N and O are 12, 14, 16, M. Wt. Of O2 = 32
respectively) 4
(a) NO (b) N2O ( rd )O =× ( rd )H
32
2 2
Ans. (a) : One mole of Gas at STP occupies 22.4 L Rate of diffusion of O2 is 0.35 time that of He.
Thus, 5.6 L of Gas at STP contains 0.25 Moles 191. 2g of O2 at 27 oC and 760 mm of Hg pressure
Wt.in grams has volume :
No of moles = (a) 1.4 L (b) 2.8 L
Mol Wt (c) 11.2 L (d) 22.4 L
7.5 BCECE-2005
0.25 =
m Ans. (a) : Given : – mass of O2 (M) = 2g
m = 30 T = 270 C = 300 K
P = 760 mm of Hg
The Gas is NO. Mass of O 2
188. Two litres of an ideal gas at a pressure of 10 mole of O2 = Molecular mass of O
2
atm expands isothermally into a vacuum until
its total volume is ten litres During this process 2 1
= =
(a) work is done; no heat is absorbed 32 16
(b) work is done; heat is emitted Volume of O2 at NTP = mole of O2 × 22.4L
(c) no work is done; heat is emitted 1
(d) no work is done; no heat is absorbed Volume of O2 = × 22.4 L
16
Assam CEE-2019
Ans. (d) : For isothermal process, = 1. 4 L
W=Q 192. A gas has a vapour density 11.2. The volume
Q For expansion of vacuum, W = 0 occupied by 1g of the gas at NTP is :
(a) 1 L (b) 11.2 L
∴ W=0
(c) 22.4 L (d) 4 L
189. Gas equation PV = nRT is obeyed by ideal gas BCECE-2004
in
Molar mass
(a) adiabatic process (b) isothermal process Ans. (a) : Vapour density =
(c) both (a) and (b) (d) none of the above 2
BCECE-2007 Molar mass = Vapour density × 2
= 11.2 × 2
Ans. (c) : Ideal gas in adiabatic and in isothermal
= 22.4
process can obeyed gas equation PV = nRT
In isothermal process the temperature of the system is Moles = Weight
remain constant while in adiabatic process, no exchange Molar mass
of heat occurs between the system and the surrounding, 1
So q = o Mole =
22.4
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 471 YCT
Volume of gas = mole × 22.4 L Given:–
1 T = 400 K
= × 22.4 L R = 2 cal
22.4
=1L V2 1
=
193. If the pressure and absolute temperature of 2L V1 10
of carbon dioxide gas are doubled, the value of n = 1 mole
the gas would become 1
(a) 2L (b) 4L ∴ W = – 1 × 2 × 400 × 2.303 log10
10
(c) 5L (d) 7L = 1.8424 k cal
BCECE-2011 = 1.84 k cal
Ans. (a) : Given : – P1 = P
196. Volume of an ideal gas is decreased by 5% at
P2 = 2P constant temperature such that there is an
T1 = T increase in pressure by x %. The increase in
T2 = 2T pressure (in%) will be :
V1 = 2L (a) 5% (b) 4.7%
Find V2 (c) 5.26% (d) 95%
Form ideal gas equation, BCECE-2017
PV = nRT
Ans. (c) : Given : – If V1 = 100V then V2 = 95 V
P1V1 P2 V2
= Because ∆V is decreased by 5%.
T1 T2 According to ideal gas equation.
P × 2L 2T PV = nRT
V2 = × P 1V 1 = P 2 V 2
T 2P
V2 = 2L P1 V2 95V
= = =
95
194. An ideal mono-atomic gas follows the path P2 V1 100V 100
ABCD. Then, the work done during the P1 = 95P, P2 = 100P
complete cycle is– P −P
Percentage change in pressure = 2 1 × 100
P1
100 − 95
= × 100
95
5
= ×100
95
= 5. 26 %
1 197. In a closed system, A(s) 2B(g) + 3C(g), if
(a) zero (b) − PV
2 partial pressure of C is doubled, then partial
(c) –PV (d) −2PV pressure of B will be
BCECE-2015 (a) 2 2 times the original value
Ans. (c) : Work done during the complete cycle is equal
to area of the rectangle (A B C D). For clockwise cycle 1
(b) times the original value
take negative sign and for anti – clockwise take positive 2
sign. (c) 2 times the original value
Work done = – (Area of rectangle A B C D) 1
= –(length × breadth) (d) times the original value
2 2
= – PV
BITSAT 2016
195. A work is done on the system such that one
Ans. (d) : K p = ( PB ) × ( PC ) -----(i)
2 3
mole of an ideal gas at 400K is compressed
isothermally and reversibly to 1/10th of its
Again, ( PB ) × ( PC ) = PB1 ( ) × ( P ) ------(ii)
2 3
2 3
original volume. The amount of (use R = 2 in C1
cal) work done will be –
(a) 2.303 k-cal (b) 0.184 k-cal Given, PC1 = 2PC
(c) 1.84 k-cal (d) 4.60 k-cal From equation (i) and (ii) are equal,
BCECE-2017
( ) × ( 2P )
2
3
(PB)2 × (PC)3 = PB1
Ans. (c) : Work done for isothermal process is given by. C
( P ) ×( P ) = ( P ) × 8( P )
2
V 2 3 3
W = – nRT ln 2 B C B
1
C
V1
PB
V PB1 =
= – 2.303 × nRT log10 2 2 2
V1
P ×100 M A M A M B
γ –1 T1 n 2 w 2 × M1
T2 V1 ⇒ = =
= = (5)1.66–1 T2 n1 M 2 × w1
T1 V2
266. A certain mass of the oxygen gas ocupies 7 L
T2 volume under a presure of 380 mm Hg. The
= (5)0.66 volume of the same mass of the gas at standard
350
T2 = 350 × (5)0.66 = 1011.5K pressure, with temperature remaining
constant, shall be
264. 5 moles of a gas in a closed vessel was heated (a) 26.60 L (b) 54.28 L
from 300 K to 600 K. The pressure of the gas is
doubled. The number of moles of the gas at 600 (c) 3.5 L (d) 7 L
K is UP CPMT-2009
(a) 5 (b) 2.5 Ans. (c): Given, V1 = 7 L, P1 = 380 mm Hg
(c) 10 (d) 20 We know standard pressure = 760 mm Hg = P2
UP CPMT-2013 At constant temperature,
Ans. (a) : Given, n1 = 5 moles, T1 = 300 K, T2 = 600 K p1V1 = p2 V2
P1 = P, P2 = 2P, n2 = ?
380 × 7 = 760 × V2
From gas equation,
PV = nRT 380 × 7
P1V1 = n1RT1 ∴ V2 =
760
PV1 = n1RT1 ........(i) = 3.5L
P2V2 = n2RT2 .......(ii)
2PV2 = n2RT2 267. Graph between P and V at constant
∴ V1 = V1 temperature is
n
Dividing eq . (i) by (ii) (a) straight
(b) curved increasing
PV1 = n1RT1 (c) straight line with slope
2PV1 = n 2 RT2 (d) None of the above
1 n1 T1 UP CPMT-2007
= Ans. (d) : According to Boyle’s law, for a fixed amount
2 n 2 T2
of a gas at constant temperature, the gas volume is
1 5×300 inversely proportional to the gas pressure.
=
2 n 2 × 600 1
P∝
5× 2×300 V
n2 =
600 PV = constant
CO2, N2O and C3H8 have same molecular mass i.e 44. a ab
PV − Pb + − 2 = RT
Hence, the rate of diffusion will be similar at identical V V
temperature and pressure. a ab
PV = RT + Pb − + 2
291. Assertion (A) van der Waals' forces are V V
responsible for chemisorptions. Given, at low pressure Pb = O
Reason (R) High temperature is fovourable for a ab
PV = RT − + 2
chemisorptions. V V
The correct answer is PV a ab
= 1− +
(a) (A) is false, but (R) is true RT VRT V 2 RT
(b) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the PVm a PVm
correct explanation of A Z= = 1− Q Z =
RT VRT RT
(c) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is not
the correct explanation of (A) 294. It V is the volume of one molecule of gas under
(d) (A) is true, but (R) is false given conditions, the van der Waal's constant b is
AP-EAMCET (Engg.) - 2014 4V
(a) 4V (b)
Ans. (a) : Van der Waal's forces are responsible for N0
chemisorptions, force that lead to formation of a N0
(c) (d) 4VN0
chemical bond (covalent bond) are responsible for 4V
chemisorptions. High temperature is favorable for BITSAT 2018
chemisorptions. Hence, statement of assertion (A) is Ans. (d) : Van der Waals's constant b = 4 times the
false but the statement of reason is true. actual volume of 1 mole molecules.
B is equal to 4× the volume of molecules is one mole of
292. What is the ratio of kinetic energies of 3g of
a gas (No molecules)
hydrogen and 4g of oxygen at T(K) ? Volumes of one molecule = V
(a) 12 : 1 (b) 6 : 1 Volume of No molecule = V No
(c) 1 : 6 (d) 24 : 1 Hence b = 4VNo
AP-EAMCET (Engg.)-2005
295. Two vessels containing gases A and B are
Ans. (a) : At same temperature- interconnected as shown in the figure. The
K E 1 n1 stopper is opened, the gases are allowed to mix
= homogeneously. The partial pressures of A and
K E 2 n2
B in the mixture will be, respectively
3
No. of moles of hydrogen = = 1.5 moles
2
4
Number of moles of oxygen = = 0.125 moles
32 (a) 8 and 5 atm (b) 9.6 and 4 atm
Thus, (c) 4.8 and 2 atm (d) 6.4 and 4 atm
CG PET -2009
KE1 1.5
= Ans. (c) : Given that,
K E 2 0.125
KE1
or = 12 :1
KE 2
2 NEET-1992
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 503 YCT
Ans. (b) : As we know, the intermolecular attraction mass
force between the molecule is more as compare to gas (Moles)N2 =
and liquid has intermolecular attraction force in 28
between solid and gas. 3
K.E. = nRT
Hence, Particle has maximum collision in gas because it 2
has maximum velocity. As we seen above, number of mole are same and R and
As we know, K.E. is the function of temperature. So, T is also same as given question-
maximum kinetic energy is in vapour state. Hence,
373. The energy absorbed by each molecule (A2) of a (K.E.)CO = (K.E.) N2
substance is 4.4 × 10–19 J and bond energy per
molecule is 4.0 × 10–19 J. The kinetic energy of 376. 50 mL of hydrogen diffuses out through a small
the molecule per atom will be hole of a vessel, in 20 minutes. The time taken
(a) 2.2 × 10–19 J (b) 2.0 × 10–19 J by 40 mL of oxygen to diffuse out is
(c) 4.0 × 10 J
–19
(d) 2.0 × 10–20 J (a) 32 minutes (b) 64 minutes
NEET-2009 (c) 8 minutes (d) 12 minutes
Ans. (d) : Given, molecule is diatomic (A2) = 2 atom NEET-1994
Energy is absorbed by each molecule = 4.4 × 10–19 J & K CET-(2003)
Joule 50
Bond energy absorbed by per molecule = 4 × 10–19 Joule Ans. (B) : Rate of diffusion of Hydrogen (H2) = =
20
K.E. = Energy absorbed – Bond Energy
K.E. = 4.4 × 10–19 – 4 × 10–19 40
2.5 and Rate of diffusion of Oxygen (O2) =
= 0.4 × 10–19 Joule t
K.E. According to Graham's law of diffusion,
Energy absorbed by per atom =
2 rO2 M H2
=
0.4 × 10−19 rH2 M O2
=
2 Where M = molecular mass
= 0.2 × 10–19 Joule H2 = 2
= 2 × 10–20 Joule O2 = 32
374. If a gas expands at constant temperature, it 40
indicates that
(a) Kinetic energy of molecules remains the same t = 2 = 1 =1
(b) Number of the molecules of gas increase 2.5 32 16 4
(c) Kinetic energy of molecules decreases 40 1 40 × 4 × 10
(d) Pressure of the gas increases = × 2.5 ⇒ t = = 64 min
t 4 25
NEET-2008 377. Which one of the following is the correct order
Ans. (a) : As we know, of interactions?
3 (a) Covalent < Hydrogen bonding < Van der
K.E. = KT Where K = nR Waal's < Dipole-dipole
2
Here, (b) Van der Waal's < Hydrogen bonding <
K.E. ∝ T Dipole-dipole < Covalent
Given, temperature is constant hence Kinetic energy s (c) Van der Waal's < Dipole-dipole < Hydrogen
also constant. Then Kinetic energy of molecules remain bonding < Covalent
the same. (d) Dipole-dipole < Van der Waal's < Hydrogen
375. Average molar kinetic energy of CO and N2 at bonding < Covalent
same temperature is NEET-1993
(a) KE1 = KE2 Ans:(b)
(b) KE1 > KE2 No. Force Aries Due to Nature
(c) KE1 < KE2 of force
(d) can't say anything. Both volumes are not 1. Van der Temporary Dipole Weakest
given Wall's moment between
NEET-2000 atom
2. Dipole 2 atom having less strong
Ans. (a) : Given, Dipole moment
CO and N2 3. Covalent Sharing of Electron Strongest
Molecular mass of CO = 12 + 16 = 28 g/mol Bond
Molecular mass of N2 = 14 + 14 = 28 g/mol 4. Hydrogen attraction of forces less weak
Bond that occurs between
mass two atoms of two
Moles = different molecules
molecular mass
Hence,
mass Vander Wall's < Hydrogen Bonding < Dipole - dipole <
(Moles)CO =
28 Covalent
→ Δ
(d) non spontaneous reaction 17. Consider the following :
(AP-EAMCET-1993) Mg (s) + 2HCl (aq) MgCl 2 (aq) + H 2 (g)
Ans. (b) : An exothermic reaction occurs when the H = − 467 kJmol − l
→ Δ
temperature of a system increases due to the evolution
of heat. An endothermic reaction occurs when the MgO (s) + 2HCl (aq) MgCl 2 (aq) + H 2O( l )
temperature of an isolated system decreases while the H = − 151 kJmol − l
surroundings of a non-isolated system gains heat. 1
14. In the complete combustion of butanol H 2 (g ) + O 2 ( g ) → H 2 O ( l )
2
C4 H 9OH( l ), if ∆H is enthalpy of combustion and given that for water,
Δ
at constant pressure and ∆E is the heat of H of = − 286 kJmol − l
Δ
combustion at constant volume, then
(a) ∆H < ∆E What is H of for MgO (s)?
(b) ∆H = ∆E (a) –904 kJmol–1 (b) –602 kJmol–1
–1
(c) ∆H > ∆E (c) –334 kJmol (d) –30 kJmol–1
(d) ∆H, ∆E relation cannot be predicted SCRA-2014
(AP-EAMCET-1997) Ans. (b): The given reaction are :
Mg(s) + 2HCl(aq) → MgCl2(aq) + H2(g)
Ans. (a) : The complete combustion of Butanol
∆ H = – 467 kJmol–1
C4 H 9 OH is–
Mg(s) + 2HCl(aq) → + MgCl2(aq) + H2 O(l)
C4 H 9OH ( l ) + 6O 2 ( g )
→ 4CO 2 ( g ) + 5H 2O ( l ) + Heat ∆H = –151kJmol–1
In the reaction, ∆ng( ∆n g = number of moles of gaseous And,
1
H 2 (g) + O 2 → H 2 O(l ) ∆H f = −286kJmol−1
product – no. of moles of gaseous reactant) is negative. 2
∆ng = 4 – 6 = – 2 Reaction 1 and reaction 3 need to propagate in forward
direction and reaction 2 need to progress in backward
∆H = ∆E + ∆ngRT direction.
∆H = ∆E – 2RT Mg(s) +2HCl (aq) → MgCl2(aq) + H2(g)
∆H + 2 RT = ∆E ∆H = –467 kJmol–1
∴ ∆E > ∆H .....(i)
15. Which of the following is an endothermic MgCl2(aq) + H2O(l) → Mg(s)+2HCl(aq)
reaction? ∆H = +151 kJmol–1 .....(ii)
(a) N 2 ( g ) + 3H 2 ( g ) − 92kJ → 2NH 3 ( g ) 1
H 2 (g) + O 2 → H 2 O(l ) ∆H = −286 kJmol−1 .....(iii)
2
(b) N 2 ( g ) + O 2 ( g ) + 180.8 kJ → 2NO ( g ) The net reaction is :
(c) H 2 ( g ) + Cl 2 ( g ) → 2HCl ( g ) + 184.6 kJ 1
Mg(s) + O 2 → MgO(s)
(d) C( graphite ) + 2H 2 ( g ) → CH 4 ( g ) + 74.8kJ 2
The overall heat would be:
AP-EAMCET-2004 Heat of reaction-(i) + Heat of reaction-(ii) + Heat of
Ans. (b): For the reaction- reaction-(iii)
N 2 ( g ) + O 2 ( g ) + 180.8 kJ → 2NO ( g ) ∆H = –467 +151 + (–286)
∆H = –602 kJmol–1
The endothermic reaction are those in which heat
energy is absorbed. All the other reactions are 18. An ideal gas at initial pressure pi and volume Vi
undergoes reversible expansion to the same
exothermic as the heat is released during the process.
volume Vf either isothermally or adiabatically.
16. Which of the following options are correct? Consider the following statements :
Options ∆H° ∆S° ∆G° Spontaneity of the reaction 1. Pf (adiabatic) < Pf (isothermal)
A + + + Spontaneous at low T 2. W (adiabatic) < W (isothermal)
B + + – Spontaneous at high T
C – – – Spontaneous at low T
3. Tf (adiabatic) < Tf (isothermal)
D + – + Spontaneous at high T 4. q (adiabatic) < q (isothermal)
(a) A,B,C only (b) B only (a) Only one (b) Only two
(c) B, C only (d) C, D only (c) only three (d) All
TS-EAMCET (Engg.), 07.08.2021 Shift-II SCRA-2014
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 518 YCT
Ans. (d) : Among the halides, F– is smallest and I– is largest in
size. So, according to Fajan's rule, NaF is mostly ionic
in nature.
NaI < NaBr < NaCl < NaF
→ Ionic in nature
→ Thermal stability
So, NaF has highest value of △f Hº .
22. In the reaction,
Pressure : (Pf)isothermal > (Pf)adiabatic
4NO 2 ( g ) + O 2 ( g ) → 2N 2O5 ( g ) , ∆H = −111kJ
Workdone : Area under the P-V diagram.
Wisothermal > Wadiabatic If N2O5(s) is formed instead of N2O5(g), the ∆H
Heat : W ∝ q value in kJ is
qisothermal > qadiabatic
Temperature : T ∝ P
( ∆H sublimation for N 2O 5 = 54kJ mol –1 )
(a) –165 (b) –57
Tisothermal > Tadiabatic
(c) +219 (d) –219
19. CaCO3(s) CaO(s) + CO2(g), ∆H = 110 kJ AP EAMCET (Medical) - 2013
The pressure of CO2. Ans. (d): Given that,
(a) Increases on adding catalyst
(b) Decreases if T is raised (i) 4NO2(g) + O2(g) → 2N 2 O5 ( g ) , ∆H = −111kJ mol−1
(c) Increases if T is raised (ii) N2O5 (s) → N 2 O5 ( g ) , ∆H = 54kJ mol−1
(d) Increases if inert gas is passed keeping T
constant Reverse the reaction and multiplied by 2–
MPPET-2013 (iii) 2N 2 O5 ( g )
→ 2N 2 O5 ( s ) , ∆H = 108kJ mol−1
Ans. (c) : CaCO3(s) CaO(s) + CO2(g) subtracting eqn. (iii) from (i), we get
∆H = 110 kJ (Endothermic reaction) 4NO2(g) + O2(g) → 2N 2 O5 (s)
Positive value of the enthalpy change indicates that the then, ∆H = – 111 – 108
reaction is endothermic. = – 219 kJ mol–1
∴ The forward reaction is favour by increasing
temperature. 23. If, ∆H > 0 and ∆S > 0, the reaction can proceed
Thus, when the temperature is increased, more carbon spontaneously at ....... .
dioxide is formed which increases the pressure of (a) low temperature
carbon dioxide until it reaches a constant value. (b) high temperature
20. For the formation of NH3(g) from its (c) all temperature
constituent elements, the favourable conditions (d) will never be spontaneous
for its formation are AP EAMCET (Engg.) 21.09.2020, Shift-I
(a) High pressure and low temperature Ans. (b) :
(b) High pressure and high temperature ∆H ° ∆S° ∆G ° Spontaneity of the reaction
(c) Low pressure and high temperature − + − Reaction spontaneous at all temperature
(d) Low pressure and low temperature − − − Reaction spontaneous at low temperature
TS-EAMCET (Engg.), 07.08.2021 Shift-II + + − Reaction spontaneous at high temperature
Ans. (a) N 2 + 3H 2 2NH 3 [exothermic reaction] 24.
For the formation of NH3(g) from its
constituent elements at constant temperature
∆n = Σ∆n p – Σ∆n r = 2 – (1 + 3) = –2 and pressure, which of the following options is
Reaction proceed in such direction where number of correct
mole decreases so for above reaction pressure will be (a) ∆H = 0 (b) ∆H = ∆U
more for more yield of NH3. Since reaction is (c) ∆H > ∆U (d) ∆H < ∆U
exothermic at low temperature reaction proceed in TS EAMCET 10.08.2021, Shift-II
forward direction.
Ans. (d) : For formation of NH3(g) from its constituent
21. Which of the following substances has highest elements.
value of standard molar enthalpy of formation
at 298 K ? At constant temperature & pressure ∆H < ∆U
(a) NaF(s) (b) NaCl(s) 25. The change in internal energy equals ––––––
(c) NaBr(s) (d) NaI(s) (a) Isothermal work (b) Isochoric work
JEE Main-2019 (c) Isobaric work (d) Adiabatic work
Ans. (a) : Higher the stability of a substance, higher AP EAPCET 25.08.2021, Shift-II
will be its standard molar enthalpy of formation value, Ans. (d) : The change in internal energy of the system
△f Hº equals to the net heat transfer into the system.
∆U = Q – W
∆H °f (H O) = −241.8 kJ / mole
29. Which of the following is an extensive 2
property? CO 2 (g) + H 2 (g) → CO(g) + H 2 O(g)
(a) Temperature (b) Volume
(c) Density (d) Pressure ∴∆H °f = (∆H) products − (∆H) reactunts
AP EAMCET (Engg.) 17.09.2020 Shift-I = ∆H° ° °
f (CO) + ∆H f (H O) − ∆H f (CO )
Ans. (b) : Extensive properties are mass dependent, 2 2
like volume, enthalpy etc. = −110.5 − 241.8 − (−393.5)
Intensive properties are mass independent, like
Or ∆H °f = 41.2 kJ / mol−1
temperature, pressure and density.
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 520 YCT
33. Calculate ∆H° for the reaction, (c) ∆Ssystem < 0 & ∆Ssurroundings > 0
Na 2O(s)+ SO 3 (g) → Na 2SO4 (g) (d) ∆Ssystem < 0 & ∆Ssurroundings < 0
Given the following: AP EAPCET 20.08.2021 Shift-I
1 Ans. (b) : At 100° C and 1 atm.
(A) Na(s) + H 2 O(l) → NaOH(s) + H 2 (g)
2 H2O(l) → H2O(g)
∆H = − 146 kJ
0 For equilibrium.
∆Stotal = 0
(B) Na 2SO 4 (s) + H 2 O(l) → 2NaOH(s)
And ∆Ssystem + ∆Ssurrounding = 0
+ SO3 (g) ∆Ssystem > 0 and ∆Ssurrounding < 0.
∆H = + 418kJ
0
36. If a chemical reaction is known to be non-
(C) 2Na 2O(s) + 2H 2 (g) → 4Na(s) + 2H 2 O(l ) spontaneous at 298K but spontaneous at 350 k,
then which among the following conditions is
∆H 0 = + 259 kJ true for the reaction?
(a) + 823 kJ (b) – 581 kJ (a) ∆G = –ve, ∆H = –ve, ∆S = +ve
(c) – 435 kJ (d) + 531 kJ (b) ∆G = +ve, ∆H = +ve, ∆S = +ve
AP EAMCET (Engg.)-2009 (c) ∆G = –ve, ∆H = +ve, ∆S = +ve
Ans. (b): (d) ∆G = +ve, ∆H = +ve, ∆S = –ve
1
Na ( s) +H2O( l) → NaOH( s) + H2 ( g) ; ∆H10 = −146kJ ...(1) AP EAPCET 19-08-2021 Shift-I
2 Ans. (c) : ∆G = ∆H – T∆S –––– (i)
Na 2SO 4 ( s ) + H 2O ( l ) → 2NaOH ( s ) + SO3 ( g ) ; ∆H 02 = +418 kJ ∆G must be – ve for a spontaneous reaction.
...(2)
2Na 2O ( s ) + 2H 2 ( g ) → 4Na ( s ) + 2H 2O ( g ) ; ∆H30 = + 259 kJ
...(3)
Na 2 O ( s ) + SO3 ( g ) → Na 2SO 4 ( g ) ... (4)
The required reaction equation can be obtained by This graph depicted the value of ∆H is +ve
1 i.e. ∆G = –ve, ∆H = +ve putting these in equation–– (i)
( equation 3) + (equation 1× 2) – (equation 2)
2 We get,
+259 1
∆H o = + (−146) × 2 − (+ 418) = −580.5 ≈ − 581kJ . ∆S = (∆H – ∆G) = +ve
2 T
34. For strong acid and strong base neutralization So, the value of ∆S is also + ve.
net chemical change is 37. When equal volumes of Helium and Neon at
H+ + OH– → H2O (I) ∆H r0 = – 55.84 kJ mol–1 If same temperature and pressure are mixed, the
enthalpy of neutralization of CH3COOH by ratio Cp : Cv of the mixture equals _____.
NaOH is 49.86 kJ mol–1 then enthalpy of (a) 3 : 5 (b) 1 : 2
ionization of CH3COOH is ___ (c) 5 : 3 (d) 2 : 1
(a) 5.98 kJ mol–1 (b) –5.98kJ mol–1 AP EAPCET 24.08.2021, Shift-I
–1
(c) 105.7 kJ mol (d) –59.8 kJ mol–1 Ans. (c) : Given, VHe = VNe
AP EAPCET 24.08.2021 Shift-II and THe = TNe
Ans. (a) : The enthalpy of neutralization ( ∆H n ) is the then Cp : Cv = ?
change in enthalpy that occurs when one equivalent of We can write the further relation –
acid and base undergo neutralization reaction to form 5 3
water and a salt given. Cp = nR and Cv = nR
2 2
H + + OH – → H 2 O (l ) ∆H or = −55.84kJ / mole Cp 5 2
∴ = nR ×
CH 3 COOH + NaOH → CH 3 COONa + H 2 O Cv 2 3nR
∆H n = 49.86 kJ / mole Cp 5
=
So, enthalpy of ionization Cv 3
= – ∆H 0r − ∆H n
38. Molar heat capacity ( Cp ) of water at constant
= 55.84 – 49.86
= 5.98 kJ / mole pressure is 75 J.K-1 mol-1. The increase in
temperature (in K) of 100 g of water when 1 kJ
35. For the reaction H2O(l) → H2O(g) at T = 100° of heat is supplied to it is
and P = l atm. Choose the correct option: (a) 2.4 (b) 0.24
(a) ∆Ssystem > 0 & ∆Ssurroundings > 0 (c) 1.3 (d) 0.13
(b) ∆Ssystem > 0 & ∆Ssurroundings < 0 AP EAMCET (Engg.) 2012
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 521 YCT
Ans. (a) : Given that, 43. For a chemical reaction A + B C+D
C P = 75 JK −1mol−1 (∆r H ο = 80 kJ mol –1 ) the entropy change ∆r So
∆H = 1000 depends on the temperature T (in K) as
100 (∆r S o = 2T(JK –1mol –1 ) .
n=
18 Minimum temperature at which it will become
Molar heat capacity is the amount of heat required to spontaneous is ______K. (Integer)
o
raise the temperature of 1 mol of a substance by 1 C. JEE Main 26.02.2021, Shift-I
∴ ∆H = nC p ∆T Ans. (200) : Given, a chemical reaction
100 A+B C+D
1000 = × 75 × ∆T
18 ∆ r H = 80kJ / mole
o
Accurate reaction,
(c) NaCl ( l )
→ NaCl ( s ) 4 4
Al + 2O 2− → O 2 + Al
(d) H 2 O ( l )
→ H2O ( g ) 3 3
AP-EAMCET (Engg.) 2013 So, number of electron transferred = 12 = 4
Ans. (d) : 3
Entropy change is positive for vaporization of liquid From formula,
water to water vapor. The entropy of a compound in ∆G° = – nFE°
gaseous state is higher than the entropy of compound in (482.5 ×1000)J / mol = −4 × 96500 × E°
liquid state. (482.5 × 1000)J / mol
H 2 O ( l ) → H 2 O ( g ) ; ∆H = +40.8 kJmol–1 E° = = 1.25
4 × 96500
115. A chemical reaction cannot occur at all if its 118. The melting point of benzene is 5.5oC. What is
(a) ∆H is (+)ve and ∆S is (–)ve the sign of ∆H, ∆S and ∆G for melting point of
(b) ∆H is (–)ve and ∆S is (+)ve benzene at 0oC?
(c) ∆H and ∆S are (+)ve but ∆H > T∆S (a) ∆H>0, ∆S>0, ∆G>0 (b) ∆H<0, ∆S>0, ∆G<0
(d) ∆H and ∆S are (–)ve but ∆H > T∆S (c) ∆H>0, ∆S>0, ∆G<0 (d) ∆H>0, ∆S<0, ∆G>0
AMU-2019
AP - EAMCET(MEDICAL) - 2009
Ans. (a) : The melting point of benzene is 5.5oC. The
Ans. (c) : The mathematical expression of Gibb's sign of ∆H, ∆S and ∆G for melting point of benzene at
Helmholtz equation is given as– 0oC is–
∆G = ∆H – T∆S ∆H>0, ∆S>0, ∆G>0
Where, ∆G = Change in Gibb's energy 119. An ideal gas initially at temperature, pressure
∆H = Change in enthalpy and volume, 27oC, 1.00 bar and 10 L, respectively
T = Temperature is heated at constant volume until pressure is
∆S = Change in entropy 10.0 bar; it then undergoes a reversible
If ∆G has the positive value then a chemical reaction isothermal expansion until pressure is 1.00 bar.
cannot occur. This condition is true when ∆H and ∆S What is the total work W, during this process?
both are positive in such a way that ∆H > T∆S. (a) –23.02 × 103 J (b) –14.0 × 103 J
116. Density of carbon monoxide is maximum at (c) 14.0 × 103 J (d) Zero
(a) 2 atm and 600 K (b) 0.5 atm and 273 K AMU-2018
(c) 6 atm and 1092 K (d) 4 atm and 500 K Ans. (b) :
Karnataka-CET-2014
Ans. (d) : For ideal gas equation, P = dRT (d = Density)
P
∴ d∝
T
P 2 P 0.5
(a) = = 0.0033 (b) = = 0.00183
T 600 T 273
( )
∆G 0(323) = −2.303 × 8.314 × 323log 1.633 × 10 –5
(a) Te > T
(c) Te is 5 times T
(b) T > Te
(d) T = Te
= 29605J BITSAT 2016
( )
∆G 0(298) = −2.303 × 8.314 × 298log 1.754 × 10 –5
Ans. (b) : At equilibrium, ∆G = 0
AIEEE-2010
= 27194 J Hence, ∆G = ∆H − Te ∆S
∆G 0 = ∆H 0 − T∆S0 0 =∆H –Te∆S
0
29605 = ∆H − 323∆S 0
…..(i) ∆H = Te∆S
For a spontaneous reaction
27194 = ∆H 0 − 298∆S0 …..(ii)
∆G must be negative which is possible only if
From eqn. (i) & (ii) on calculation, We find ∆H − T∆S < 0
∆S0 = −96.44 J K −1 mol−1 ∴∆H < T∆S
∴∆H 0 = −1.55 kJ / mol ∆H
or T > ; Te < T
149. For the reaction ∆S
N 2 + 3H 2 2NH 3 1
153. For the reaction CO(g) + O 2 (g) → CO 2 (g)
Which one of the following is correct regarding 2
Which one of the statement is correct at
∆H :
constant T and P?
(a) ∆H = ∆E + 2RT (b) ∆H = ∆E – 2RT
(a) ∆H = ∆E
(c) ∆H = ∆E + RT (d) ∆H = ∆E – RT
(b) ∆H < ∆E
BITSAT 2009
(c) ∆H > ∆E
Ans. (b) : N 2 + 3H 2 2NH3
(d) ∆H is independent of physical state of the
According to 1st law of thermodynamics, reactants.
∆H = ∆E + nRT BITSAT 2017
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 537 YCT
1 utilized to dissociate the molecule of weak acid into
Ans. (b) : CO(g) + O 2 (g) → CO 2 (g) ions.
2 Heat of Neutralization are taken strong Acid with strong
∆n = [1 mol of CO2] – [1 mol of CO + 0.5 mol of O2] base.
= –0.5
157. Match List I with List II and select the correct
1 answer using the codes.
∆H = ∆E − RT
2 List I List II
∴ ∆E > ∆H A. Spontaneous process 1. ∆H < 0
154. For the chemical reaction, B. Exothermic process 2. Heat of reaction
N 2 + 3H 2 → 2NH 3 , if C. Enthalpy at constant 3. ∆G < 0
d [ NH 3 ]
Pressure 4. ∆U = 0, ∆H = 0
= 2 × 10−4 mol L−1 s−1, the value of D. Cyclic process
dt Codes
−d [ H 2 ] A B C D
is
dt (a) 4 2 1 3
−4
(a) 1 × 10 mol L s −1 −1 −4
(b) 3 × 10 mol L s−1 −1 (b) 3 1 2 4
(c) 1 3 4 2
−4 −1 −1
(c) 4 × 10 mol L s (d) 6 × 10−4 mol L−1s −1 (d) 1 2 3 4
CG PET -2008 CG PET- 2016
Ans. (b) : N2 + 3H2 → 2NH3 (Haber’s Process) Ans. (b) : By option –
A – spontaneous process
d[NH 3 ] ∆G < 0
Given that = 2 × 10−4 mol L−1s−1
dt B – Exothermic process
Using above reaction, ∆H < 0
−d[H 2 ] 3d[NH 3 ] C – Enthalpy at constant Pressure
=
dt 2dt ∆H (Heat of reaction)
−d[H 2 ] 3 D – In cyclic process
= × 2 ×10−4 mol L−1s−1 All state function are zero
dt 2
∆u = 0, ∆H = 0
−d[H 2 ] 3
∴ = × 2 × 10−4 mol L−1s−1 158. In an adiabatic process which of the following
dt 2 is true
= 3 × 10−4 mol L−1s −1 (a) q=+W (b) q=0
155. Which of the following units of energy, (c) ∆E = q (d) p∆V = 0
represents maximum amount of energy? CG PET -2006
(a) Calorie (b) Joule
Ans. (b) : In an adiabatic process, q = 0 as no heat is
(c) Erg (d) Electron volt exchanged between system and surrounding.
CG PET -2008 Adiabatic expansion → cooling effect and vice versa .
Ans. (a) : 1 eV energy = 1.6 × 10–19 J 159. The decomposition of dinitrogen tetroxide at
• 1 erg energy = 10–7 J 300 K and 1.0 atm pressure is 20%. At
• 1 calorie energy = 4.18 J equilibrium, the partial pressure (in atm) of
Hence, maximum amount of energy represented by nitrogen peroxide is
calorie. (a) 0.2 (b) 0.67
156. 1.0L of 1.0 M solution of sodium hydroxide is (c) 0.33 (d) 0.8
neutralised by 1.0 L of 1.0 M of methanoic acid. CG PET -2017
If the heat of formation of water is X, the Ans. (c) : QN O 2NO 2
2 4
neutralisation energy of above reaction is
(a) less than X (b) more than X Molar ratio= 1:2
(c) equal to X (d) None of the above Also, only 20% of N2O4 gets decomposed means.
Thus, Total number of moles at equilibrium = 0.4 + 0.8
CG PET -2008 = 1.2 moles
Ans. (a) : Heat of Neutralization of a strong acid with Q Total pressure (Pt) =1 atm (given)
strong base is constant and equal to 13.7 kcal. Here, According to Daltons law of partial pressure,
constant value represents the heat of formation of one
PN2O4 = X ( N2O4 ) × Pt
mole of H2O.
H + OH → H2O,
+ –
PNO2 = X ( NO2 ) × Pt
∆H = 13.7 kcal.
0.4
But the heat of neutralization of weak acid and strong PNO2 = ×1 = 0.33
base is less than 13.7 kcal (X) because some heat is 1.2
temperature (T) of 3 moles of silver is raised 0.06 × 57.1 × 10 = (1000 × 1.0) × 4.18 × ∆T
3
(c) (d)
1
K + (g) + Cl − 2 (g) → KCl(s); ∆H lattice
0
2 JEE Main-2019
1 Ans. (a) : At higher temperature the rotational degree of
∴∆ 0f = ∆H sublimation + ∆H dissociation + IE1 + EA + ∆H 0lattice
freedom become active
2
1 7
−436.7 kJ / mol = 89.2 kJ / mol + × (243kJ / mol) C P = R (Independent of P)
2 2
+419kJ / mol + (−348.6 kJ / mol) + ∆H 0lattice 5
C V = R (Independent of V)
∆H 0lattice = − 717.8kJ / mol 2
CV depends on T and independent of V.
∴ Magnitude of lattice enthalpy of KCl in kJ/mol is 718 C depends on T and independent of P.
P
(nearest).
188. The combination of plots which does not
185. Heat required to raise the temperature of 1 represent isothermal expansion of an ideal gas
mole of a substance by 1o is called is
(a) specific heat (b) molar heat capacity
(c) water equivalent (d) specific gravity
AIEEE-2002
Ans. (b) :Heat required to raise the temperature of 1 (a) (b)
mole of a substance by 1oC is called molar heat
capacity.
186. An ideal gas is allowed to expand both
reversibly and irreversibly in an isolated
system. If Ti is the initial temperature and Tf is
the final temperature, then which of the
following statements is correct? (c) (d)
(a) ( Tf )irrev > ( Tf )rev
(b) Tf > Ti for reversible process but tf = ti for
irreversible process
(c) (Tf)rev = (Tf)irrev (a) B and D (b) A and D
(c) B and C (d) A and C
(d) Tf = Ti for both reversible and irreversible
processes [JEE Main 2019, 12 Jan Shift-II]
AIEEE-2006 Ans. (a) :
Ans. (a) : According to law of thermodynamics, From graph B
∆E = ∆q + ∆W 1
Here, P ∝
Since, the system is isolated, therefore the change takes Vm
place adiabatically. Thus, For Isothermal expansion,
∆q = 0 PVm = K (Where K = Constant)
So, ∆E = ∆W So, if graph is parabolic in nature then it will represent
We know, ∆Wirreversible > ∆Wreversible Isothermal expansion of an ideal gas.
This implies ∆Eirreversible > ∆Ereversible From Graph D :
∆E = nR∆T here, U = Constant and it shows straight line.
As a result, ∆Tirrev > ∆Trev. So, option (b) and (d) does not represent isothermal
expansion of an ideal gas.
Thus, (Tf)irrev > (Tf)rev.
189. ∆U is equal to
187. For a diatomic ideal gas in a closed system,
which of the following plots does not correctly (a) isochoric work (b) isobaric work
describe the relation between various (c) adiabatic work (d) isothermal work
thermodynamic quantities? [JEE Main-2017]
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 543 YCT
Ans. (c) : ∆U = Q + ∆W
For adiabatic work, heat value is zero (Q = 0). So
change in energy is equal to the work.
∆U = 0 + ∆W (a) (b)
∆U = ∆Wadiabatic
Thus, ∆U is equal to adiabatic work.
190. 5 moles of an ideal gas at 100 K are allowed to
undergo reversible compression till its
temperature becomes 200 K. If Cv = 28 JK–1
mol–1, calculate ∆U and ∆PV for this process.
(R = 8.0 JK–1 mol–1) (c) (d)
(a) ∆U=2.8kJ; ∆(pV)=0.8kJ
(b) ∆U=14 J; ∆(pV) = 0.8 J
(c) ∆U=14 kJ; ∆(pV) = 4 kJ [JEE Main 2019, 9 Jan Shift-I]
(d) ∆U=14 kJ; ∆(pV) = 18 kJ Ans. (b) : For isothermal expansion–
[JEE Main 2019, 8 april Shift-II] V
Ans. (c) : Given that, w rev. = −nRT ln f
Vi
Number of moles of an ideal gas (n) = 5 mol
V
Temperature, T2 = 200 K | w rev. |= nRT ln f
T1 = 100 K Vi
Specific heat at constant pressure (C v ) = 28J / mol K |wrev.| = nRT ln Vf – nRT ln Vi
Comparing it with straight line equation, y = mx + c
∆U = nC v ∆T Therefore, slope of curve (a) is more than curve (d) and
= 5mol × 28J / mol K × (200 − 100)K intercept of curve (b) is more negative than curve (d).
Δ
= 14000J = 14k J 193. For water vap H = 41kJ mol -1 at 373 K and 1
C p = C v + R = (28 + 8)J / mol K bar pressure. Assuming that water vapour is an
ideal gas that occupies a much larger volume
= 36J / mol K than liquid water, the internal energy change
∆H = nC p ∆T = 5mol × 36J / mol K × 100K during evaporation of water is ................kJ
mol–1.
= 18000J = 18kJ [User R = 8.3 J mol–1 K–1]
∆H = ∆U + ∆PV [JEE Main 2021, 26 Aug Shift-II]
∆PV = ∆H − ∆U = (18 − 14)kJ = 4kJ Ans. 38 : H 2 O (l ) H 2 O(g) ∆Hvap. = 41 kJ mol–1
For the reaction–
191. Among the following the set of parameters that
represents path function, is ∆H = ∆E + ∆ngRT
(A) q + W (B) q Given that,
∆H = 41 kJ mol–1
(C) W (D) H–TS
Gas constant (R) = 8.314 J/K mol
(a) (A) and (D) (b) (A), (B) and (C)
Temperature (T) = 373 K
(c) (B), (C) and (D) (d) (B) and (C)
∆E is internal energy charge
[JEE Main 2009, 9 April Shift-I]
∆ng is change in gaseous mole = 1 – 0 = 1
Ans. (d) : A property whose value does not depend on Means ∆nq > 0
the path taken to reach that specific value is known to as 41 × 10–3 = ∆E + 1 × 8.3 × 373
state function or point functions. In contrast, those
∆E ≈ (41 – 3.0959) = 38 kJ mol–1
function which do depend on the path from two points
are known as path function. 194. A system does 200 J of work and at the same
time absorbs 150 J of heat. The magnitude of
Hence, we know that heat and work are not state the change in internal energy is ................J.
function but Q + W = ∆U (Definite quantity) is state (Nearest integer)
function. H – TS (i.e., G) is also a state function. In [JEE Main 2021, 25 July Shift-II]
essence, heat and work changes in every step of the
Ans. 50 : Given that–
process hence they are path function.
W = –200 J, Q = +150
192. Consider the reversible isothermal expansion According to first law of thermodynamics–
of an ideal gas in a closed system at two
different temp. T1 and T2 (T1 < T2). The correct ∆U = Q + W
graphical depiction of the dependence of work ∆U = 150 – 200 = – 50J
done (W) on the final volume (V) is Hence, internal energy –50 J
212. For a chemical reaction, the free energy change exchange of heat takes place between systems and
( G ) is negative. The reaction is surroundings, the process is known as an adiabatic
(a) a spontaneous reaction process. During the adiabatic process, there is no
(b) an equilibrium reaction exchange of heat that takes place between the system
(c) an equilibrium reaction and surroundings.
(d) characterised by rf = rb (where rf and rb are i.e. ∆Q = 0
Δ
rates of forward and backward and backward 216. In a reversible process, S sys + Surr is
reactions respectively)
J & K CET-(2006) (a) > 0 (b) < 0
Ans. (a) : ∆G is negative for spontaneous reaction (c) ≥ 0 (d) = 0
Gibbs free energy relates enthalpy, entropy & J & K CET-(2004)
temperature. Ans. (d): Entropy of the system and surrounding
A spontaneous reaction will always occur when remains constant in a reversible equilibrium process.
∆H is negative & ∆S is positive. i.e., ∆Stotal = ∆Ssystem + ∆Surrounding = 0
Δ
∆G = ∆H – T∆S. 217. For the reaction, N2+3H2 ⇌ 2NH3 ; H =?
When ∆H – T∆S is negative so ∆G is also negative.
Δ
The hydrogen combustion reaction releases heat energy 220. In the reaction milk → cheese, S is
and it is an example of an exothermic reaction. The (a) 0 (b) negative
reaction also has a negative enthalpy change (∆H) (c) positive (d) none of these
value. J & K CET-(2001)
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 547 YCT
Ans. (b): In this conversion of milk (liquid) is (c) C(s) + O2(g) = CO2(g)
converted into cheese (solid) entropy decreases. (d) N2(g) + 3H2(g) = 2NH3(g)
Therefore, ∆S is negative J & K CET-(1998)
∆S = Sfinal – Sinitial Ans. (d) : In this reaction ∆n = 2 – 4 = –2
Thus, ∆S = –ve If ∆ng < 0
221. For the process : CO2(s) → CO2(g) Since ∆H = ∆E + ∆ng RT
(a) both ∆H and ∆S are +ve 226. Which of the following is not a state function?
(b) ∆H is –ve and ∆S is +ve (a) q (b) q + w
(c) ∆H is –ve and ∆S is –ve (c) E (d) P∆V
(d) Both ∆H and ∆S are –ve J & K CET-(1997)
J & K CET-(2000) Ans. (d) (i) q→ Heat contains by any body at constant
pressure is called enthalpy (H) and H are state
Ans. (a) : CO2(s) → CO2(g) function
The reaction involves conversion of CO2(s) to CO2(g)
i.e. randomness increases and hence entropy increases. (ii) q + w = U → state function
i.e. ∆S = +ve. Further heat is absorbed in this reaction (iii) E→ state function
thus, ∆H = +ve. (iv) PdV = W → It is a path function
222. The enthalpy of atomization of carbon and Δ 227. In an isothermal expansion of an ideal gas:
hydrogen are q1 and q2 respectively. If q3 is the (a) W= 0 (b) E = 0
bond energy of C – H bond, then H of the (c) q = 0 (d) V = 0
following reaction is JCECE - 2003
C(s) + 2H2(g) → CH4(g) Ans. (b): For isothermal process– T = Constant
(a) 4q 3 − q1 − 2q 2 (b) q1 + q2 – q3 or ∆T = 0
(c) q1 +2q 2 − 4q 3 (d) q1 + 4q 2 − 4q 3 Here, ∆E = 0
J & K CET-(1998) 228. Human body is an example of:
(a) open system (b) closed system
Ans. (d) : C(s) + 2H2(s) → CH4(s) ∆H = ?
(c) isolated system (d) none of these
C(s) → C(g); ∆H1 = q1 JCECE - 2004
H2(g) → 2H(g); ∆H2 = 2q2
Ans. (a) : Human body can exchange energy and matter
∆H = q1 + 4q2 – 4q3 with surrounding. This is an example of open system.
Δ
223. In which of the following reactions 229. For a reaction to be spontaneous at all
would E be equal to H ? temperatures
(a) 2SO2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2SO3(g) (a) ∆G and ∆H should be negative
(b) H2(g) + 1/2O2 ⇌ H2O(l) (b) ∆G and ∆H should be positive
(c) H2(g) + I2(g) ⇌ 2HI(g) (c) ∆G = ∆S = 0
(d) NO(g) ⇌ 2NO(g) (d) ∆H < ∆G
J & K CET-(1999) JCECE - 2009
Ans. (c): H2(g) + I2(g) ⇌ 2HI(g) Ans. (a) : For a reaction to be spontaneous ∆G should
∆ng = (1+1) – 2 = 0 be negative
∆H = ∆E + ∆ng RT ∆G = ∆H – T∆S
∆H = ∆E For a reaction to be spontaneous at all temperature ∆G
224. Which one of the following is a non- and ∆H should be negative.
spontaneous reaction? 230. Which one of the following is correct?
(a) dissolution of a salt in water (a) –∆G = ∆H – T∆S (b) ∆H = ∆G – T∆S
(b) expansion of a gas into vacuum 1 1
(c) melting of ice (c) ∆S = [∆G − ∆H] (d) ∆S = [∆H − ∆G]
(d) passage of a gas from a lower pressure to a T T
higher pressure JCECE - 2010
J & K CET-(1999) Ans. (d) : We know that,
Ans. (d): A physical or chemical process which don’t Gibbs free energy is, ∆G = ∆H – T∆S
occurs its own are called non- spontaneous process. T∆S = ∆H – ∆G
Flow of heat from higher to lower (spontaneous). 1
∆S = [∆H – ∆G)
∴ Passage of a gas from a lower pressure to a higher T
pressure (Non-spontaneous)
Δ
225. For which of the following reactions H is not lead to a non-spontaneous change?
equal to E ? (a) +ve ∆H and +ve ∆S (b) –ve ∆H and –ve ∆S
(a) H2(g) + I2(g) = 2HI(g) (c) +ve ∆H and –ve ∆S (d) –ve ∆H and +ve ∆S
(b) HCl(aq) = NaOH(aq) = NaCl(aq) + H2O JCECE - 2011, J & K CET-(1997)
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 548 YCT
Ans. (c) : For a process to be spontaneous, ∆G will be and 66.00 JK–1 mol–1 respectively. The
negative. temperature at which the free energy change
We know that, for the reaction will be zero, is
∆G = ∆H – T∆S (a) 3528 K (b) 463 K
If ∆H = + ve and ∆S = – ve, ∆G will be positive at all (c) 73 K (d) 144 K
temperatures. Thus, the process is non-spontaneous. JIPMER-2015
232. Which of the following pairs of a chemical Ans. (b) : From the Gibb’s – Helmholtz equation
reaction is certain to result in a spontaneous ∆G = ∆H – T∆S
reaction? At equilibrium, ∆G = 0
(a) Exothermic and decreasing disorder Hence, ∆H – T∆S = 0 or ∆H = T∆S
(b) Endothermic and increasing disorder ∆H
(c) Exothermic and increasing disorder T=
∆S
(d) Endothermic and decreasing disorder Given that, ∆H = 30.560 kJ mol–1
JCECE - 2012, CG PET -2007 =30560J mol–1
JIPMER-2007, NEET-2005 30560
T= = 463K
Ans. (c) : For a spontaneous reaction, ∆G = –ve. 66.0
From Gibb's-Helmholtz equation– 236. If for a given substance, melting point is TB and
∆G = ∆H – T∆S freezing point is TA then correct variation of
∆G = –ve, when ∆H = –ve and ∆S = +ve entropy by graph between entropy change and
For ∆H = –ve, reaction should be exothermic and ∆S = temperature is
+ve for increase in disorder.
233. The value of compression factor, Z for critical
constants is (a) (b)
1 3
(a) (b)
2 4
2 3
(c) (d)
3 8
JCECE - 2014
a
Ans. (d) : We know, Pc = , Vc = 3b (c) (d)
27b2
8a
And, Tc =
27Rb
Pc Vc a × 3b × 27Rb 3 JIPMER-2015
= = R
Tc 27b2 × 8a 8 Ans. (b) : For a pure substance TA and TB represent the
same temperature.
Pc Vc 3
=
RTc 8
PV Pc Vc 3
Compression factor, Z = = =
RT RTc 8
234. The enthalpy change for a reaction does not
depend upon the 237. 0.40 g of helium in a bulb at a temperature of T
(a) physical state of reactants and products K had a pressure of p atm. When the bulb was
(b) use of different reactants for the same product immersed in water bath at temperature 50 K
(c) nature of intermediate reaction steps more than the first one, 0.08 g of gas had to be
(d) difference in initial or final temperature of removed to restore the original pressure.
involved substances T is.
JCECE - 2015 (a) 500 K (b) 400 K
AIEEE-2003 (c) 600 K (d) 200 K
Ans. (c) : Enthalpy change (∆H) is a state function so, it JIPMER-2015
does not depend on the path taken by the reaction, it Ans. (d) : Since P and V is constant
depend only on the difference of final and initial values niTi = nfTf
of enthalpy change. 0.4 (0.4 − 0.08)
× (T) = × (T + 50)
235. H and S for the reaction, 4 4
1 5T = 4(T + 50)
Ag 2O(s) → 2Ag(s) + O 2 (g),are 30.56kJ mol –1
2 T = 200 K
248. Conversion of oxygen into ozone is non- Which of the following is correct about this plot?
spontaneous at (a) T1 < T2 (b) f1 > f2
(a) Low temperature (b) all temperature (c) T1 > T2 (d) V1 < V2
(c) High temperature (d) room temperature Karnataka-CET-2015
JIPMER-2018
Karnataka-CET-2014 Ans. (c) : v = 3RT
Ans. (b) : 3O 2 (g) 2O3 (g); ∆H = + ve; M
1
∆S = -ve V ∝ T, V ∝
Equation, ∆G = ∆H -T∆S = + ve –(-ve) M
∆G = +ve: V ↑ , T ↑, V ↑ no.of moleculer ↓
Non – spontaneous at all temperature In increasing temperature, the molecule
So, conversion of oxygen into ozone is non-spontaneous velocity increasing but fraction of molecules processing
process. that velocity decreeing.
249. A hypothetical reaction A → 2B proceeds since, V1 > V2 ,
through the following sequence of steps T1 > T2
I. A → C; ∆rH = q1 252. For an ideal binary liquid mixture
II. C → D; ∆rH = q2 (a) ∆S(mix ) = 0; ∆G (mix ) = 0
1 (b) ∆H (mix ) = 0; ∆S(mix ) < 0
III. D → B; ∆rH = q3
2 (c) ∆V(mix ) = 0; ∆G ( mix ) > 0
The heat of hypothetical reaction is
(a) q1 + q2 – 2q3 (b) q1 + q2 + 2q3 (d) ∆S(mix ) > 0; ∆G (mix ) < 0
(c) q1 + 2q2 – 2q3 (d) q1 – q2 + 2q3 Karnataka-CET-2014
JIPMER-2016 Ans. (d): Entropy of universe always increases
Ans. (b) : Given, therefore, for an ideal binary liquid solution.
A → C, ∆H = q1 .....(i) ∆H = 0 & ∆V = 0 from,
C → D, ∆H = q2 .....(ii) ∆G = ∆H – T∆S
1 ∆G = –ve Hence, ∆G < 0 and ∆S > 0
D → B, ∆H = q3 .....(iii) 253. The value of entropy of solar system is
2
From equation (iii)– (a) increasing (b) decreasing
D → 2B, ∆H = 2q3 (c) constant (d) zero
According to Hess's law, the total heat changes Karnataka-CET-2013
occurring during a chemical reaction are independent of Ans. (a) : All naturally occurring processes are
path. spontaneous and are accompanied by a net increase of
So, adding equation (i) + (ii) + (iii) entropy.
∆H = q1 + q2 + 2q3 254. The process is spontaneous at the given
250. The reaction in which ∆H > ∆U is temperature, if
(a) N2(g) + O2(g) → 2NO(g) (a) ∆H is +ve and ∆S is –ve
(b) CaCO3(s) → CaO(s) + CO2(g) (b) ∆H is –ve and ∆S is +ve
As the temperature is constant 313. For the reaction 2Cl(g) → Cl2(g), the correct
1 f option is
∴ ∆S =
T ∫i
dq rev (a) ∆rH > 0 and ∆rS > 0 (b) ∆rH > 0 and ∆rS < 0
As we know that (c) ∆rH < 0 and ∆rS > 0 (d) ∆rH < 0 and ∆rS < 0
NEET-2020
dV
dqrev = -dwrev = nRT Ans. (d) : 2Cl(g) → Cl2(g)
V • Bond formation is exothermic process
1 f dV
∴ ∆S = ∫ nRT
∆r H < 0
T i V • 2 atoms gives one molecules,
nRT f dV
T ∫i V
⇒ ∆S = – Randomness decreases, ∆rS < 0
314. Consider the following processes :
V
⇒ ∆S = nR ln f ∆H (kJ/mol)
Vi 1/2A → B +150
From Charle’s law, 3B → 2C + D +125
P f Vf = P i Vi E + A → 2D +350
Vf Pi For B + D → E + 2C, ∆H will be
=
Vi Pf (a) 525 kJ/mol (b) -175 kJ/mol
(c) -325 kJ/mol (d) 325 kJ/mol
Pi NEET-2011
∴ ∆S = nR ln
P
f Ans. (b) : 1/2A → B, ∆H = +150 kJ/mol .....(i)
311. Consider the following liquid vapour 3B → 2C + D, ∆H = +125 kJ/mol .....(ii)
equilibrium Liquid vapour E + A → 2D, ∆H = +350 kJ/mol .....(iii)
According to Hess's law.
Which of the following relations is correct? From, 2(i)-(iii)+(ii)
d lnP −∆H v d lnP ∆H v ∆H = 2(150) – 350 –125
(a) = (b) =
dT 2 T2 dT RT 2 = –175kJ/mol
d lnG ∆H v d lnP −∆H v 315. Three thermo chemical equations are given
(c) = (d) = below :
dT 2 RT 2 dT RT
NEET-I 2016 (i) C( graphite ) + O 2 ( g ) → CO 2 (g); ∆ r H 0 = x kJ mol−1
Q PV =
w
RT 2. First Law of Thermodynamics
M and Application
k
PV = .....(i)
M 357. The work done when 2 moles of an ideal gas
Let, wRT = k expands reversibly and isothermally from a
Taking log on both the sides of equation (i) volume of 1L to 10L at 300K is
gas if all gases have equal masses? of 105 Nm2. The work done on the gas is
(a) NH3 (b) N2 (a) +270 kJ (b) –900 J
(c) Cl2 (d) H2S (c) +900 kJ (d) –900 kJ
MHT CET-2009 NEET-Odisha 2019
Ans. (a) : When P, V and T are same and mass is also Ans. (b) : For an isothermal irreversible expansion
small work done depends only on molecular mass. Work done (W) = –P (V2 –V1)
1 V1 = initial value
W∝ (Where, M = molecular mass) V2 = final value
M
Given, P = 100000 Nm–2
NH3 → 14 + 3 = 17 g/mole
V1 = 10–3 m3
N2 → 14 × 2 = 28 g/mole
V2 = 10–2 m3
Cl2 → 35.5 × 2 = 71 g/mole Then , W = –100000(10–2 – 10–3)
H2S → 2 + 32 = 34 g/mole
9
Among the given gases, NH3 has lowest molecular = –100000 ×
mass. So work done is maximum. 1000
427. 16 g of oxygen gas expands isothermally and = –900J
reversible at 300K from 10 dm3 to 100 dm3 the 431. A gas is allowed expand in a well insulated
work done is (in J) container against a constant external pressure
(a) zero (b) – 2875 J of 2.5 atm from an initial volume of 2.50 L to a
(c) + 2875 J (d) infinite final volume of 4.50 L. The change in internal
MHT CET-2009 energy ∆U of the gas in joules will be
q 2.2 1
∆Ssystem = rev (n) N2O = = = 0.5
T 44 2
Here, the system absorbs q amount of heat from ∆H = nCp ∆T = 0.5 × 100 × (– 40) = – 200 J
surrounding at temperature T. ∆H = ∆U + W = ∆U + (P ∆V)
473. The second law of thermodynamics says that in ∆V = ∆H – P∆V
a cyclic process = – 200 – 101.3 × 103 × (– 49.35 × 10–6)
(a) work cannot be converted into heat = – 200 + 4.999
(b) heat cannot be converted into work = – 197.00 J
(c) work cannot be completely converted into 476. The dissociation energy of CH4 is 360 kcal mol–
1
heat and that of ethane is 620 kcal mol–1. The bond
(d) heat cannot be completely converted into energy of C – C bond is :
work (a) 260 kcal (b) 980 kcal
WB-JEE-2009 (c) 90 kcal (d) 80 kcal
Ans. (d): According to second law of thermodynamics– CG PET-22.05.2022
• No cyclic process that converts heat entirely into Ans. (d) :
work is possible. CH4 (g) → C (g) + 2H2(g) ; ∆H = 360 kcal mol–1
• Work can never be equal to Q. So, bond dissociation energy of one C –H bond
• Some energy must always be transferred as heat to =
360
= 90 kcal/mol
the system's surrounding. 4
∆G − ∆H
o o 1 1 1
∴∆So = − = × 62.76 + ×151.0 + × 242.3 − [211.3]
T 2 2 2
−66.9 + 41.8 = 16.83 kJ/mol.
= − 556. Given the following bond dissociation
300
–1 –1 enthalpies (kJ mol–1).
= 0.08367 kJK mol
P ≡ P − 490, P − P − 209, N ≡ N − 946, N − N − 160
∴ ∆Go =∆Ho –T∆So
= –41.8–330×0.08367 Compare the enthalpy changes for the process
= –69.4 kJ mol–1 i. 2P2 (g) → P4 (g)
554. At 1000K, from the data ii. 2N 2 (g) → N 4 (g)
N 2 (g) + 3H 2 (g) → 2NH 3 (g).
(a) P4 is feasible but N4 is not feasible
∆H = −123.77kJmol −1 (b) P4 is not feasible but N4 is feasible
Substance N2 H2 NH3 (c) Both P4 and N4 are feasible
P/R 3.5 3.5 4 (d) Both P4 and N4 are not feasible
Calculate the heat of formation of NH3 at 300 BCECE-2015
K. Ans. (a) : The process involves replacement of 2(x≡x)
(a) – 44.42 kJ mol–1 (b) – 88.85 kJ mol–1 units by 6(x–x) bonds in the X4 tetrahedron. Energy is
(c) + 44.42 kJ mol–1 (d) + 88.85 kJ mol–1 released when bonds are formed and thus species
BCECE-2013 formed is stable.
Ans. (a) : From Kirchhoff's equation (i) 2P2 (g)→P4(g)
∆H2 (1000K) = ∆H1 (300K) + ∆Cp (1000–300) ∆H = –6×BE(P–P)+2 ×BE(P≡P)
Here, ∆H2 (1000K) = –123.77 kJ Mol –1 = – 6×209+2×490= –274 kJ/mol feasible,
∆Cp = 2Cp(NH3 ) - [Cp(N2 ) + 3Cp(H2 ) ] (ii) 2N2(g) → N4(g)
∆ Ht=6BE(N–N)+ 2BE(N≡N)
∆Cp = 2×4R–[3.5R+3×3.5R] = –6×160+2×946
∆Cp = 8R–14R = + 932 kJ mol–1
∆Cp = – 6R Formation of N4 is endothermic, thus is not feasible.
∆Cp = – 6 × 8.314 × 10–3kJ
557. What is the enthalpy of the disproportionation
∴ –123.77 = ∆H1 (300K) – 6 × 8.314 × 10–3 × 700 of MgCl is –125 kJ/mol and the MgCl2 is –
or ∆H1 (300K) = –88.85KJ 642kJ/mol?
For two moles of NH3 (a) –767 kJ/mol (b) 767 kJ/mol
∆H1(300K ) (c) –392 kJ/mol (d) 392 kJ/mol
∴ H f (NH3 ) = BCECE-2015
2 Ans. (c) : Mg(s)+Cl2(g)→MgCl2(s)
88.85 ∆H1=–642 kJ mol–1
=–
2 1
= – 44.42 kJ mol–1 Mg(s)+ Cl2(g)→MgCl(s)
2
555. The enthalpy changes for the following ∆H2= –125 kJ mol–1
processes are listed below– 2MgCl→MgCl2+Mg
Cl 2 (g) → 2Cl(g), 242.3kJmol −1 ⇒ ∆H=∆H1–2∆H2
I 2 (g) → 2l(g),151.0kJmol −1 = – 642+2 ×125
= –392 kJ mol–1
ICl → I(g) + Cl(g), 211.3kJmol −1 558. Consider the following reactions,
I 2 (s) → I 2 (g), 62.76kJmol −1 C(s) + O 2 (g) → CO 2 (g), ∆H = −94kcal
Given that the standard states for iodine and 2CO(g) + O 2 → 2CO 2 (g), ∆H = −135.2kcal
chlorine are I2(s) and Cl2(g), the standard
enthalpy for the formation of ICl(g) is– Then, the heat of formation of CO(g) is–
(a) –14.6 kJ mol –1
(b) –16.8 kJ mol –1 (a) 26.4 kcal (b) –26.4 kcal
–1 –1 (c) 41.2 kcal (d) –41.2 kcal
(c) +16.8 kJ mol (d) +244.8 kJ mol
BCECE-2014 BCECE-2015
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 596 YCT
Ans. (b) : 562. The heats of neutralisation of CH3COOH,
C(s) + O 2 (g)
→ CO 2 (g).∆H = −94 kcal .....(1) HCOOH, HCN and H2S are – 13.2, –13.4, –2.9
and –3.8 k cal per equivalent respectively.
1 Arrange the acids in increasing order of acidic
CO2(g)+O2(g) → CO+ O2(g)
2 strength.
135.2 (a) HCOOH > CH 3COOH > H 2S > HCN
∆H3= = 67.6 kcal .....(3)
2 (b) CH 3COOH > HCOOH > H 2S > HCN
Q The required equation, (c) H 2S > HCOOH > CH3COOH > HCN
1
C(s)+ O2=CO(g), ∆H4=? (d) HCOOH > H 2S > CH3COOH > HCN
2
BITSAT 2014
Adding equation (1) and (3) use get–
Ans. (a) : The greater the (negative value) of heat of
1
C(s) + O2 → CO(g) neutralization, the more is the strength of the acid.
2 Hence,
∆H= –94 +67.6= – 26.4 kcal. HCOOH > CH 3COOH > H 2S > HCN
559. In the reaction
563. For the dissociation reaction,
CO 2 (g) + H 2 (g) → CO(g) + H 2O(g)
H2(g) → 2H(g), ∆H = 162 Kcal,
∆H = 40 kJ; ∆H represents : heat of atomization of H is
(a) Heat of formation (a) 81 Kcal (b) 162 Kcal
(b) Heat of combustion (c) 208 Kcal (d) 218 Kcal
(c) Heat of neutralisation BITSAT 2013
(d) Heat of reaction Ans. (a) : ∆H = ∆H (product) − ∆H (reactant)
BITSAT 2005
Ans. (d) : Heat of reaction, the amount of heat that must 162 = 2 × ∆H H − ∆H H2
be added or removed during a chemical reaction in
order to keep all of the substances present at the same ∆H H =
162
2
( )
Q ∆H H 2 = 0
temperature. The difference between enthalpy of
substances present at the end of the reaction and the ∆H H = 81Kcal
enthalpy of the substances present at the start of 564. The enthalpy of combustion of 2 moles of
reaction. Thus, the heat of reaction determined at benzene at 270C differs from the value
constant pressure is also designated the enthalpy of determined in bomb calorimeter by
reaction, represented by the symbol ∆H. (a) –2.494 kJ (b) 2.494 kJ
560. At 250C and 1 bar which of the following has a (c) –7.483 kJ (d) 7.483 kJ
0
non-zero ∆H f ? BITSAT 2013
Ans. (c) : By bomb calorimeter, we get ∆E–
(a) Br2(l) (b) C (graphite)
(c) O (g) (d) I (s) 2C6 H 6 (1) + 15O 2 (g) → 12CO 2 (g) + 6H 2 O(l )
3 2
BITSAT 2009 ∆H − ∆E = ∆n g RT
Ans. (c) : Ozone is allotropic form of oxygen and is of ∆ng = 12+6–(15+2)=1
higher energy (by 68 K Cal mol–1) than O2. = (12 – 15) × 8.314 × 300 = –7.483 kJ
Hence it can not be taken as the reference in standard 565. In which of the following reactions, standard
state.
entropy change (∆S0) is positive and standard
561. If the enthalpy of vaporization of water is 186.5 Gibb’s energy change (∆G0) decreases sharply
kJmol–1, the entropy if its vaporization will be : with increasing temperature?
(a) 0.5 kJ K–1 mol–1 (b) 1.0 kJ K–1 mol–1 1
(c) 1.5 kJ K–1 mol–1 (d) 2.0 kJ K–1 mol–1 (a) C(graphite) + O 2 (g) → CO(g)
2
BITSAT 2014
1
Ans. (a) : Given enthalpy of vaporization, (b) CO(g) + O 2 (g) → CO 2 (g)
−1 2
∆H = 186.5kJ mol 1
Boiling point of water (c) Mg(s) + O 2 (g) → MgO(s)
2
0
= 100 C = 100 + 273 = 373K 1 1 1
(d) C(graphite) + O 2 (g) → CO 2 (g)
Entropy change, 2 2 2
∆H 186.5kJ mol−1 BITSAT 2012
∆S = = Ans. (a) : Since, in the first reaction gaseous products
T 373K
are forming from solid carbon hence entropy will
∆S = 0.5 kJ mol K–1 –1
increase i.e. ∆S0 = +ve.
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 597 YCT
1 When ∆G = 0,
C(gr.) + O 2 (g) → CO(g); ∆S0 = + ve
2 0 = ∆H − T∆S
Since, ∆G0 = ∆H0 – T∆S0 ∆H 40630 J mol-1
Hence, the value of ∆G0 decrease on increasing T= = = 373.4K
temperature. ∆S 108.8J k –1 mol-l
566. Bond enthalpies of H2, X2 and HX are in the 569. To which of the following determination of
ratio 2 : 1 : 2. If enthalpy of formation of HX is heat, Hess's law is used?
– 50 kJ mol–1, the bond enthalpy of X2 is (a) Heat of chemical reaction
(a) 100 kJ mol–1 (b) 300 kJ mol–1 (b) Heat of formation
–1
(c) 200 kJ mol (d) 400 kJ mol–1 (c) Heat of bond formation
BITSAT 2012 (d) All of the above
1 1 CG PET -2008
Ans. (a) : H 2 + X 2 → HX
2 2 Ans. (d) : Hess's Law - Hess's law of heat summation
Let the bond enthalpy of X – X bond be x. states that for a chemical equation that can be written as
the sum of two or more steps, the enthalpy change for
∆H f (HX) = −50
the overall equation is the sum of enthalpy changes for
1 1 the individual steps.
−50 = ∆H H −H + ∆H X −X − ∆H H −X
2 2 570. Energy of activation of an endothermic
1 1 −x reaction is
−50 = × 2x + × x − 2x = (a) negative (b) positive
2 2 2 (c) Zero (d) Cannot be predicted
∴ x = 50 × 2 = 100 kJ mol−1 CG PET- 2011
So, Bond enthalpy of X2 is 100 kJ mol–1 Ans. (b) : In endothermic reactions, the reactants are
567. Given present at comparatively lower energy than the
Reaction Energy Change (in kJ) products, which means the products formed in the
Li(s) → Li(g) 161 reaction are less stable than the reactants. Since, the
Li(g) → Li (g)+
520 reaction moves towards a more stable molecule,
towards a less stable molecule, the overall enthalpy
1 change of the reaction is positive.
F2 (g) → F(g) 77
2 571. Which of the following relationships is correct?
F(g) + e– → F–(g) (Electron gain enthalpy) T∆Sº −∆Hº ∆Hº −T∆Sº
Li+(g) + F–(g) → LiF(s) –1047 (a) k = (b) k =
RT RT
1
Li(s) + F2 (g) → Li F(s) –617 T∆Sº −∆Hº ∆Hº −T∆Hº
2 (c) ln k = (d) ln k =
Based on data provided, the value of electron RT RT
gain enthalpy of fluorine would be : CG PET- 2011
(a) –300 kJ mol–1 (b) –350 kJ mol–1 Ans. (c) : ∆G° = –nRT lnk
(c) –328 kJ mol –1
(d) –228 kJ mol–1 ∆H°–T∆S° = –nRT lnk
BITSAT 2016 −(∆H° − T∆S°)
lnk =
Ans. (c) : Applying Hess’s Law RT
1 T ∆ S° − ∆H °
∆ f H 0 = ∆ sub H + ∆ diss H + I.E. + E.A + ∆ lattice H lnk =
2 RT
–617 = 161 + 520 + 77 + E.A. + (–1047) 5
E.A. = –617 + 289 = –328 kJ mol–1 572. C2 H 2 + O 2 → 2CO 2 + H 2 O; ∆H = −310kcal
∴ Electron affinity of fluorine = – 328 kJ mol–1 2
C + O 2 → O 2 ; ∆H = −94kcal
568. For vaporization of water at 1 atmospheric
pressure, the values of ∆H and ∆S are 40.63 1
H 2 + O 2 → H 2 O; ∆H = −68kcal
kJmol–1 and 108.8 JK–1 mol–1, respectively. The 2
temperature when Gibbs energy change (∆G) On the basis of the above equations,
for this transformation will be zero, is : ∆H f (enthalpy of formation) of C2H2 will be
(a) 293.4K (b) 273.4K
(a) −148 kcal (b) +54 kcal
(c) 393.4K (d) 373.4K
(c) −54 kcal (d) −80 kcal
BITSAT 2018
Ans. (d) : Given that, CG PET -2009
−1 Ans. (b) : Given,
∆H = 40630 J mol
5
∆S = 108.8 JK −1mol−1 C2 H 2 + O 2 → 2CO 2 + H 2 O, ∆H = −310 kcal.....(i)
2
∆G = ∆H − T ∆S C+O2→ CO2, ∆H= –94 kcal.............(ii)
Δ
dE 1
∆S° = nF H 2 (g) + O 2 (g) → H 2O( l ); H = –286 KJ
2
dT
(a) –437 kJ (b) 135 kJ
dE ∆E
= (c) –135 kJ (d) none of these
dt ∆T J & K CET-(2013)
0.28 − 0.18
= Ans. (c) :
10 equation (i), ∆H = –1415 KJ
= 0.01V/K
equation (ii), ∆H = –1566 KJ
Now,
∆S° = 2×96500×0.01= 1930JK–1 equation (iii), ∆H = –286 KJ
We know, C2H4(g)+H2(g) C2H6(g)
∆H° =∆G°+T∆S°
∆H° = –34740 + 293 × 1930 ∆H = ?
∆H° = 530.75 kJ ∆H = Eq. (i) + Eq. (iii) –Eq. (ii)
611. What will be the heat change at constant ∆H Value is = (–1415) + (–286) – (–1566)
volume for the reaction whose heat change at = –135 KJ
constant pressure is –560kcal at 27ºC? The 615. The standard enthalpy of formation of H2(g)
reaction is and Cl2(g) and HCl(g) are 218 kJ/mol, 121.88
C8H16+12O2 → 8CO2+8H2O kJ/mol and –93.31 kJ/mol respectively.
(Given R = 2 cal mol–1 K–1) Calculate standard enthalpy change in kJ for
(a) –558200 calories (b) 442800 calories 1 1
H 2 (g) + Cl 2 (g) → HCl(g)
(c) –561800 calories (d) 368240 calories 2 2
J & K CET-(2018) (a) +431.99 (b) –262.14
Ans. (a) : Given, (c) –431.99 (d) +247.37
∆H = –560 kcal, T = 27 + 273 = 300 K J & K CET-(2010)
R = 2 cal mol–1 K–1 Ans. (b) :
C8H16(l) + 12O2(g)→8CO2(g) + 8H2O(l)
∆ng = 8 – 12 = –4 218 121.88
∆H = ∆E + ∆ngRT ∆H = ∑ ∆H P − ∑ ∆H R = − 93.31 − +
2 2
∆E = ∆H – ∆ngRT = –560×103 – (–4×2×300)
= − 93.31 − 169.94 = − 263.25 − 262.14 kJ
= –560×103 + 2400
= – 557600 cal –558200 cal 616. Changes in a system from an initial state to the
612. The heat of neutralisation will be highest in final state were made by a different manner
(a) HCl +NaOH that remains ∆H remains same but q changes
(b) NH4OH + H2SO4 because
(c) CH3COOH + NaOH (a) ∆H is a path function and q is a state function
(d) CH3COOH + NH4 OH (b) ∆H is a state function and q is a path function
J & K CET-(2019) (c) both ∆H and q are state functions
Ans. (a) : Strong acid and strong base has greater heat (d) both ∆H and q are path functions.
of neutralization than weak acid or weak base. J & K CET-(2010)
613. The standard enthalpy of formation of all Ans. (b) : Enthalpy change- ∆H is a State function,
elements in their standard state is depends only upon the initial and final states not upon
(a) zero (b) unity the path followed.
(c) Less than zero (d) more than zero 617. The standard enthalpies of formation of A
J & K CET-(2019) (NH3), B (CO2), C (HI) and D (SO2) are
Ans. (a) : The standard enthalpy of formation of a respectively –46.19, –393.4, + 24.94 and –296.9
substance is the enthalpy change that occurs when 1 kJ mol–1.
mole of the substance is formed from its constituent The increasing order of their stability is
elements in their standard states. (a) B < D < A < C (b) C < A < D < B
Enthalpies of all elements in their standard state are (c) D < B < C < A (d) A < C < D < B
zero.
J & K CET-(2009)
614. Calculate the enthalpy change for the reaction
Ans. (b) : Lower the value of standard enthalpy of
C2H4(s) + H2(g) →C2H6(g)
formation, higher the stability. The increasing order of
Δ
using the data given below : standard enthalpies formation of given molecule is
C2H4(g) + 3O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2H2O(l); H = –
1415 kJ C<A<D<B
Δ
Equivalents of the acid = 0.08 equivalent
∴ Since, heat evolved when 0.08 equivalent of acid is 623. Calculate H (in joules) for C (graphite) →
ΔΔ
neutralized = 4.4 kJ C (diamond), from the following data
∴ The heat evolved, when 1 equivalent is neutralized, C (graphite) + O2(g) → CO2(g); H = –393.5 kJ.
when 1 equivalent is neutralized C (diamond) + O2(g) → CO2(g); H = –395.5 kJ.
4.4 × 1 (a) 1900 (b) –788.9 × 103
= = 55 kJ equiv -1
0.08 (c) 190000 (d) +788.9 × 103
620. Which one of the following is always not J & K CET-(2006)
negative? Ans. (a) : According to Hess' law,
(a) Enthalpy of combustion Cgraphite + O 2 (g)
→ CO 2 , ∆H = −393.5 kJ / mol
(b) Enthalpy of formation
CO 2 (g)
→ Cdiamond + O 2 (g), ∆H = + 395.4 kJ / mol
(c) Enthalpy of neutralisation
(d) Lattice enthalpy Cgraphite
→ C diamond , ∆H = − 393.5 + 395.4 = 1.9 kJ / mol
J & K CET-(2009) =1900 J / mol
Ans. (b) :
(a) Enthalpy of Combustion 624. 1 mole of H2SO4 is mixed with 2 moles of
NaOH. The heat evolved will be
Combustion is an Energy librating
(a) 57.3 kJ (b) 2 × 57.3 kJ
Process So, ∆HC = –Ve (c) 57.3/2 kJ (d) cannot be predicted
(b) Enthalpy of formation are J & K CET-(2004)
Not Always Negative
Ans. (b) 1 mole of H2SO4 completely neutralised by 2
∆H 0f = + Ve mole of NaOH
(c) Enthalpy of Neutralization this is an As we know,
Exothermic Process Gram equivalent = No. of moles x Valency factor
∆Hn = –Ve Valency factor of H2SO4 = 2
(d) Lattice Energy Heat evolved in the neutralization of 1gm eg. of strong
Energy librating Process acid =57.3 kJ
∆H = –Ve Heat evolved in neutralization of 2 gm
eg. of strong acid = (57.3 × 2) kJ
621. Heat of combustion of carbon monoxide at
constant volume and at 170C is – 67,710 625. The enthalpy of vapourisation of liquid water
calories. The heat of combustion at constant using the data
pressure is 1
H 2 (g) + O 2(g) → H 2 O( l ) ;∆H = –285.77kJ/mole
(a) –68,000 calories (b) –67,800 calories 2
(c) 67,050 calories (d) + 68,500 calories 1
H2 (g) + O2(g) → H2O(g) ;∆H = –241.84kJ/mole
J & K CET-(2007) 2
Δ
–1
626. Enthalpy of NH3 is –46 kJ mol , H for the–1 (c) –92.0 kJ mol (d) 46 kJ mol–1
reaction: 2NH3(g) → N2(g) + 3H2(g) is J & K CET-(2001)
(a) 46 kJ (b) 92 kJ Ans. (b) : Enthalpy of reaction (∆rH°) = –92 kJ mol–1
(c) –92 kJ (d) –23 kJ N2(g) + H2(g) → 2NH3(g)
J & K CET-(2002) Hence, Standard enthalpy of NH3 is equal to the
Ans. (b) : 1
1 3 ∆ r H°
N 2 (g) + H 2 (g) → NH 3 (g) 2
2 2 ∆rH° = 92 kJ mol–1
∆H = –46.0 KJ/mol −92
Multiply above equation with 2, Q Standard enthalpy of NH3 = = −46 kJ mol −1
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g) 2
∆H = –46.0×2 631. The heat of solution depends upon
= –92.0 KJ/mol (a) nature of solute
Reverse above equation (b) nature of solvent
2 NH3(g) N2 (g) + 3H2 (g) (c) concentration of the solution
∆H = +92.0 KJ/mol (d) all of these
The enthalpy change for the reaction, J & K CET-(2001)
2 NH3(g) N2(g) + 3H2(g) is 92.0 KJ mol–1 Ans. (d) : Heat of solution depend on the following
627. The factor which does not affect the heat of factor.
reaction is (a) Nature of solute particle
(a) physical state of the reactants and products (b) Nature of solvent
(b) temperature of the reaction (c) Concentration of the solution
(c) whether the reaction is carried out in an open 632. The enthalpy of neutralization of NaOH with
vessel or a closed vessel acetic acid is 55 kJ and with HCl is 57.1 kJ.
(d) whether the reaction is carried out directly or This happens because
indirectly (a) some heat is required for complete ionization
J & K CET-(2002) of acetic acid
Ans. (d) : Heat of reaction does not depend upon (b) acetic acid is an organic acid
whether the reaction is carried out directly or indirectly, (c) acetic acid is less soluble in water
Heat of reaction, the amount of heat that must be added
or removed during a chemical reaction in order to keep (d) acetic acid is a weak acid and required lesser
all of the substances present at the same temperature. alkali
628. The change in heat energy of a chemical J & K CET-(2001)
reaction at constant temperature and pressure Ans. (a): The enthalpy of neutralization of NaOH with
is called CH3COOH is 55 kJ and with HCL is 57.1 kJ. This is
(a) enthalpy (b) free energy due to that weak acid is not completely dissociated
(c) internal energy (d) bond energy Hence, some of heat is utilized for complete ionization
J & K CET-(2000) of weak acid. i.e. CH3COOH
Ans. (a) : Enthalpy is the heat change in a chemical 633. Lattice and hydration energies of NaCl are
reaction at constant temperature and pressure. +777.8 kJ mol-1 and -774.1 kJ mol-1
Enthalpy is the sum of the internal energy and pressure respectively. Heat of solution of NaCl will be
times volume. (a) 1551.9 kJ mol–1 (b) –1519 kJ mol–1
–1
H = E + PV (c) –37 kJ mol (d) +3.7 kJ mol–1
629. Hess’s law is used for the determination of J & K CET-(1999)
(a) heat of formation (b) heat of reaction Ans. (d) Heat of solution = Hydration energy + lattice
(c) heat of transition (d) all of these energy
J & K CET-(2000) = +777.8 – 774.1 = +3.7 kJ mol-1
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 607 YCT
634. The equation for the complete combustion of 637. The heat of combustion of cyclohexane at 250C
propane, C3H8 is and constant pressure is 3919.9 kJ mol–1. The
C3H8(g) + 5O2(g) → 3CO2(g) + 4H2O(g) reaction is
Δ
What is the maximum mass of carbon dioxide C6H12(l) + 9O2(g) → 6H2O. (l) + 6CO2 (g), What
formed when a mixture of 0.50 mole of propane is the best value of E for this reaction at 250C
and 3.0 mole oxygen are ignited? and at constant volume?
(a) 22.0 g (b) 29.3 g (a) 3912.45 kJ (b) 3927.33 kJ
(c) 44.0 g (d) 66.0 g (c) 3924.88 kJ (d) –3424.76 kJ
J & K CET-(1997) J & K CET-(1997)
Ans. (d) : Solution : -
Ans. (b) : Given:- ∆H = 3919.9 kJ mol-1
C3H8(g) + 5O2(g) → 3CO2(g) + 4H2O(g)
∆H = ∆E + ∆n g RT ..........(i)
1 mole 5 mole 3 mole
44g 160g 132g Q ∆n g = 6 − 9
Q 1 mole propane gives 132g CO2 ∆n g = − 3
∴ 0.50 mole propane gives 132 × 0.50 = 66.0g CO2
Form equation (i)
635. Equal volumes of molar hydrochloric acid and
sulphuric acid are neutralized by dilute NaOH 3919.9 = ∆E + ( −3 × 8.134 × 10−3 × 298 )
Solution and x kcal and y kcal of heat are
liberated respectively. Which of the following is ∆E = 3919.9 + 3 × 8.134 × 10−3 × 298
true? ∆E = 3927.33 kJ
1 638. Using bond energy data, calculate the heat of
(a) x = y (b) x = y
2 formation of isoprene. Given that bond energy
(c) x = 2y (d) none of these of C – H = 98.8 kcal, H – H = 104 kcal, C – C =
J & K CET-(2000, 1997) 83 kcal, C=C = 147 kcal and C(s) → C(g) = 171
Ans. (b) : HCl + NaOH NaCl + H2O kcal.
or H++OH–→H2O ∆H1 = x (a) 28.3 kcal (b) 20.6 kcal
H2SO4 + 2NaOH Na2SO4 + 2H2O (c) 283 kcal (d) 220.6 kcal
or J & K CET-(1997)
2H+ + 2OH– 2H2O ∆H2 = y Ans. (b) :
H++OH– H2O 5C(s) + 4H 2 (g) → CH 2 = C − CH = CH 2
|
1
∆H1 = ∆H2 CH3
2
y 5C(s) → 5C(g)
∴x = Bond energy of 2(C – C) ,Bond energy of 2(C = C)
2
Bond energy of 8(C – H)Bond energy of 4(H – H)
636. The heat of combustion of hydrogen gas at
constant pressure and at 230C is 280 kJ mol–1. ∆H = Sum of B.E. of reactants – Sum of B.E. of
The heat of combustion at constant volume and products
at 230C will be (R=8.3143 J mol–1 K–1) B.E.=5B.E. C(s) → C(g)
(a) –280 kJ mol–1 (b) –283.74 kJ mol–1 +4B.E.(H–H) – (2B.E.(C–C)+2B.E.(C=C)+8B.E.(C–H))
–1
(c) –267.69 kJ mol (d) –278.76 kJ mol–1 = (5×171+4×104) – (2×83+2×147+8×98.8)
J & K CET-(1998) = 1271–1250.4
Ans. (d) : Solution :- B.E. = 20.6 kcal
1
H 2 ( g ) + O 2 ( g ) → H 2O ( g ) 639. The latent heat of vaporization of water is 540
2 cal g–1 at 100ºC. What will be the entropy
1 increase when one mole of water is evaporated
∆n ( g ) = 1 − 1 + at 100ºC?
2 (a) 28 cal K–1 mol–1 (b) 26 cal K–1 mol–1
1 –1 –1
(d) 1.82 cal K–1 mol–1
∆n ( g ) = − (c) 540 cal K mol
2 JCECE - 2003
Q ∆H = ∆E + ∆n g RT Ans. (b): ∆G = ∆H – T∆S
∆E = ∆H − ∆n g RT At phase change ∆G = 0
−1 8.314 0 = ∆H – T∆S
∆E = −280 − × × 296 ∆H = T∆S
2 1000
∆H 540 × 18
∆E = −280 + 1.23 ∆S = =
T 373
∆E = −278.77 kJ mol −1 = 26.059 cal/mol K
standard free energy change of the reaction Note : The correct answer is 38.48 kJ/mole but official
must be answer is 19.12 kJ/mole
(a) zero (b) positive 807. In the process of ice melting at –15°C at
(c) infinite (d) negative atmospheric pressure,
CGPET-2007 (a) ∆G < 0 (b) ∆G > 0
VITEEE- 2006 (c) ∆G = 0 (d) ∆G = ∞
AMU – 2008
Ans. (d) : For spontaneous reaction free energy change
is negative. Ans. (b) : ∆G = ∆H –T∆S
∆G = –nFE ∆G = Positive (It means, Process is non spontaneous)
Then, Melting of ice below (0 oC / 273 k)
Where F = Faraday constant
∆G > 0
E = emf of the cell
808. The standard free energy change (∆G°) is
804. For a reaction at equilibrium,
related to equilibrium constant (K) as
(a) ∆G = ∆G° = 0 (a) ∆G° = –2.303 RT log K
(b) ∆G = 0 but not ∆G° (b) ∆G° = RT log K
(c) ∆G° = 0 but not ∆G (c) ∆G° = 2.303 RT log K
(d) ∆G = ∆G° ≠ 0 (d) ∆G° = –2.303 RT ln K
SRMJEEE – 2008 Manipal-2018
Ans. (b) : As we know, Gibb's free change for any AMU 2002
reaction in equilibrium condition is 0 i.e. Ans. (a) : The relation between standard free energy
∆G = ∆G° + nRT ln K change (∆G°) and equilibrium constant (K) is given
or below-
∆G° = – nRT ln K ∆G° = –2.303 RT log K
805. Calculate ∆Gº for the following cell reaction. 809. For a process to occur spontaneously
(a) (∆H – T∆S) must be negative
Zn(s) + Ag 2 O(s) + H 2 O(l) →
(b) (∆H + T∆S) must be negative
Zn 2n+ (aq.) + 2Ag(s) + 2OH – (aq.) (c) ∆H must be negative
°
E Ag+ / Ag = +0.80V and E °
= –0.76V (d) ∆S must be negative
Zn 2+ / Zn
Assam CEE-2014
(a) – 305 kJ/mol (b) – 301 kJ/mol Ans. (a) : For a process to occurs spontaneously–
(c) 305 kJ/mol (d) 301 kJ/mol
∆G Must be Negative
AP-EAMCET (Engg.) 2015
−1
CG PET -2007
∆H = 176kJ mol then ∆E is :
Ans. (a) : ∆G = –NF Ecell
(a) 180 kJ (b) 186.4 kJ
Ecell is an intensive property but ∆G is an extensive
(c) 166.0 kJ (d) 160 kJ property.
BCECE-2006 If the electrode potential is assumed to be positive then,
Ans. (c) : Given, ∆H = 176kJ mol , –1
When ∆G < 0, the spontaneous cell reaction.
T = 927°C + 273 = 1200 K When ∆G > 0, the non-spontaneous cell reaction.
∆H = ∆E + ∆n g RT 816. Which of the following relation is correct?
176 = ∆E + 8.314 × 10–3 × (273+927) (a) ∆H = ∆G + T∆S (b) ∆H = −∆G − T∆S
176 = ∆E + 9.9768 (c) ∆H = ∆G − T∆S (d) ∆H = −∆G + T∆S
∆E = 166 KJ CG PET -2004
−1 Ans. (a) :
812. For A → B, ∆H = 4k cal mol
Gibbs Free Energy
∆S = 10 cal mol −1 reaction is spontaneous when ∆H = ∆G + T∆S
temperature can be :
Where, ∆H = enthalpy change
(a) 400 K (b) 300 K
∆S = entropy change
(c) 500 K (d) none of these
T = temperature
BCECE-2004
∆H = ∆G + T∆S
Ans. (c) : Given, ∆H = 4k cal mol–1
∆G = ∆H – T∆S
∆S = 10 cal mol-1
817. For a spontaneous reaction, the ∆G,
∆G = ∆Η – Τ∆S equilibrium constant (K) and Ecell °
will be
For spontaneous reaction, ∆G = –Ve respectively
T∆S > ∆H (a) –ve, > 1, –ve (b) –ve, <1, –ve
∆H 4 × 1000 (c) +ve, >1, –ve (d) –ve, >1, +ve
or T> =
∆S 10 AIEEE-2005
T > 400 Ans. (d) : We know
It means temperature Should be greater then 400K ∆Go = – 2.303 RT log K
813. For a system in equilibrium ∆Go = − nFE 0cell
(a) ∆G = 0 (b) ∆G > 0 For spontaneous process
(c) ∆G < 0 (d) ∆H = 0 K > 1 and Ecell = +ve
BCECE-2009 and ∆Go = –ve
Ans. (a) : If ∆G > 0, then K < 0, and the reaction must 818. In an irreverible process taking place at
proceed to the left to reach equilibrium. constant T and p and in which only pressure-
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 634 YCT
volume work is being done, the change in ∆G of (CH3OH) = −166.2kJ mol−1
Gibbs free energy (dG) and change in entropy
(dS), satisfy the criteria ∆G of (H2O) = –237.2 kJ mol–1
(a) (dS)V,E < 0, (dG)T,p < 0
∆G of (CO2 ) = −394.4kJ mol−1
(b) (dS)V,E > 0, (dG)T,p < 0
(c) (dS)V,E = 0, (dG)T,p = 0 ∆H = –726 kJ mol–1
(d) (dS)V,E = 0, (dG)T,p > 0 ∵ ∆G = Σ∆G of (products) – Σ∆G of (reactant)
AIEEE-2003
= – 394.4 –2 (237.2) + 166.2
Ans. (b) : An irreversible process (i.e. spontaneous = –702.6 kJ mol–1
process )
now efficiency of fuel cell
(ds)V,E (change in entropy) = + ve > 0
(dG)T,p (change in Gibbs free energy) = –ve < 0 ∆G
= ×100
819. The correct relationship between free energy ∆Η
change in a reaction and the corresponding 702.6
= ×100
equilibrium constant Kc is 726
(a) ∆G = RT 1n Kc (b) –∆G = RT 1nKc = 97%
(c) ∆G° = RT 1nKc (d) –∆G° = RT 1nKc 822. The incorrect expression among the following
AIEEE-2003 is
Ans. (d) : ∆G = ∆G° + RTln Kc ∆G system
(a) = −T
Kc = Reaction quotient at equilibrium ∆G total
∆G = 0 (at equilibrium) (b) In isothermal process,
Then, V
Wreversible = –nRT In f
−∆G o = RTln K c Vi
820. A reaction is non-spontaneous at the freezing ∆H° − T∆S°
(c) ln K =
point of water but is spontaneous at the boiling RT
point of water, then (d) K = e–∆G°/RT
∆H ∆S AIEEE-2012
(a) +ve +ve Ans. (c) : ∆G° = – RT lnK (i)
(b) –ve –ve
(c) –ve +ve ∆G° = ∆H° – T∆S° (ii)
(d) +ve –ve from equation (i) and (ii)
AIEEE-2002 – ( ∆H° + T∆S° )= RT ln K
Ans. (a) : We know, ∆H° − T∆S°
ln K =
∆G = ∆H – T∆S RT
At lower temperature, process is non spontaneous. It 823. The standard reaction Gibbs energy for a
means ∆G > 0 and ∆H > 0. chemical reaction at an absolute temperature T
At high temperature, process is spontaneous. It means is given by,
∆G > 0 and ∆S > 0 ∆r G° = A – BT
821. In a fuel cell, methanol is used as fuel and Where A and B are non-zero constants.
oxygen gas is used as an oxidiser. The reaction Which of the following is true about this
is reaction?
3 (a) Endothermic if, A < 0 and B > 0
CH3OH(l)+ O 2 (g) → CO 2 (g) + 2H 2O( l )
2 (b) Exothermic if, B < 0
At 298 K standard Gibb's energies of (c) Exothermic if, A > 0 and B < 0
formation for CH3OH(l), H2O(l) and CO2 (g) (d) Endothermic if, A > 0
are –166.2, –237.2 and –394.4 kJ mol–1, JEE Main-2019, Shift-II
respectively. If standard enthalpy of Ans. (d) : Given, ∆rG° = A – BT ….(i)
combustion of methanol is –726 kJ mol–1,
We know that the relation,
efficiency of the fuel cell will be
∆G° = ∆H – T∆S ….(ii)
(a) 80% (b) 87%
Comparing the equation.
(c) 90% (d) 97%
A = ∆H, B = ∆S
AIEEE-2009
If ∆H > 0 it means reaction is endothermic
Ans. (d) : Given that,
∆G o
∆G = ∆H – T∆S (c) e 2.303RT (d) lnk = −
= 3300 – 300 × 20 RT
= –2700 cal UP CPMT-2014
= −2.7 kcal Ans. (c) : ∆G° = –RT lnk
842. A reaction having equal energies of activation ∆G o
lnk = –
for forward and reverse reactions has RT
(a) ∆H = 0 (b) ∆H = ∆G = ∆S = 0 K=e −∆G ° / RT
(c) ∆S = 0 (d) ∆G = 0 −∆G 0
NEET, 2013 K=e 2.303RT
[ A ][ B] 2 [ A ][ B] 2
1 1
0.25 × 0.25
5 × [ B] 2 [ C ] 2
1 1
K= ……..(4) Kc = 2
[A] 0.5 × 0.5
From equation (1) and (4) we get 2
1 1
K = 5 × ( K1 ) 2 =
1
4
= 5 × (16 ) 2
= 5 × 4 = 20 = 0.25
0.2 × 0.2
19. For a reversible reaction, if the concentration or Kc =
x − 0.2
of the reactants is reduced to half, the
equilibrium constant will be ......... . 0.2 × 0.2
or 2 ×10−2 =
(a) doubled x − 0.2
(b) halved 0.2 × 0.2
(c) reduced to one-fourth or x – 0.2 =
(d) remains same 0.2 × 10–1
AP EAMCET (Engg.) 18.09.2020, Shift-I or x = 2 + 0.2 = 2.2
AP EAMCET (Engg.) 21.09.2020, Shift-II 22. For the reaction A(g) C(g) + D(g); ∆H = –Q
Ans. (d) : The value of equilibrium constant Keq is kJ.
independent of initial concentrations of reactants and The equilibrium constant cannot be disturbed
products. So, options (a), (b) and (c) are not correct, i.e. by
for a reversible reaction, if the concentration of the (a) Addition of A
reactants is reduced to half, the equilibrium constant (b) Addition of D
will be remains same.
(c) Increasing of pressure
20. H 2 (g) + 2AgCl(s) 2Ag(s) + 2HCl(aq) (d) Increasing of temperature
0
Ecell at 25 0C for the cell is 0.22 V. The Kerala-CEE-29.08.2021
equilibrium constant at 250C is Ans. (c) : The equilibrium constant cannot be disturbed
(a) 2.8×107 (b) 5.2×108 by increasing the pressure. the addition of catalyst also
(c) 2.8×105 (d) 5.2×104 does not affect equilibrium. Equilibrium constant is
Karnataka-CET-2021 directly proportional to temperature.
Kerala-CEE-29.08.2021
[ NH3 ]
2
K12 =
[SO3 (g)] .....(iii)
59. XY2 dissociates as
XY2 (g) XY (g) + Y (g) [SO2 (g)]2 [ O2 (g)]
When the initial pressure of XY2 is 600 mm Hg, Multiply the equation (ii) and (iii), we get– K 2 K12 = 1
the total equilibrium pressure is 800 mm Hg.
Calculate K for the reaction assuming that the 61. One mole of PCl5 is heated in a closed 2 dm3
volume of the system remains unchanged. vessel. At equilibrium 40% PCl5 is dissociated.
(a) 50 (b) 100 Calculate the equilibrium constant.
(c) 166.6 (d) 400.0 (a) 0.066 (b) 0.154
UPTU/UPSEE-2014 (c) 0.133 (d) 0.266
Ans. (b) : The dissociates of XY2 is– COMEDK-2014
XY2 (g) XY(g) + Y(g) Ans. (c) : PCl5 ↽ ⇀ PCl3 + Cl2
Initial pressure of XY2 is 600 mm Hg. The total 1
pressure at equilibrium is 800 mm Hg. Let x mm Hg of Initialconc. = 0.5 0 0
XY2 dissociates to reach equilibrium x mmHg of XY 2
and x mm Hg of Y will be formed at equilibrium. (600 1 – 0.4 0.6 0.4 0.4
– x) mm Hg of XY2 will be present at equilibrium. Equi.conc. =
2 2 2 2
Total pressure = (600 – x)+x+x=600+x mm Hg 0.4 0.4
×
But total pressure = 800 mm Hg ( 0.4 )
2
[PCl3 ][Cl 2 ]
So, 600+x=800 Kc = = 2 2 = = 0.133
x=200 [PCl5 ] 0.6 2 × 0.6
Thus, the equilibrium pressures are: 2
Pxy2 = 600-x = 600-200=400 mm Hg
62. In the reaction at constant volume,
Pxy = x = 200 mm Hg
Py = x = 200 mm Hg C(s) + CO 2 (g) 2CO(g)
Assuming volume of system to remain constant, the argon gas is added which does not take part in
value of the reaction; choose the correct statement.
Pxy Py (a) The equilibrium constant is unchanged.
Kp = (b) The equilibrium shifts in the forward
Pxy2 direction.
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 653 YCT
(c) The equilibrium shifts in the backward direction. 1 1
(d) The direction of equilibrium depends on the HI(g) H 2 (g) + I 2 (g)
amount of argon added. 2 2
1
AMU-2014 Then, the new equilibrium constant K' is =
Ans. (a) : Equilibrium constant depends only upon K
temperature, not on the concentration. Thus, it remains 1 1
Hence, K ' = =
unchanged when an inert gas like Argon is added. 49 7
Further, Argon is added at the constant volume i.e. the
relative molar concentration of the substance will not 66. Kc for the reaction,
– + –
change. Hence, the equilibrium position of the reaction [Ag(CN)2 ] Ag + 2CN , the equilibrium
remain unaffected. constant at 250C is 4.0 × 10–19, then the silver
63. For the reaction at equilibrium N2(g) + 3H2(g) ion concentration in a solution which was
2NH3(g), some inert gas is added at constant originally 0.1 molar in KCN and 0.03 molar in
volume. In this situation, which of the following AgNO3 is :
statements is correct? (a) 7.5 × 1018 (b) 7.5 × 10–19
19
(a) More of NH3 gas is produced (c) 7.5 × 10 (d) 7.5 × 10–18
(b) Less of NH3 gas is produced BITSAT-2014
(c) Kp of the reaction is increased Ans. (d) : Given that, Kc = 4 × 10–19
(d) No effect on the production of NH3 2KCN + AgNO3 [Ag (CN)2]– + KNO3 + K+
Assam CEE-2014 t=0 0.1 0.03 0 0 0
t = equ. (0.1 – 0.06) (0) (0.03) (0.03) (0.03)
Ans. (d) : N 2 (g) + 3H 2 (g) 2NH 3 (g) Q [Ag(CN)2] – +
Ag + 2CN –
0.03 a 0.04 (Left from KCN)
According to Le-chatelier's principle for the given 0.03 – a a 0.049
reaction.
[Ag + ] ⋅ [CN − ]2
When an inert gas is added to an equilibrium at constant Hence, K c =
volume there will be no effect on the equilibrium. [Ag(CN) 2 ]−
Hence, no effect on the production of NH3. [a] ⋅ [0.04]2
64. The equilibrium constant for the aromatization 4 × 10−19 =
[0.03]
reaction of acetylene is 8. The aromatization
reaction is given below a = 7.5 × 10–18
3C2 H 2 →
Red hot
tube
C6 H 6 67. The mixture of reactants and products in the
If the equilibrium concentration of acetylene is equilibrium state is called
found to be 0.5 then the equilibrium (a) chemical mixture
concentration of benzene (C6H6) is (b) equilibrium mixture
(a) 0.5 mol L–1 (b) 1 mol L–1 (c) chemical equilibrium
(c) 0.25 mol L–1 (d) 2 mol L–1 (d) dynamic equilibrium.
UP CPMT-2014 J & K CET-(2014)
[C H ] Ans. (b) : The mixture of reactants and products in the
Ans. (b) : For the given reaction, Kc= 6 6 3 equilibrium state is called equilibrium mixture.
[C2 H 2 ] This state of equilibrium is called chemical equilibrium
[C6 H 6 ] and nature of this state is dynamic instead of static.
8=
(0.5)3 68. The thermodynamic equilibrium constant, Ka
[C6H6]=8×(0.5) 1mol L–1
3
for the reaction:
65. The equilibrium constant for the reaction CuO(s) + H2(g) Cu(s) + H2O(g) is given
H 2 ( g ) + I2 ( g ) 2HI ( g ) by
at a certain temperature is 49. What will be the [Cu][H 2 O] [Cu][H 2 O]
(a) K = (b) K =
equilibrium constant for the reaction [CuO][H 2 ] [H 2 ]
1 1
HI ( g ) H2 ( g ) + I2 ( g ) [H O] [H O]
2 2 (c) K = 2
(d) K = 2
at the same temperature? [CuO][H 2 ] [H 2 ]
1 AMU-2013
(a) 7 (b) Ans. (d) : CuO(s) + H 2 (g) ⇌ Cu(s) + H 2 O(g)
7
(c) 24.5 (d) 98 [H O]
Assam CEE-2014 Kc = 2
[H ] 2
Ans. (b) : H 2 (g) + I2 (g) 2HI(g) As a general rule the concentration of pure solids and
Equilibrium constant for the given reaction K = 49. pure liquids are not included when writing on
Now, reaction is rivers and dividing by 2– equilibrium equation.
(c) (d)
[ Fe3O 4 ] (e) Only the reaction rate increases; k remains the
same
( )
PH2O [ Fe ]
4
[ Fe] Kerala-CEE-2013
AMU-(2013) Ans. (a) : NO2(g)+CO(g) → NO(g)+CO(g)
Ans. (b): The reaction that takes place is following : dx
3Fe(s) + 4H 2 O (steam) ⇌ Fe3O 4 (s) + 4H 2 (g) Q Rate of reaction, = k[NO2]2
dt
(PH2 ) 4 ∴ Rate is independent of CO
Kp =
(PH 2O )4 Hence on adding more CO to the reaction mixture both
Note–Only gaseous products are reactants are k and rate remain the same.
considered. 72. Two equilibria, AB ↽ ⇀ A + + B − and AB + B–
70. Equilibrium constant for the reaction,
AB 2− are simultaneously maintained in a
NH 4 OH + H + NH 4+ + H 2 O is 1.8×109.
solution with equilibrium constants, K1 and K2
Hence, equilibrium constant for respectively. The ratio of [A+] to [AB 2− ] in the
+ −
NH3(aq) + H2O NH 4 + OH is − solution is
(a) 1.8 × 10 −5 (b) 1.8 × 105 (a) directly proportional to [B–]
(c) 1.8 × 10 −9 (d) 5.59×10–10 (b) inversely proportional to [B–]
BCECE-2013 (c) directly proportional to the square of [B–]
(d) inversely proportional to the square of [B–]
Ans. (a) : NH 2 OH + H + NH +4 + H 2 O
(e) independent [B–]
[NH +4 ][H 2 O] Kerala-CEE-2013
K=
[NH 4 OH][H + ] Ans. (d) : AB
K1
A + + B−
+
or 1.8 × 109 =
[NH ][H 2 O]
4 [A + ][B− ]
...(i) ∴ K1 = ........................(i)
[NH 4 OH][H + ] [AB]
NH 3 + H 2 O NH 4+ (aq) + OH − (aq) AB + B−
K2
AB−2
+ −
[NH ][OH ] [AB−2 ]
K' = 4
K2 = ..........................(ii)
[NH 3 ][H 2 O] [AB][B− ]
[NH +4 ][OH − ] On dividing eq . (i) and eqn. (ii), we get–
n
K' = (Q NH3 + H2O → NH4OH) ... (ii)
[NH 4 OH] [A + ][B− ] [AB][B− ] K1
× =
Eqn. (ii) divided by eqn. (i), we get– [AB] [AB−2 ] K2
K ' [NH +4 ][OH − ][NH 4 OH][H + ] [A + ][B− ]2
= {H 2O → excess} or = K'
K [NH 4 OH][NH +4 ][H 2 O] [AB−2 ]
K'
= [OH − ][H + ] ...(iii) K
Where K ' = 1 = constant
K K2
We know that
Kw = [H+] [OH–] [A + ] 1
10–14 = [H+] [OH–] or = K' ×
[AB−2 ] [B− ]2
So, from eqn. (iii), we get –
K' [A + ] 1
= 10−14 or ∝
K [AB−2 ] [B− ]2
K' = 10–14 × 1.8 ×109 73. The equilibrium constants for the reaction,
K' = 1.8 × 10–5
Br2 2Br at 500 K and 700 K are 1 × 10–10
71. For the following reaction,
NO2(g) + CO (g) →NO (g) + CO2(g), and 1 × 10–5 respectively. The reaction is
the rate law is (a) endothermic (b) exothermic
Rate = k[NO2]2. If 0.1 mole of gaseous carbon (c) fast (d) slow
monoxide is added at constant temperature to UPTU/UPSEE-2013
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 655 YCT
Ans. (a) : Given that: 77. Given that the equilibrium constant for the
The equilibrium constants for the reaction, reaction, 2SO 2 (g) + O (g) 2SO 3 (g)
2
Br2 2Br at 500K and 700K are 1×10–10 and 1×10–5
has a value of 278 at a particular temperature.
respectively. The reaction is endothermic. What is the value of the equilibrium constant
An endothermic reaction is characterized by absorption for the following reaction at the same
of heat. When heat is added, the position of the temperature ?
equilibrium shifts to forward direction. With increase in 1
temperature, the value of the equilibrium constant SO 3 (g) SO 2 (g) + O 2 (g)
increase for an endothermic reaction and decrease for 2
(a) 1.8×10–3 (b) 3.6×10–3
exothermic reaction. –2
(c) 6.0×10 (d) 1.3×10–5
74. For a gas in equilibrium with a liquid, the ratio NEET-Mains 2012
of the concentration of the gas in the solution
Ans. (c) : The given equilibrium equation–
plase to that in the gaseous phase is constant at
constant temperature, only if molecules 2SO 2 (g) + O 2 (g) 2SO3 (g), K = 278
undergo 1
(a) ionisation (b) dissociation Now for SO 2 + O 2 SO3 will have K
2
(c) isolation (d) reaction with solvent So, reverse the above reaction:
UPTU/UPSEE-2012 1
Ans. (c) : According to Henry’s law; SO3 (g) SO 2 (g) + O 2 (g) will have
2
Concentration of gas in solution 1 1
= constant = = = 6×10–2
Concentration of gas in the gaseous phase K 278
Only there is simple solvation (isolation then
stablisation). Not possible in the case of ionisation or 78. The equilibrium constant for the reaction,
dissociation. aA + bB cC + dD is K, then the
75. Reaction, equilibrium constant for the reaction,
BaO 2 (s) BaO(s) + O 2 (g); ∆H = + ve. naA + nbB ncC + ndD
In equilibrium condition, pressure of O2 (a) K (b) Kn
depends on 1 1
(c) (d)
(a) increased mass of BaO2 Kn K n −1
(b) increased mass of BaO UP CPMT-2012
(c) increased temperature of equilibrium
Ans. (b) : aA + bB cC + dD
(d) increased mass of BaO2 and BaO both
BCECE-2012 [ C]c [ D ]d
Ans. (c) : The given reaction is – Equilibrium constant K=
[ A ]a [ B]b
BaO 2 (s) BaO(s) + O 2 (g); ∆H = + ve
naA+nbB ncC+ndD
Since ∆H is +ve for this reaction. So, it is endothermic
in nature. On increasing the temperature, by applying [ C]nc [ D ]nd
Le Chatelier’s principal, we can see that the reaction Equilibrium constant, K1=
proceeds in a forward direction on increasing [ A ]na [ B]nb
n
temperature. So, the pressure of O2 will increase the [ C]c [ D ]a
temperature at equilibrium. = = Kn
b
76. The correct order of equilibrium constants for [ ]
A B
a
[ ]
the reaction is 79. Phosphorus pentachloride dissociates as follows
H 2 CO + H 2 O
K1
H 2 C(OH) 2 in a closed reaction vessel,
K2 PCl 5 (g) PCl 3 (g) + Cl 2 (g)
CH 3 CH 2 CHO + H 2 O CH 3 CH 2 CH(OH) 2
If total pressure at equilibrium of the reaction
K3
CH 3 COCH 3 + H 2 O CH 3 C(OH) 2 CH 3 mixture is p and degree of dissociation of PCl5
(a) K1 > K2 > K3 (b) K1< K2 < K3 is x, the partial pressure of PCl3 will be
(c) K1> K3 > K2 (d) K1< K3 < K2 x 2x
(a) p (b) p
AMU-2012 x +1 1− x
K
Ans. (a) : H 2 CO + H 2 O ↽ 1 ⇀ H 2 (COH) 2 x x
(c) p (d) p
K2
CH 3CH 2 CHO + H 2 O ↽ ⇀ CH 3CH 2 CH(OH) 2 x −1 1− x
K
UP CPMT-2012
CH 3COCH 3 + H 2 O ↽ 3 ⇀ CH 3C(OH) 2 CH 3
PCl5 (g) PCl3 (g) + Cl 2 (g)
Due to steric effect, the order of equilibrium constants Ans. (a) :
will be (1- x) x x
K1 > K2 > K3 Total number of moles at equilibrium
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 656 YCT
= (1–x) + x + x = 1 + x d[NO 2 ]
= k 2 [N 2O5 ] ...(iii)
x dt
Therefore, PPCl3 = ×p
1+ x d[O 2 ]
= k 3 [N 2 O5 ] ...(iv)
80. For the homogeneous reaction. dt
4NH 3 + 5O 2 4NO + 6H 2 O From eqn. (i), we get–
−d[N 2 O5 ] 1 d[NO 2 ] 2d[O 2 ]
the equilibrium constant Kc has the units = =
+10 +1 dt 2 dt dt
(a) conc. (b) conc. n
(c) conc.-1 (d) it is dimensionless From eq . (ii), (iii) and (iv), we get–
JIMPER-2012 k [N O ] = 1 k [N O ] = 2k [N O ] .....(v)
1 2 5 2 2 5 3 2 5
Ans. (b) : The unit of the equilibrium constant Kc is 2
∆n n
(mole/litre) . Multiplying by 2 in eq . (v), we get –
Where, ∆n is the difference in the total number of 2k1[N2O5[ = k2 [N2O5] = 4k3 [N2O5]
gaseous reactants. Dividing by [N2O5], we get–
For the reaction– 2k1 = k2 = 4k3
4NH 3 (g) + 5O 2 (g) 4NO(g) + 6H 2 O(g) 83. The equilibrium constants for the reactions
∆n = 4 + 6 − (4 + 5) = 1 N 2 + 3H 2 2NH 3
Hence, the unit of the equilibrium constant Kc will be 1 3
(mole/litre)∆n and N2 + H 2 NH 3
2 2
= (mole/litre)1 are K1 and K2 respectively. Which one of the
= conc. following is the correct relationship?
81. The reaction, SO 2 + Cl 2 → SO 2Cl 2 is 1
(a) K1 = 2K 2 (b) K1 = K 2
exothermic and reversible. A mixture of 2
SO2(g), Cl2(g) and SO2Cl2(I) is at equilibrium (c) K 2 = K1 (d) K1 = K 2
in a closed container. Now a certain quantity of
extra SO2 is introduced into the container, the BCECE-2011
volume remaining the same. Which of the Ans. (c) : The reaction is –
following is/are true? N 2 + 3H 2 2NH3
(a) The pressure inside the container will not
[NH3 ]2
change K1 = ………………..(i)
(b) The temperature will not change [N 2 ][H 2 ]3
(c) The temperature will increase 1 3
(d) The temperature will decrease N2 + H2 NH 3
2 2
BITSAT-2012
[NH 3 ]
Ans. (c) : SO 2 + Cl 2 SO 2 Cl2 + Heat K2 =
[N 2 ]1/ 2 [H 2 ]3/ 2
For the above reaction, on adding SO2 the equilibrium
will shift in forward direction, i.e. more heat will be Squaring on both sides –
evolved. So temperature will increase. [NH3 ]2
K 22 = ... (ii)
82. For the reaction [N 2 ][H 2 ]3
1 From (i) & (ii) we get
N 2 O5 → 2NO 2 + O 2,
2 K 22 = K1 ⇒ K 2 = K1
− d [ N 2 O5 ]
= k1 [ N 2 O 5 ] 84. In the reaction,
dt N 2 (g) + O 2 (g) 2NO(g) + 180.7kJ,
d [ NO 2 ] on increasing the temperature, the production
= k 2 [ N 2 O5 ]
dt of NO
d [O2 ] (a) increases (b) decreases
= k 3 [ N 2 O5 ] (c) remains same (d) Cannot be predicted
dt BCECE-2011
(a) 2k1 = k2 = 4k3 (b) k1 = k2 = k3 Ans. (a) : The reaction is –
(c) 2k1= 4k2 = k3 (d) none of these N 2 (g) + O 2 (g) 2NO(g) 180.7kJ
AMU-2011
Ans. (a) : The reaction is – Here, ∆H = 180.7 kJ
∆H is positive so the given reaction is endothermic
1
N 2 O5 → 2NO 2 + O 2 ... (i) reaction. And the case of endothermic reaction if we
2 increase the temperature means we provided the heat to
−d[N 2 O5 ] the system then equilibrium shift forward direction. So,
= k1[N 2O5 ] ... (ii) the production of NO will be increase.
dt
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 657 YCT
85. Final pressure is higher than initial pressure of 88. If the equilibrium constant for reaction (i) is 2,
a container filled with an ideal gas at constant what is the equilibrium constant for reaction
temperature. What will be the value of (ii)?
equilibrium constant? 1
(a) K = 1.0 (b) K = 10.0 CO2 CO+ O 2 ---------(i)
2
(c) K > 1.0 (d) K < 1.0 2CO+O2 2CO2 ---------(ii)
GUJCET-2011
1 1
Ans. (d): Number of gaseous moles increases as (a) (b)
pressure increase at equilibrium for the reaction. 4 2
P(g) Q(g) + R(g) (c) 1 (d) 2
UPTU/UPSEE-2011
1(1 – α) 0α 0α
1
α × p eq
2
1× p eq Ans. (a) : CO 2 CO + O 2
∴ Kp = = 2
1 − α2 1/ α 2 − 1 The equilibrium constant for the reaction–
For α < 1, Peq < 1 [Q Pinitial < Pfinal]
[CO][O 2 ]1 2
Kp < 1.0 Kc =
Hence the option (d) is correct. [CO 2 ]
1
86. In the reversible reaction. CO 2 CO + O 2
k1 2
2NO 2 k N 2O 4 The equilibrium constant for the reaction–
2
− at t = 0 in Ms −1 ?
87. The unit of equilibrium constant for the dt
following reaction is (a) 2.6 × 10 −2 (b) 5.2 × 10−2
−
2NO2(g) N2O4(g) (c) 1.0 × 10 1
(d) 6.5 × 10−3
–1 CG PET- 2010
(a) mol L
(b) L mol–1 Ans. (b) : A + 2B → C + 2D
(c) mol–1L–1 d[A] 1 d[B]
(d) equilibrium constant is unitless − =−
dt 2 dt
UPTU/UPSEE-2011
d[B] d[A]
Ans. (b) : 2NO 2 (g) N 2 O 4 (g) or − = 2× −
dt dt
[N 2 O 4 ] mol L−1 −1 = 2 × 2.6 × 10–2 Ms–1
Kc = = = L mol
[NO 2 ]2 (mol L−1 ) 2 = 5.2 × 10–2 Ms–1
∴ K2 = 2
) = [ NH
N 2 ][ H 2 ] [ NO 2 ]
3
(K ' 2
[ 3]
eq 2
[ N ][O 2 ]
2
K × ( K ' ) 2 = [ NH 3 ] × [ N 2 ][ H 2 ]
2 3
Multiplying equations (i) and (ii), we get–
eq eq
[ N ][ H ]3 [ NH3 ]
2
100 × K 22 = 1
2 2
K eq × ( K eq ) =1 1 1
' 2
⇒ K 22 = or K 2 = = 0.1
100 10
(K ) 1
2
'
eq = 98. What is the equation for the equilibrium
K eq constant (Kc) for the following reaction?
1 1 2
(K ) 1 A (g) + B (g) C(g)
2 T(K)
'
=
1.6 ×10−5
eq
2 3 3
[ A ] [ B] [C]
1/ 2 1/ 3 3/ 2
1
K 'eq = (a) Kc = (b) Kc =
1.6 ×10−5 [C]3/ 2 [ A ]2 [ B]3
105 × 10 [C]
2/3
[C]
2/3
K 'eq = (c) Kc = (d) Kc =
1.6 ×10
[ A ]1/ 2 [ B]1/ 3 [ A ]1/ 2 + [ B]1/ 3
106 JIMPER-2009
K 'eq =
16 [Product]
3 Ans. (c) : Equilibrium constant is
10 [Reactants]
K 'eq =
4 For the reaction
1000 1 1 2
K eq =
'
A+ B C
4 2 3 3
K 'eq = 250 [C]2 / 3
Equilibrium constant will be =
96. In a reversible reaction, at equilibrium, the net [A]1/ 2 [B]1/ 3
heat change of the reaction is
(a) positive (b) negative 99. The equilibrium for the reaction is 100.
(c) zero (d) cannot be predicted N 2 (g)+ 2O 2 (g) 2NO 2 (g)
AP-EAMCET(MEDICAL)-2009 What is the equilibrium constant for the
Ans. (c) : In a reversible reaction, at equilibrium, the reaction given below?
free energy will be zero. Thus, the net heat change will
1
be also zero. NO 2 (g) N 2 (g) + O 2 (g)
2
97. The equilibrium constant for the given reaction (a) 10 (b) 1
is 100.
(c) 0.1 (d) 0.01
N 2 ( g ) + 2O 2 ( g ) 2NO 2 ( g ) AP EAMCET (Engg.)-2009
What is the equilibrium constant for the Ans. (c): Given reaction is -
reaction given below? N 2 (g) + 2O 2 (g) ⇌ 2NO 2 (g)
1
NO 2 ( g ) N2 ( g ) + O2 ( g ) [NO 2 ]2
2 ∴ K1 = 100 = .....(i)
(a) 10 (b) 1 [N 2 ][O 2 ]2
(c) 0.1 (d) 0.01 1
VITEEE-2009 and, NO 2 (g) ⇌ 2 N 2 (g) + O 2 (g)
Ans. (c) : The equilibrium reaction is–
[N ]1/ 2 [O 2 ]
N 2 (g) + 2O 2 (g) 2NO 2 (g) K2 = 2
[NO 2 ]
[ NO 2 ]
2
∴ K1 = [N 2 ][O 2 ]2
[ N 2 ][ O2 ]
2 K 2
2 = ..... (ii)
[NO 2 ]2
[ NO2 ]
2
On multiplying Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get –
or 100 = ….(i)
[ N ][O ]
2 100 × K 22 = 1
2 2
(2x)2 (x)
Kc = Similarly, for second –
(1 − x) (1.5 − 2x)2
[SO2 ] [O2 ]
2
1× 1× 0.5 K2 =
[SO3 ]
2
Kc =
0.5 × 0.5 × 0.5 Taking square root both side –we get
Kc = 4
[SO2 ][O 2 ]
12
124. One mole of CH3COOH and one mole of K =2
K=
[ CH 3COOC 2 H 5 ][ H 2 O ] The expression for the equilibrium constant will be
[CH3COOH ][ C2 H5OH ] Kc =
[C]
[A]3 [B]2
1 1
A(s) M(s) + O 2 (g) K p = 4 (c) Kc = [O2]5 (d) K c =
2 [O 2 ]5
Kp = (Po2)1/2 JCECE - 2008, UPTU/UPSEE-2007
4 = (Po2)1/2 Ans. (d) : The reaction is
(4)2 = Po2 P4 (s) + 5O 2 (g) P4O10 (s)
Po2 = 16
[P4 O10 ]
140. 2 SO 2 (g) + O 2 (g) → 2SO 3 (g) The above Kc =
[P4 ][O 2 ]5
reaction is carried out in a vessel starting with
partial pressure Pso2 = 250m bar, Po2 = 750m We know that the concentration of solids is unity.
bar and Pso3 = 0.When the reaction is complete, So, 1
Kc =
the total pressure in the reaction vessel is ......... [O 2 ]5
m bar. (Round off of the nearest integer). 143. The rate, at which a substance reacts, depends
JEE-Main-2021 upon its
Ans. 875 : 2 SO 2 (g) + O 2 (g) → 2SO3 (g) (a) equivalent mass (b) molecular mass
Initial 250 m bar 750m bar 0 (c) active mass (d) atomic mass
Final adding –250m bar –125m bar 250m bar AMU-2001, AIIMS-1996
0 625 250 Ans. (c): The rate at which a substance reacts depends
upon its active mass as the rate of reaction is directly
Final total = 625 + 250 = 875m bar. proportional to concentration of each reactant and
141. The equilibrium constant Kc at 298 K for the product.
reaction A + B C + D is 100. Starting with 144. Which of the following statements is true when
an equimolar solution with concentration of equilibrium is established in the reaction ?
A,B,C and D all equal to 1M, the equilibrium A+B C + D, KC =10
-2
concentration of D is ........×10 M. (Nearest (a) [C][D] = [A] [B]
integer) (b) [C] = [A]and [B] = [D]
JEE-Main-2016 (c) [A][B] = 0.1 [C][D]
Ans. 182 : (d) [A] = [B] = [C] = [D] = 10M
AP-EAPCET 24.08.2021 Shift-II
A + B C + D
Ans. (c) : Given reaction is –
Initially 1 1 1 1 A+B C + D, Kc = 10
at equilibrium 1 − x 1 − x 1+ x 1+ x Rate law of reaction at equilibrium.
Equilibrium constant– [C] [D] [C][D]
Kc = = 10 =
(1 + x)2 [A] [B] [A][B]
Kc =
(1 − x) 2 10 [A][B] = [C][D]
(c) K =
(α p) 2 J & K CET-(2003)
2+ −
1 Ans. (c) : Ba(NO3 ) 2 Ba + 2NO3
3 2
1 + α (1 − α ) i = 1+2α
2 ∴ 2.74 = 1+2α
3
(d) K =
( α p)2
α=
1.74
= 0.87 = 87%
1
2
(1 + α )(1 − α ) 2 The Van’t Hoff’s factor for 0.1 M Ba(NO3)2 solution is
JEE Main-24.06.2022, Shift-I 2.74. The degree of dissociation is 87%.
Ans. (b) : For a given reaction at equilibrium- 172. Van't Hoff factor of Ca(NO3)2 is
1 (a) One (b) Two
A(g) B(g) + C(g)
2 (c) Three (d) Four
Initially 1 0 0 J & K CET-(2013)
α BCECE-2008
At equi. (1–α) α UP CPMT-2006
2
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 673 YCT
Ans. (c) : Ca(NO3 ) 2 Ca 2+ + 2NO3− (1 − α )
PPCl5 = ×p
It furnishes 3 ions per formula unit. So, its Van't Hoff (1 + α )
factor is 3. α
PPCl = ×p
173. Precipitation takes place when the product of 3 (1 + α )
concentration of ions is α
(a) more than solubility product PCl = ×p
2 (1 + α )
(b) negligible
(c) less than the solubility product PPCl3 × PCl2
(d) equal to the solubility product Kp =
PPCl5
J & K CET-2005, 2001
[αp /(1 + α )][αp /(1 + α )]
Ans. (a) : Precipitation takes place when ionic product of =
concentration of ions is greater that solubility product. (1 − α)p /(1 + α )
174. The degree of dissociation (α) of a weak α2 α2
electrolyte, AxBy is related to van't Hoff factor = ×p = ×p
(i) by the expression (1 + α )(1 − α ) 1 − α2
i −1 i −1 Kp
(a) α = (b) α = or α2 =
(x + y − 1) x + y −1 p
x + y −1 x + y +1 Kp
(c) α = (d) α = or α= (1 – α2 = 1)
i −1 i −1 p
Tripura JEE-2022
[AIEEE 2011] 1
or α∝
Ans. (a) : Van’t Hoff factor p
AxBy xA y + + yB x − 177. Which one of the following electrolytes has the
1−α αx αy
same value of Van't Hoff factor (i) as that of
Total amount of species = 1+(x+y–1)α K4[Fe(CN)6]?
1 + (x + y − 1)α (a) Al2(SO4)3 (b) K2SO4
Van’t Hoff factor i = (c) K3[Fe(CN)6] (d) Al (NO3)3
1
i −1 JIMPER-2018
α= NEET-1994
(x + y − 1)
Ans. (a) : For K4[Fe(CN)6]
175. The Van’t Hoff factor i for an electrolyte which
undergoes dissociation and association in
solvents are respectively
(a) greater than 1 and greater than 1 Since, n for strong electrolytes so i = 5
(b) less than 1 and greater than 1 For, Al2(SO4)3
(c) less than 1 and less than 1
(d) greater than 1 and less than 1
BITSAT – 2012
Hence, K4 [Fe(CN)6] and Al2(SO4)3 has same Van''t
NEET-2011 Hoff factor (i)
Ans. (d) : When an electrolyte dissociates Van’t Hoff
factor i is greater than 1 and when it associated the i is 178. Which of the following acids has the smallest
less than 1. dissociation constant?
176. The degree of dissociated of PCl5(α) obeying (a) CH3CHFCOOH (b) FCH2CH2COOH
the equilibrium; (c) BrCH2CH2COOH (d) CH3CHBrCOOH
JCECE - 2011
PCl5 PCl3 + Cl2
WB JEE-2008
is related to the pressure (p) at equilibrium by
Ans. (c) : Lower the acidic character, smaller is the
1
(a) α ∝ p (b) α ∝ value of dissociation constant.
p Acidity ∝ dissociation constant.
1 1 –I (inductive effect) of F is more than Br, so
(c) α ∝ 2 (d) α ∝ 4 CH3CHFCOOH is a stronger acid as compared to
p p CH3CHBrCOOH.
BITSAT 2016, UP CPMT-2013 As the distance between electron withdrawing group
Ans. (b) : PCl5 (g) PCl3 (g) + Cl2 (g) and COOH group increases, acidity decreases.
Before reaction 1 0 0 Thus, the order of acidity and thus, of dissociation
At equilibrium 1 – α α α constant is
Total number of moles at equilibrium BrCH2 CH2 COOH < FCH2 CH2 COOH
= (1 – α) + α + α = (1 + α) (smallest Ka )
(c) (K1 × K 2 × K 3 )3 (d) K1 × K 2 × K 3 The value of stability constants K1, K2, K3 and K4
are 104, 1.58×103, 5×102 and 102 respectively. The
TS-EAMCET (Engg.), 06.08.2021
overall equilibrium constants for dissociation of
[OH− ]2 → Na + + H+ + SO24−
NaHSO4
∴ Kb = 1442443
[BOH] 3 ions
− 2
[OH ] Sugar
→ No ions
Thus, 1.0 × 10–12 =
0.01 → Mg2+ + SO42−
MgSO4
144244 3
[OH−]2 = 1 × 10–14 2 ions
[OH–] = 1.0 × 10–7 mol L–1_ Thus, van't Hoff factor is 2 for dilute solution of
217. The degree of ionization of 0.4 M acetic acid MgSO4.
will be (Ka = 1.8×10–5) 221. The degree of dissociation of PCl5 at 1 atm and
(a) 6.71×10–3 (b) 1.6×10–3 298 K is 0.2. The value of Kp is
–5
(c) 0.4×1.8×10 (d) 1.8×10–5 (a) 0.42 atm (b) 0.24 atm
MHT CET-2012 (c) 0.48 atm (d) 0.042 atm
Ans. (a) : Given, Concentration (C) = 0.4 M SRMJEEE – 2010
Ka=1.8×10–5 Ans. (d) : The dissociation of PCl5 is :
The ionisation of acetic acid is– PCl5 PCl3 + Cl2
CH3COOH CH3COO– + H+ Initially 1 0 0
∴ Ka = Cα2
At equi. 1 − α α α
1.8 × 10–5 = 0.4 × α2 Total mole (∆ng) = 1 + 1 – 1 = 1
1.8 ×10−5 Given – α = 0.2 at 1 atm pressure
α= ∆n g
0.4 n PCl5 × n Cl2 P
α = 6.71 × 10–3 Kp = ×
n PCl5 Σn
i=
(1 − 0.8 ) + 0.8 + 1.6 constants of formic acid and acetic acid are
1.8×10-4 and 1.8×10-5 respectively. The
1 concentration of acetic acid solution in which
i = 2.6 the hydrogen ion has the same concentration as
223. Approximate relationship between dissociation in 0.001 M formic acid solution is equal to
constant of water (K) and ionic product of (a) 0.01 M (b) 0.001 M
water (Kw) is (c) 0.1 M (d) 0.0001 M
(a) Kw = K (b) Kw = 55.6 × K
(e) 0.1010 M
(c) Kw = 18 × K (d) Kw = 14 × K
A.M.U. – 2009 Kerala-CEE-2009
Ans. (b) : Dissociation constant– Ans. (a) : Given that,
Dissociation constant of formic acid (K a1 ) = 1.8 × 10–4
H 2O H+ +OH–
[H + ][OH − ] Dissociation constant of acetic acid (K a 2 ) = 1.8 × 10–5
K= Concentration of acetic acid (C1) = 0.001 M
[H 2 O]
−14 ∴ H+ = Ka ⋅ C
10
K= So, K a1 ⋅ C1 = K a 2 ⋅ C2
55.6
Q Kw = 1 × 10–14 1.8 × 10–4 × 0.001 = 1.8 × 10–5 × C2
Hence, Kw = 55.6 × K 1.8 × 10−7
224. Van’t Hoff factor of aq K2SO4 at infinite C2 =
1.8 × 10−5
dilution has value equal to
(a) 1 (b) 2 C2 = 10–2
(c) 3 (d) between 2 and 3 C2 = 0.01 M
AMU-2009 227. 0.1 M solution of which of the following has
Ans. (c) : At infinite dilution, complete dissociation will almost unity degree of dissociation ?
take place. So, (a) Ammonium chloride (b) Potassium chloride
K2SO4 → 2K+ + SO42– (c) Sodium acetate (d) All of the above
van't Hoff factor = 2 + 1 =3 MHT CET-2009
225. The degree of dissociation of Ca(NO3)2 in dilute Ans. (b) : Among the given only potassium chloride
aq. solution containing 7.0 g of salt per 100 g of (KCl) is a strong electrolyte, so its degree of
water at 100oC is 70%. If vapour pressure of dissociation is almost unity.
water at 100oC is 760 mm Hg. The vapour 228. The degree of dissociation of a 0.01 M weak
pressure of solution is
acid is 10–3. Its pOH is
(a) 735 (b) 730
(c) 760 (d) 746 (a) 5 (b) 3
[BITSAT – 2009] (c) 9 (d) 11
MHT CET-2009
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 682 YCT
Ans. (c) : Given, Concentration = 0.01 M Ans. (a) : The reaction is–
Degree of dissociation (α) = 10–3 X 2Y
Initially 1 0
pOH = ? At equilibrium (1− x ) 2x
∴ +
[H ] = Ka C Total moles = 1 – x + 2x = 1 + x
= α2 × C2 [Q Ka = α2C] 2x 1− x
= (10–3)2. (0.01)2 pY = ⋅ P1 , p X = ⋅ P1
= 10–5 1+ x 1+ x
pH = – log [H+] = – log 10–5 = 5 p2
∴ K p1 = Y
pOH = 14 – 5 = 9 pX
229. In a 500 mL flask, the degree of dissociation of (2x) 2 (1 + x)
PCl5 at equilibrium is 40% and the initial K p1 = × × P1
amount is 5 moles. The value of equilibrium (1 + x) 2 (1 − x)
constant in mol L–1 for the decomposition of (2x) 2 P1
PCl5 is K P1 =
(a) 2.33 (b) 2.66 (1 − x) 1 + x
(c) 5.32 (d) 4.66 Z P+ Q
1 0 0
AP-EAMCET-2008 (1− x ) x x
Similarly,
Ans. (b) : PCl5 PCl3 + Cl2
(x) 2 P2
Initial 5 0 0 K P2 =
5 (1 − α ) 5α 5α (1 − x) 1 + x
Conc. at Equilibrium Given that :
0.5 0.5 0.5
Given that, K p1 1
=
Degree of dissociation of PCl5 at equilibrium (α)=40% Kp 2 9
= 0.4
4x 2 P2
∴
[ PCl3 ][ Cl 2 ]
Kc = (1 − x) 1 + x 1
[ 5]
PCl
x 2 P1 9
=
5 × 0.4 5 × 0.4
16 (1 − x) 1 + x
=
0.5 0.5 4 × P1 1
= = 2.66 mol / L =
5 × 0.6 6 P2 9
0.5 P1 1
230. Assertion (A) The aqueous solution of =
CH3COONa is alkaline in nature. P 2 36
Reason (R) : Acetate ion undergoes anionic P1 : P2 = 1:36
hydrolysis.
232. An acid solution of 0.005M has a pH of 5. The
The correct answer is degree of ionization of acid is
(a) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the
(a) 0.1 × 10–2 (b) 0.2 × 10–2
correct explanation of (A)
(b) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is not (c) 0.5 × 10 –4
(d) 0.6 × 10–6
correct explanation of (A) BCECE-2007
(c) (A) is true but (R) is not true Ans. (b) : Given, Concentration = 0.005 M, pH = 5
(d) (A) is not true but (R) is true Degree of ionization = ?
AP-EAMCET-2008 Q pH = –log[H+]
Ans. (a) : The aqueous solution of CH3COONa is or 5 = –log[H+]
alkaline in nature. or [H+] = 10–5
Ionisation
CH 3COO − + Na + actual ionisation
CH 3COONa Now, α =
Strong base molar concentration
CH3COO– + H2O → CH3COOH + OH– 10−5
Acetate ion undergoes anionic hydrolysis due to excess α= = 0.2 × 10−2
–
of OH ions. 0.005
231. The equilibrium constants K p1 and K p2 for the 233. A monoprotic acid in 1.00 M solution is 0.01%
ionised. The dissociation constant of this acid is
reactions X 2Y and Z P + O, (a) 1 × 10–8 (b) 1 × 10–4
respectively are in the ratio of 1:9. If the degree (c) 1 × 10 –6
(d) 1 × 10–5
of dissociation of X and Z be equal, then the BCECE-2006
ratio of total pressure at these equilibria is Ans. (a) : Given, C = 1.00 M, Ka = ?
(a) 1:36 (b) 1:1 We use the Ostwald's dilution law for weak
(c) 1:3 (d) 1:9 electrolytes–
NEET-2008
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 683 YCT
α = Ka V Ans. (b) : The dissociation of Na2SO4 is given as–
Here, α = 0.001% = 0.0001 = 1×10–4 Na 2SO 4 → 2Na + + SO −2
14 4244 34
1 1 n =2
V= = = 1L ∴ i = 1+ (n–1)α
C 1− 0
i= 1 + 2α
α 2 (1×10−4 ) 2
∴ Ka = = 238. The van't Hoff factor of BaCl2 at 0.01M
V 1 concentration is 1.98. The percentage of
= 1×10–8 dissociation of BaCl2 at this concentration is :
234. A 2.1 aqueous solution of a weak acid is 2% (a) 49 (b) 69
ionised. If the ionic product of water is 1 × 10-14 (c) 89 (d) 98
The [OH–] is; (e) 100
(a) 5 ×10-12 M (b) 2 × 10-3 M Kerala-CEE-2005
-14
(c) 1 × 10 M (d) None of the above Ans. (a) : Given, i = 1.98, Concentration = 0.01 M
AP-EAMCET (Medical), 2006 The dissociation of BaCl2 is–
Ans. (a) : Degree of dissociation of weak acid ( α ) = BaCl2 Ba 2+ + 2Cl −
2 We know that–
= 0.02
100 i −1
α=
Concentration of H+ = C.α = 0.1×0.02 = 2×10-3 n −1
Given:- ionic product of water (Kw) = 1×10-14 Where, i = van't Hoff factor
∴ [H+] [OH–] = Kw n = number of dissociated ion
1.98 − 1
1× 10−14 ∴ α=
[OH–] = 3 −1
2 ×10−3
0.98
[OH ] = 5×10-12 M
–
α=
2
235. HA is a weak acid. The pH of 0.1M HA solution α = 0.49
is 2. What is the degree of dissociation ( α ) of
∴ % dissociation = α = 100 = 49%
HA?
(a) 0.5 (b) 0.2 239. When NH4Cl is added to NH4OH solution, the
(c) 0.1 (d) 0.301 dissociation of ammonium hydroxide is
J & K CET-(2006) reduced. it is due to
(a) common ion effect (b) hydrolysis
Ans. (c) : Given that- pH = 2 (c) oxidation (d) reduction
∴ [H+] = 10–2 CG PET-2004
For weak acid- Ans. (a) : When NH4Cl is added to NH4OH solution,
[H+] = Cα = 0.1 × α concentration of NH4+ ions increases so the equilibrium
10−2 = 0.1 α shift towards left.
10−2 So, the dissociation of NH4OH is reduced it is due to
α= = 0.1 common ion effect.
0.1
236. Degree of dissociation of 0.1 N CH3COOH is 240. At 90°C, pure water has [H3O+]= 10–6
moles/litre. The value of Kw at 90°C is
(Kacid = 1 × 105)
(a) 10–6 (b) 10–8
(a) 10–5 (b) 10–4 –12
–3 (c) 10 (d) 10–14
(c) 10 (d) 10–2 J & K CET-(2004)
UP CPMT-2006
Ans. (c) : Given,
Ans. (d) : Given, C = 0.1 N, Ka = 1 × 105 [H3O+] = 10–6 mol/L
Relation between degree of dissociation and Ionization reaction of H2O is-
dissociation constant–
H 2O H+ + OH−
Ka 1.0 × 10−5
∴ α= = [H + ][OH − ]
C 0.1 K=
H 2O
= 1.0 × 10−4 =1.0 × 10−2 K × [H2O] = [H+] [OH−]
237. If α is the degree of dissociation of Na2SO4 , ∴ Kw = [H+] [OH–]
the van’t Hoff factor (i) used for calculating the [H+] = [OH−] = 10–6 mol/litre
molecular mass is ∴ Mentioned that it is pure water
(a) 1 − 2α (b) 1 + 2α Kw = [H+] [OH–]
(c) 1 − α (d) 1 + α Kw = 10–6 × 10–6
AIEEE-2005 Kw = 10–12
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 684 YCT
241. The Ka of an acid is 3.2×10–5. The degree of And, Al(NO3)3 also gives 4 species
dissociation of the acid at concentration of 0.2 (1 Al3+ and 3 NO3− ).
M is
(a) 6.0×10–2 (b) 1.26×10–2 ∴ van't Hoff factor for K3 [Fe(CN)6] = 4
(c) 40×10 –4
(d) 0.04×10–3 And, van't Hoff factor for Al(NO3)3 = 4
JIMPER-2004 245. The dissociation constant of two acids HA1 and
HA2 are 3.0×10-4 and 1.8×10-5 respectively. The
Ans. (b) : Given, Ka of an acid = 3.2 × 10–5 relative strengths of the acids is
Concentration = 0.2 M (a) 1 :16 (b) 1 :4
From Ostwald's dilution law – (c) 4 :1 (d) 16 :1
Ka UP CPMT-2002
α=
C Ans. (c) : Given, K a1 = 3 × 10 , K a 2 = 1.8 ×10 −5
−4
∴ Kc =
[ Ni(CO)4 ] Q Kc =
[CO 2 ][CaO]
[CaCO3 ]
[CO]4
∴ [CaCO3] = [CaO] = 1
268. The reaction SO 2 + O 2 2SO 3 + Heat
Then, Kc = [CO2] = PCO2
The equilibrium reaction proceeds in forward
direction by Hence, the equilibrium constant remain unaffected.
(a) addition of O2 (b) removal of O2 272. Which of the following equilibrium will shift to
(c) addition of inert gas (d) cannot proceed right side on increasing the temperature?
UPTU/UPSEE-2015 (a) CO(g) + H 2 O(g) CO 2 (g) + H 2 (g)
Ans. (a) : According to Le- Chatelier’s principle, (b) 2SO 2 (g) + O 2 (g) +2SO3 (g)
equilibrium shift towards forward direction by addition
of reactant. 1
(c) H 2 O(g) H 2 (g) + O 2 (g)
269. Which of the following according to Le- 2
Chatelier’s principle is correct? (d) 4HCl(g) + O 2 (g) 2H 2 O(g) + 2Cl2 (g)
(a) Increase in temperature favours the AIIMS-2014
endothermic reaction
(b) Increase in temperature favours the 1
Ans. (c): H 2 O(g) H 2 (g) + O 2 (g)
exothermic reaction 2
(c) Increase in pressure shifts the equilibrium in According to Le-chatelier's principle, increasing the
that side in which number of gaseous moles temperature shifts the equilibrium to the right side
increases since, volume is increasing in the forward reaction. So
(d) All of the above are true on increasing the temperature reaction will proceed in
BITSAT 2015 the forward direction.
Ans. (a) : According to Le-chatelier's principle increase 273. In a reaction, A + B C + D, 40% of B has
in temperature favours the endothermic reaction while a reacted at equilibrium, when 1 mole of A was
decrease in temperature favour the exothermic reaction. heated with 1 mole of B in a 10 L closed vessel.
Increase in pressure shifts the equilibrium in that side in The value of Kc is
which the number of moles of gaseous species (a) 0.44 (b) 0.18
decreases. (c) 0.22 (d) 0.36
270. For the reversible reactions, AP-EAMCET (Engg.) - 2014
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g) + heat Ans. (a) : Given that,
The equilibrium, shifts is forward direction A + B C + D
At t = 0 1 1 0 0
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 689 YCT
At equi. (1–0.4) (1–0.4) 0.4 0.4 remain unaffected by the effect of catalyst as well as
[C][D] change in concentration of the reactants.
∴Kc = 278. For the reaction, SO2Cl2(g) SO2(g) + Cl2(g)
[A][B]
If at equilibrium volume of the reaction vessel
0.4 × 0.4 is increased then the amount of
=
0.6 × 0.6 (a) SO2 will decrease
= 0.44 (b) SO2 Cl2 will increase
274. KMnO4 can be prepared from K2MnO4 as per (c) Cl2 will increase
the reaction, (d) Cl2 will remain unchanged.
3MnO 42– + 2H 2O 2MnO 4– + MnO 2 + 4OH – SRMJEEE – 2012
Ans. (c) : For the given reaction –
The reaction can go to completion by removing
OH– ions by adding SO2Cl2(g) SO2(g) + Cl2(g)
(a) CO2 (b) SO2 As we know that if we increase the vessel of reaction
(c) HCl (d) KOH mixture then the equilibrium shifts, where the no. of
NEET-2013 moles of side is major. Hence, the amount of Cl2 will be
increased.
Ans. (a) : The reaction for the oxidation of magnate ion
to permagnate ion can go to completion by removing 279. For the reaction 2A + B C, ∆H = x cal, which
hydroxide ions by adding CO2. one of the following conditions-would favour
CO2 + 2OH–→ CO32− + H2O the yield of C on the basis of Le-Chatelier
principle?
275. In which of the following reactions, increase in
(a) High pressure, high temperature
pressure will favour the forward reaction?
(b) Only low temperature
(a) PCl5(g) ⇌ PCl3(g) + Cl2(g)
(c) High pressure, low temperature
(b) 2NO(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2NO2(g) (d) Only low pressure
(c) C(s) + H2O(g) ⇌ CO(g) + H2(g) VITEEE- 2011
(d) 2HI(g) ⇌ H2(g) + I2(g) Ans. (a) : The reversible reaction is :
J & K CET-(2013)
2A + B C ∆H = + x cal
Ans. (b) : An increase in pressure favours the reaction
in the direction that produced smaller number of moles When pressure is increased in an equilibrium reaction,
of gases. As in reaction (b), 3 moles of reactants then the reaction moves towards the less number of
produces lesser i.e. 2 mole of products. Therefore, the moles. So, after increasing the temperature, the reaction
reaction will move in forward direction. move in forward direction. As the reaction is
endothermic, high temperature is favorable and low
276. In which reaction will an increase in the temperature is unfavourable.
volume of the container favour the formation
of products? 280. H2S gas when passed through a solution of
cations containing HCl precipitates the cations
(a) C(s) + H 2O(g) ↽ ⇀ CO(g) + H 2 (g)
of second group of qualitative analysis but not
(b) H 2 (g) + I2 (g) ↽ ⇀ 2HI(g) those belonging to the fourth group. It is
because
(c) 4NH 3 (g) + 5O 2 (g) ↽ ⇀ 4NO(g) + 6H 2 O(l ) (a) Presence of HCl decreases the sulphide ion
(d) 3O 2 (g) ↽ ⇀ 2O3 (g) concentration.
SCRA 2012 (b) Solubility product of group II sulphides is
more than that of group IV sulphides.
Ans. (a) : As we increase the volume of the container (c) Presence of HCl increases the sulphide ion
the concentration decreases of all the gaseous states in concentration.
the reaction by Le-Chatelier's principle, the reaction
(d) Sulphides of group IV cations are unstable in
will move in the direction of increasing no. of moles.
HCl.
277. According to Le-Chartelier's principle, the BITSAT 2011
equilibrium constant of a reversible reaction Ans. (a) : H2S gas is passed in presence of HCl, in
will not shift by qualitative analysis of cation of second group, therefore,
(a) Increasing the temperature of an exothermic due to common ion effect, lower concentration of
reaction sulphide ions is obtained which is sufficient for the
(b) Increasing the temperature of an endothermic precipitation of second group cations in form of their
reaction sulphides due to lower value of their solubility product
(c) Charging the concentrations of the reactants (Ksp). Here, fourth group cations are not precipitated
(d) The effect of a catalyst. because they require for exceeding their ionic product to
J & K CET-(2012) their solubility products and higher sulphide ions
Ans. (d) : According to Le-Chatelier's principal, the concentration due to their higher Ksp which is not
equilibrium state of a reversible reaction will not shift obtained here due to common ion effect.
by the effect of a catalyst but equilibrium constant
∴ K p = K c (RT)
∆n g
(
= K c Q ∆n g = 0 ) 333. The reaction 2SO 2 ( g ) + O 2 (g) 2SO 3 ( g ) was
So, K p = K c ≠ 0 carried out in a closed vessel of 1L capacity at a
suitable temperature. The initial
331. If the equilibrium constant for the reaction concentrations of SO2 and O2 are 2 and 1
2AB A 2 + B 2 is 49. What is the value of moles/L respectively. At equilibrium, 1.6 moles
equilibrium constant for of SO3(g) was found. The value of Kc at the
1 1 same temperature is
AB A2 + B2 ? (a) 10 (b) 40
2 2 (c) 60 (d) 80
(a) 49 (b) 2401 TS EAMCET 10.08.2021, Shift-I
(c) 7 (d) 0.02
Ans. (d) : The equilibrium reaction is -
AP-EAMCET (Engg.)2011
A.P.EAMCET 1998
Ans. (c) : Given that,
∴ Kp = = 2 or K p = 16
pCl2 1 2
2 Reverse reaction
or Kp = 5×10–1 1 1 1 1 1
A(g) + B(g) C(g) K p1 = =
Q K p = x × 10 –1 2 2 2 K p 0.25
∴ x × 10 –1 = 5 × 10 –1 multiplying by 2
x=5
A(g) +B(g)
C(g)
335. Which among the following denotes the correct
( )
2
relationship between Kp and Kc for the reaction then, K P2 = K P1
2A(g) B(g) + C(g) 2
(a) Kp > Kc (b) Kc > Kp 1
K P2 = =16
(c) Kc = (Kp)2 (d) Kp = Kc 0.25
AP EAPCET 19-08-2021 Shift-I 337. The equilibrium constant for the reaction is
Ans. (d) : 2A(g) B(g) + C(g) P4 (s) + 5O 2 (g) P4O10 (s)
From the relation between Kp and Kc we get –
∆n
Kp = Kc (RT) (Wher ∆n = No. of mol in RHS – No. of (a) K c = 5O 2
mol in LHS).
(b) K c = [ O 2 ]
5
∴ ∆n = 1 + 1 – 2 = 0
∴ Kp = Kc (RT)0
(c) K c = [ P4 O10 ] [ P4 ][ O 2 ]
5
Kp = Kc
336. Given Kp for the reaction, 1
(d) K c =
1
C(g)
1 1
A(g) + B(g) [ O2 ]5
2 2 2
TS-EAMCET (Engg.), 05.08.2021 Shift-II
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 699 YCT
Ans. (d) : The equilibrium reaction is – 340. For a reaction, X +Y→ 2Z 1.0 mol of x, 1.5 mol
P4 (s) + 5O 2 (g) P4 O10 (s) of y, and 0.5 mol of Z, were taken in a 1L vessel
The expression for the equilibrium constant is – and allowed to react. At
equilibrium, the concentration of Z was 1.0
[P4 O10 ] 1
Kc = ⇒ [Here, [P4O10] = [P4] = 1] mol L-1.The equilibrium constant of the
[P4 ][O 2 ]5 1× [O 2 ]5 x
reaction is ....... . The value of x is ....... .
1 15
∴ Kc =
[O 2 ]5 JEE Mains-05-09.2020, Shift-II
338. Identify the correct expression for the Ans. () : 16
equilibrium constant of the following reaction: X + Y 2Z
2 X(g) + Y(g) 3 Z(g) At t = 0 1 1.5 0.5
2 At t = eq 1–x 1.5–x 0.5 + 2x
[X] [Y] [Z]3
(a) K = (b) K = 3 5
[Z]3 [X]2 [Y] Molar conc. = = =1
4 4
3[Z] 1
(c) K = (d) K = [Z]3 [X]2 [Y] 2x =
2[X][Y] 2
Q
AP EAPCET-23-08-2021, Shift-I 1
Ans. (b) : Equilibrium constant is defined as, the x=
4
relationship between the amounts of products and
reactants present at equilibrium in a reversible chemical ∴ K = (1)
2
16
c =
reaction. 5 3 15
Given that, 2X (g) + Y (g) 3Z(g) 4 4
[Product] Hence, the value of x is 16.
Equilibrium constant (Kc) = 341. For the reaction
[Reactant]
2NO 2 (g) 2NO(g) + O 2 (g)
[Z]3
Kc = Kc=1.8×10−6at 184ºC
[X]2 [Y]
R= 0.0831kJK−1mol−1
339. For the reaction NO2 + CO ⇌ NO + CO2 one
The relationship between Kp and Kc at 184ºC is
mole of NO2 and 2 moles of CO were kept in a
(a) Kp >Kc
vessel. Calculate the equilibrium constant Kp, if
(b) Kp <Kc
at equilibrium 25% of initial amount CO is
consumed. (c) Kp =Kc
(d) Kp is independent of Kc
1 1
(a) (b) CG PET -2019
2 3
Ans. (a) : Given,
1
(c) 1 (d) K c = 1.8 × 10−6 T =184 + 273 = 467
4
AP EAMCET (Engg.) 18.9.2020 Shift-I R = 0.0831 kJK −1 mol−1
Ans. (b) : We have to assume that volume of the vessel For the reaction-
is 1L. 2NO 2 (g) 2NO(g) + O 2 (g)
∆n g
K p = K c (RT)
∴
∆n g = 3 − 2 = 1
When the value of ∆n is 1, the term (RT)∆n becomes
more than 1.
25 In such case, Kp > Kc
Given, α = 2 × = 0.5
100 342. At a certain temperature, 2 mole of CO and 4
[NO][CO 2 ] 0.5 × 0.35 1 moles of Cl2 gases were reacted to form COCl2
⇒ Kc = = = in a 10L vessel. At equilibrium if one mole of
[NO 2 ][CO] 0.5 × 1.5 3
CO is present then equilibrium constant for the
Q ∆ng = (1 + 1) – (1 + 1) = 0 reaction is
K p = K c ( RT ) = K c ( RT ) = K c
∆n g 0
∴ (a) 4 (b) 3.3
1 (c) 1 (d) 2.5
⇒ Kp = (e) 4.5
3
Kerala-CEE-2019
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 700 YCT
Ans. (b) : Given that, Ans. (b): 2 ICl → I2 + Cl2
CO + Cl2 COCl2 0.6 0 0
Initial moles 2 4 0 0.6 – 2x x x
At equilibrium 2 – x 4 – x x x2
At equilibrium 1 mole of CO is present then– ∴ K C = 0.14 =
(0.6 − 2x) 2
2–x=1 1
x2
2
x=1
or 0.14 = 2
1 moles of CO in 10L vessel =
1 (0.6 − 2x)
10 x
3 0.37 =
1 moles of Cl2 = 0.6 − 2x
10 0.224 – 0.748 x = x
1 1.748 x = 0.224
Conc. of 1 mole of COCl2 =
10 x = 0.128
At equilibrium constant reaction is – 345. What will be the equilibrium constant of the
1 given reaction carried out in a 5 L vessel and
Kc =
[ COCl 2 ]
= 10 =
10 ×10 having equilibrium amounts of A2 and A as 0.5
[CO][ Cl 2 ] 10 × 3 mole and 2 × 10–6 mole respectively?
A
1 3
×
2
10 10 The reaction: 2A
–11
Kc = 3.3 (a) 0.16×10 (b) 0.25×105
–5
343. Two solids dissociate as follows: (c) 0.4×10 (d) 0.2×10–11
A(s) B(g) + C(g); K p1 = x atm 2 J & K CET-(2018)
Ans. (a): Given reaction is– A 2 2A
D(s) C(g) + E(g); K p2 = y atm 2 The total 0.5
Concentration of A2 at equilibrium =
pressure when both the solids dissociate 5
simultaneously is 2 × 10−6
(a) x + y atm 2 2
(b) x + y atm 2 Concentration of A at equilibrium =
5
(c) (x + y) atm (d) 2 x + y atm Equilibrium constant
2
JEE Mains-2019 2 × 10−6
Ans. (d) : The dissociation reaction of solid are-
[A]2 5
A(s) B(g) + C(g) Kc = =
[A 2 ] 0.5
P1 P1 5
and D(s) C(g) + E (g) 4×5
Kc = × 10−12
P2 P2 25 × 0.5
Total pressure of C, PC = P1 + P2 Kc = 0.16 × 10–11
KP1 = x = PB. PC ….(i)
346. Kc for the reaction N2 (g) + O 2 (g) 2NO(g)
x = P1 (P1 + P2)
–6
KP2 = y = PC . PE ….(ii) at 300 K is 4×10 . Kp for the above reaction
y = (P1 + P2)P2 will be (R = 2 cal mol–1 K–1)
Adding (i) and (ii) – (a) 2.4×10–3 (b) 4×10–6
–6 2
x + y = (P1 + P2)2 (c) 4×10 (RT) (d) 16×10–12
Now total pressure AIIMS-[27-May, 2018 (E)]
PT = PC + PB + PE Ans. (b): The reaction is :–
= (P1 + P2) + P1 + P2 N 2 (g) + O 2 (g) 2NO (g)
= 2 (P1 + P2)
∴ K p = K c (RT) ∆n g
PT = 2 ( )
x + y Ans.
∆n g = no. of mole of gaseous product–no. of
344. 2ICl → I 2 + Cl 2 ;K c = 0.14 mole of gaseous reactant
If initial concentration of ICl is 0.6 M, then ∆n g = 2 –(1+1)
equilibrium concentration of I2 is: ∆n g =0
(a) 0.37 M (b) 0.126 M
(c) 0.224 M (d) 0.748 M So, Kp = 4×10–6 (RT)0
(26 May,2018(M)) Kp= 4×10–6
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 701 YCT
347. A sample of HI(g) is placed in a flask at a (c) –3RT ln 4X
pressure of 0.2 atm. At equilibrium, partial (d) None of these
pressure of HI(g) is 0.04 atm. What is Kp for BITSAT 2018
the given equilibrium? Ans. (d) : From the relation b/w standard Gibb's free
2HI(g) H 2 (g) + I 2 (g) energy and equilibrium constant-
(a) 0.04 (b) 0.4 ∆G o = −RT ln K p ;K p = (2X) 2 X = 4X 3
(c) 40 (d) 4 o 3
J & K CET-(2018) ∴ ∆G = −RT ln (4X )
Ans. (d): From equilibrium reaction- ∆G o = −RT ln 4 − 3RT ln X
2HI(g) H 2 + I2 350. The relationship between Kp and Kc is Kp = Kc
(RT)∆n. What would be the value of ∆n for the
Initial 0.2 0 0 reaction
At equilibrium 0.2 − 2x x x NH 4 Cl (s) ↽ ⇀ NH 3 (g) + HCl(g) ?
But pressure of HI is 0.04 atm. (a) 1 (b) 0.5
So, (c) 1.5 (d) 2
0.2 – 2x = 0.04 Karnataka-CET-2018
2x = 0.2 – 0.04
Ans. (d) : For the reaction –
x = 0.08
NH 4 Cl(s) ↽ ⇀ NH 3 (g) + HCl (g)
p H2 p I2 0.08 × 0.08
So, Kp = 2 = ∆n
p HI (0.04) 2 ∴ Kp = Kc (RT) g
Kp = 4 So, ∆ng = no. of mole of gaseous product – no of mole
of gaseous reaction
348. What will be the expression of Kp for the given =2–0
reaction if the total pressure inside the vessel is =2
P and degree of dissociation of the reactant is a 351. A + 2B 2C; K = ?
c
? The reaction : N 2 O 4 (g) 2NO 2 (g) 2 moles of each A and B are present in 10 lit
(a) 4a2P/(1+a2) (b) 4a2P/(1–a2) solution. The product C formed 1 mole.
2 2
(c) a P/(1–a ) (d) a2/(1–a) Calculate Kc
J & K CET-(2018) (a) 1.5 (b) 6.67
Ans. (b): The dissociation of N2O4 is- (c) 0.15 (d) 2.3
N 2O4 2NO 2 AIIMS-[27-May, 2018 (M)]
Ans. (b): The reaction is -
At t = 0 1 0
A + 2B 2C
At equilibrium 1− a 2a
Initial mole 2 2 0
Total moles at equilibrium = 1 – a + 2a
=1+a At equilibrium 2 − x 2 − 2x 2x
1 − a = 1.5 = 1 =1
p N 2 O4 = P
1+ a As 1 mole of C is formed at equilibrium,
2x = 1
2a
p NO2 = P x = 0.5
1+ a Number of moles of A at equilibrium
2
2a 2 = 1.5, B=1, C=1
( )
2
p NO2 P ∴ Equilibrium concentration of A, B and C are -
1+ a
s∴ Kp = = 1.5 1 1
p N 2 O4 1− a [A] = ,[ B] = ,[C] =
P 10 10 10
1+ a
2 [C]2 [1/10]2
4a P ∴ Kc = = = 6.67
Kp = [A][B]2 [1.5 /10][1/10]2
1− a2
349. For the reaction taking place at certain 352. For NH4HS(s) NH 3 (g) + H 2S(g), the
temperature observed pressure for the reaction mixture in
NH 2COONH 4 (s) 2NH 3 (g) + CO 2 (g), equilibrium is 1.12 atm at 106 o C. What is the
if equilibrium pressure is 3X bar then ∆r G 0 value of Kp for the reaction?
would be (a) 0.56 atm2 (b) 0.3136 atm2
2
(a) –RT ln 9 – 3RT ln X (c) 1.25 atm (d) 1.12 atm2
(b) RT ln 4 – 3 RT ln X AMU-2017
= ( p ) product
2
353. The equilibrium constant Kc value for a ∴ Kp =
( p )reactant
0
MPPET-2012
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 707 YCT
380. For a chemical reaction A + B C, the 2SO 2 (g) + O 2 (g) 2SO 3 (g)
thermodynamic equilibrium constant Kp is
Kc
(a) in atm–2 (b) in atm–3 (a) Kp = Kc (b) K p =
(c) in atm–1 (d) dimensionless RT
JCECE - 2011 (c) Kp = KcRT (d) Kp= Kc(RT)2
Ans. (c) : For the reaction, COMEDK-2011
Ans. (b) : The given equilibrium reaction,
A+B C
∆ng = 1 – 2 = –1 2SO 2 (g) + O 2 (g) 2SO3 (g)
Kp = (atmosphere)–1 ∴ ∆ng = no. of moles of product – no. of moles of
381. Four moles of PCl5 are heated in a closed 4 dm3 reactant
container to reach equilibrium at 400 K. At or ∆n g = n P – n R = 2 – 3 = –1
equilibrium 50% of PCl5 is dissociated. What is ∆n g
K p = K c (RT)
the value of Kc for the dissociation of PCl5 in to
PCl3 and Cl2 at 400 K? Kc
(a) 0.50 (b) 1.00 or K p = K c (RT) –1 or K p =
RT
(c) 1.25 (d) 0.05 384. If the equilibrium constant for the reaction,
(e) 0.25
Kerala-CEE-2011 H2 ( g ) + I2 (g ) 2HI(g) is K, what is the
equilibrium constant of
Ans. (a) : PCl5 (s) PCl3 (g) + Cl 2 (g)
1 1
At, 400 K, PCl5 is solid HI ( g ) H ( g ) + I2 ( g )?
Vol. 4 0 0 2 2 2
Vol. 2 2 2 1
(a) (b) K
[PCl3 ][Cl2 ] K
Kc = 1
[PCl5 ] (c) K (d)
At high pressure, the PCl3 will be a liquid K
AP-EAMCET- (Engg.) - 2010
2
So, K c = moldm −3 Ans. (d) : Given,
4
Kc = 0.5 mol dm-3 H 2 ( g ) + I2 ( g ) 2HI ( g ) .
382. In the preparation of CaCO from CaCO3 using
Kc =
[ HI]2 .....(i)
the equilibrium CaCO3(s)
CaCO(s)+CO2(s) Kp is expressed as: [ H 2 ][ I2 ]
For the reaction
8500 1 1
log K p = 7.282 − HI ( g ) H 2 ( g ) + I2 ( g )
T 2 2
The complete decomposition of CaCO3, the
temperature in Celsius to be used is K ′c = 2
[ H ] [ I]
12 12
.....(ii)
(a) 1167 (b) 894 [ HI]
(c) 8500 (d) 850 Multiplying equation (i) and (ii) , we get-
AMU-2011
Ans. (b) : In the preparation of CaO from CaCO3 using K c × K ′c =
[ HI]2 × [ H 2 ]1 2 [ I2 ]1 2
the equilibrium. [ H 2 ][ I2 ] [ HI]
CaCO3(s) ⇌ CaO(s) + CO2(g)
Kp is expressed as K c ⋅ K′c =
[ HI] [from equation (ii)]
12
[ H 2 ] [ I2 ]
12
8500
log Kp = 7.282 −
T 1
For complete decomposition of Kp = 1 K c ⋅ K′c =
K ′c
log Kp = 0
1
( K′c ) =
2
8500
So, log Kp = 7.282 − Kc
T
8500 1
0 = 7.282 − K ′c =
T Kc
8500 385. For the reaction,
7.282 =
T 2A ( g ) + B 2 ( g ) 2AB 2 (g)
T = 1167.26 K
the equilibrium constant, K at 300 K is 16.0. The
T = 1167.26 – 273.15oC p
o
T = 894.11 C value of K p for AB 2 (g) A(g) +1/2B 2 (g) is
383. For the equilibrium, (a) 8 (b) 0.25
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 708 YCT
(c) 0.125 (d) 32 387. For the decomposition reaction of lime stone,
VITEEE- 2010 the correct expression for rate constant, Kp is
Ans. (b) : For the given reaction, PCaO . PCO2
(a) K p =
2A ( g ) + B2 ( g ) 2AB2 ( g ) PCaCO3
The equilibrium constant, [CaO][CO 2 ]
p2 (b) K p =
[CaCO3 ]
K p = 2 AB2 = 16 …..(i)
p A .p B2 PCaO + PCO2
For the other given reaction, (c) K p =
PCaCO3
1
AB2 ( g ) A ( g ) + B2 ( g ) (d) K p = PCO2
2
The equilibrium constant, UPTU/UPSEE-2010
Ans. (d) : The decomposition reaction of CaCO3 is -
p A .p1/B 2
K ′p = 2
…..(ii) CaCO3(s) CaO(s) + CO2(g)
p AB2
Thus, Kp = PCO2
On squaring eq. (ii), we obtain, As concentration of solid remain unchanged it is taken
p 2 .p as unity.
( K′p ) = pA 2 B2
2
….(iii)
AB2
388. In which of the following reactions Kp > Kc ?
Now, from eq. (i) and (iii), we obtain, (a) N2(g) + 3H2 (g) 2NH3(g)
(b) H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g)
K p .( K ′p ) = 1 ⇒ 16.( K′p ) = 1 (QK = 16 )
2 2
p (c) PCl3(g) + Cl2(g) PCl5(g)
1/ 2
∆n where, ∆n= ∑ n P − ∑ n r
p N2 (p H2 )3 / 2
K p = K c ( RT )
On squaring both sides − ∆n=2– 4= –2
(p NH3 ) 2 or K p = K c × ( RT )
−2
(K 'p )2 = [from equation (i)]
(p N2 )(p H2 )3 Kc
(Kp' )2 = K p = 41 or Kp =
( RT )
2
K p' = (41) 1/ 2
Thus, the value of Kp is depends upon the temperature
= 6.4 atm–1 of the reaction. Hence, no change occure during the
increments of pressure.
1 3 1 ∴ Kc =
x = 1 − + 1 = 1 − = − [ N 2 O4 ]
2 2 2
(1.708mole / 0.1dm3 )
2
(1− x
2
) Kc =
(2x)2 (x)
1(2) 2
pressure and x = extent of decomposition. Kp remains
constant with change in P and x. The value of the (0.2) 2 (0.1)
equilibrium constant is independent of the partial Kc =
4
pressure or degree of dissociation.
T = 427oC, Kp = ?
∆ng = 2 – 2=0
The equilibrium reaction is-
∴ K p = K c (RT)0 = K c
2NOCl(g) 2NO(g) + Cl2 (g)
408. At 550K, the Kc for the following reaction is 104 ∆n
mol L–1. Now, K p = K c (RT) g
X(g) + Y(g) Z(g) ∆n g = (2 + 1) –2 = 1
At equilibrium, it was observed that So, Kp = 3 × 10–6 × (RT)1
1 1
[ X] = [ Y ] = [ Z] Kp = 3 × 10–6 × (0.0821 × 700)1
2 2 Kp = 1.722 × 10–4
What is the value of [Z] (in mol L–1) at Kp ≈ 1.75 × 10–4
equilibrium?
(a) 2 × 10–4 (b) 10–4 411. Which of the following is true for the reaction
(c) 2 × 10 4
(d) 104 1
CO(g) + O 2 (g) CO 2 (g)
A.P.EAMCET 2005 2
Ans. (a) : For equilibrium - (a) Kp > Kc (b) Kp < Kc
X(g) + Y (g) Z(g) (c) Kp = Kc (d) Kp > Kc
JCECE - 2004
[Z]
Kc = ….(i) Ans. (b) : For the reaction-
[X][Y] 1
1 1 CO(g) + O 2 (g) CO 2 (g)
Given, [X] = [Y] = [Z] , Kc = 10 mol L 4 –1 2
2 2 ∆n
∴ K p = K c (RT) g
1 1
∴ [X] = [Y] = [Z] = v(say)
2 2 1 3 −1
∆n g = 1 − 1 + = 1 − =
[Z] = 2v, [Y] = 2v, [X] = v 2 2 2
From eqn (i), Here, ∆n g is < 1
[Z] In such case Kc > Kp
Kc =
[X][Y] 412. For the reaction, 2NO2 2NO+O2, the value
2v of K is equal to K. What will the value of Kp
10 =
4
K c =10
4 p
v.2v for reaction.
v =10 −4 1
−4
NO + O 2 → NO 2
∴ [Z] = 2v = 2 × 10 . 2
1
409. Which of the following is correct for the (a) K (b)
reaction? N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g) K
(a) K p= K c 1 1
(c) (d)
(b) Kp < Kc K K2
(c) Kp > Kc JIMPER-2004
(d) Pressure is required to predict the correlation Ans. (c) : For the reaction – 2NO 2 2NO + O 2
UPTU/UPSEE-2005
Ans. (b) : We know that – Kp = Kc (RT) g
∆n
∴ Kp =
( )
( p NO ) p O2
2
( )
2
For, Kp > Kc and KP < Kc p NO2
∆n g > 1 ∆n g < 1
In reaction –
K=
( )
( p NO ) pO2
2
.….(1)
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g)
( )
2
p NO2
∆ng = 2 – (3 + 1)
= 2 – 4 = –2 1
And, NO + O 2 → NO 2
So, Kp < Kc 2
(K ) =
2 NO 2
(c) 0.95 (d) 0.73
(p ) (p )
p 2
NO O2
JCECE - 2003
Ans. (b): Given data: Kc = 26, T = 250oC = 250 + 273
( K ) = K1
2
p by equation ….(i) Kp = ? = 523 K
For the reaction,
1 PCl3 + Cl2 PCl5
Kp = ∆n
K ∴ Kp = Kc (RT) g
413. In the reaction, H2+I2---- 2HI ∆n g = 1 – 2 = –1
In a 1 L flask, 0.4 mole of each H2 and I2 are R = 0.0821, T = 250 + 273.15 = 523.15
taken. At equilibrium 0.5 mole of HI are So, Kp = Kc (RT)–1
formed. What will be the value of equilibrium
26
constant, Kc? Kp =
(a) 20.2 (b) 25.4 0.0821× 523.15
(c) 0.284 (d) 11.1 Kp = 0.61
UP CPMT-2004 416. Equilibrium constant Kp of following reaction
Ans. (d) : For the reaction, MgCO3(s) MgO(s) + CO2(g)
H2 + I2 2HI (a) K p = pCO2
Initial moles 0.4 0.4 0 p CO2 × p MgO
No, of moles (0.4 – 0.25) (0.4 – 0.25) 0.50 (b) K p = p CO2 ×
at equilibrium =0.15 =0.15 p MgCO3
[HI]2 p CO2 × p MgO
∴ Kc = (c) K p =
[H 2 ][I2 ] p MgCO3
Given, V = 1 L p MgCO3
∴ [HI] = 0.5/1 = 0.5 mol/L (d) K p =
[H2] = [I2] =0.15/1 = 0.15 mol/L p CO2 × p MgO
NEET-2000
∴ Kc =
( 0.5)2 Ans. (a) : The given reaction is –
( 0.15) × ( 0.15) MgCO3(s) MgO(s) + CO2(g)
= 11.11 p CO2 . p MgO
∴ Kp =
414. In which of the following reactions, the p MgCO3
concentration of product is higher than the But MgCO3 and MgO are pure solids
concentration of reactant at equilibrium? So, Kp = p CO2
(Kc = equilibrium constant)
417. 4.5 moles, each of hydrogen and iodine was
(a) A B; K c = 0.001 heated in a sealed 10 L vessel. At equilibrium, 3
(b) M N; K c = 10 moles of HI were found. The equilibrium
(c) X Y; K c = 0.005 constant for H 2 ( g ) + I 2 ( g ) → 2HI ( g ) , is
(a) 1 (b) 10
(d) R P; K c = 0.01
(c) 5 (d) 0.33
A.P.EAMCET 2004 A.P.EAMCET 1998
Ans. (b) : For a reaction Ans. (a) : The equilibrium reaction is -
Kc =
[ Product ] H2(g) + I2(g) → 2HI (g)
[ reactant ] Initially 4.5 4.5 0
At equilibrium (4.5–x) (4.5–x) 3 or (2x)
Hence, If Kc > 1, then, [Product] > [Reactant].
[ HI ]
2
As per option,
∴ Kc =
(a) Kc = 0.001 which is <1 [ H 2 ][ I2 ]
(c) Kc = 0.005 which is <1
∴ 2x = 3
(d) Kc = 0.01 which is <1
3
So, in option (b) Kc = 10 which is >1. x = = 1.5
Hence, (b) is correct answer. 2
Total pressure at equilibrium = Partial pressure of CO2 (a) -80kJ mol-1 (b) 100kJ mol-1
and CO (c) 80kJ mol-1
(d) -100kJ mol-1
(0.5–x) + 2x = 0.8
JEE-Main-2019
x = 0.3
∴ PCO = 2x = 2× 0.3 = 0.6 Ans. (c) : Given, K= 10–14, T = 298 K
PCO2 = 0.5 − x = 0.5 − 0.3 = 0.2 2H2O H3O+ + OH–
Standard Gibbs free energy is given by,
( 0.6 ) = 1.8 atm
2
P2 ∆Go = –RT lnk
Now, Kp = CO =
PCO2 0.2 ∆Go = −2.303 × 8.314 × 298log10 −14
425. The standard Gibbs energy change at 300 K for ∆Go = 79.88 kJ mol–1
the reaction, 2A B + C is 2494.2 J. At a ∆Go ≈ 80 kJ / mole
given time, the composition of the reaction
428. Equivalent amounts of H2 and I2 are heated in
mixture is [A] = ½, [B] = 2 and [C] = ½. The
reaction proceeds in the 'R = 8.314 JK/mol, a closed vessel till equilibrium is obtained. If
e = 2.718] 80% of the hydrogen can be converted to HI,
(a) forward direction because Q > kc the Kc at the temperature is
(b) reverse direction because Q > kc (a) 64 (b) 16 (c) 0.25 (d) 4
(c) forward direction because Q < kc VITEEE-2007
(d) reverse direction because Q < kc Ans. (a) :
JEE-Main-2015
H2 + I2 2HI
Ans. (b) : Given data: T = 300 K, ∆Go = 2494.2 J
1 1 Initial moles 1 1 0
[A] = , [B] = 2, [C] = At equilibrium (1 − x) (1 − x) (2x)
2 2
For equilibrium reaction -
[ HI] = ( 2x )
2 2
2A B+C ∴ Kc =
[ H ][ I ] 2 2
2
(1 − x )
1
2× Given, x = 80% = 0.80
[B][C] 2 =4
∴ = ( 2 × 0.80 ) = 64
2
Qc =
[A]2 1
2 ∴ K =
(1 − 0.80 )
c 2
2
We know, 429. For the reaction,
∆Go = –2.303RT log Kc 3
2494.2 = –2.303 × 8.314 × 300 log Kc Fe 2 N(s) + H 2 (g) Fe(s)+NH3(g)
2
Kc = 0.37 (a) Kc= Kp(RT (b) Kc= Kp(RT)-1/2
Hence, Qc > Kc so the equilibrium will shift in the
reverse direction. (c) Kc= Kp(RT)1/2 (d) K c = K pp (RT)3/ 2
426. Consider the following reversible chemical JEE-Main-2020
reactions, Ans. (c) : For the reaction –
K1
A 2 (g) + B 2 (g) 2AB(g) ...( I ) 3
K2
Fe 2 N(s) + H 2 (g) Fe (s) + NH 3 (g)
6AB(g) 3A 2 (g) + 3B 2 (g)...( II ) 2
∆n g
The relation between K1 and K2 is ∴ K p = K c (RT)
(a) K 2 = K13 (b) K1K2 = 3 3 3 1
∆ng = (1+ 0) – + 0 = 1 − = −
1 2 2 2
(c) K 2 = K1−3 (d) K1K 2 = –1/2
3 So, Kp = Kc (RT)
JEE-Main-2019 or Kc = Kp (RT)1/2
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 716 YCT
430. Value of Kp for the equilibrium reaction = 5.01 × 10–9 Pa–1
N 2O 4 (g) 2NO 2 (g) Kc
=
at 288 K is 47.9. 8.3 × 400
The Kc for this reaction at same temperature K c =1.66 ×10−5 m3 / mol
is ...... (Nearest integer)
(R=0.083 L bar K-1mol-1) =1.66 ×10−2 L / mol
AIEEE-2012
433. Consider the reaction, N 2O 4 (g) 2NO 2 (g) .
Ans. (2) : Given data: T = 288 K, Kp = 47.9, Kc = ?
The reaction is – The temperature at Which Kc=20.4 and Kp =600.1,
is ...... K. (Round off to the nearest integer.)
N 2O 4 (g) 2NO 2 (g) [Assume all gases are ideal and R=0.0831L bar,
∆n g
So, Kp = Kc (RT) k-1 mol-1].
Q ∆n g = 2 – 1 = 1 JEE-Main-18.03.2021, Shift-II
∴ Kp = Kc (RT) Ans. (354) : The reaction is–
⇒ 47.9 = Kc × 0.083 × 288 N2O4 (g) 2NO2(g)
⇒ 47.9 = Kc × 23. 904 We have, Kc = 20.4, Kp = 600.1
Kc = 2.00 ∆n
Now, Kp = Kc (RT) g
431. In a chemical reaction,
A + 2B
k
2C + D, the initial concentration
∆ng = 2 – 1 = 1
So, Kp = Kc (RT)1
of B was 1.5 times of the concentration of A,
600.1 = 20.4 × 0.0831× T
but the equilibrium concentrations of A and B
were found to be equal. The equilibrium ⇒ 600.1
=T
constant (K) for the chemical reaction is 1.69524
1 ⇒ T = 353.99
(a) (b) 16 (c) 1 (d) 4 ≈ T = 354
4
JEE-Main-2013 434. The value of Kc for the reaction :
Ans. (d) : A + 2B 2C + D A + 3B 2C at 400° C is 0.5 Calculate the
Initial 1 1.5 0 0 value of Kp
Equi. 1-x 1.5–2x 2x x (a) 1.64 × 10–4 (b) 1.64 × 10–6
At equilibrium [A] = [B] (c) 1.64 × 10 –5
(d) 1.64 × 10–3
1 – x = 1.5 – 2x VITEEE-2019
x = 0.5 Ans. (a) : Given,
∴ [C]2 [D] Kc = 0.5
Kc =
[A][B]2 T = 400°C = 400+273 = 673 K
2
(2x) (x) Kp = ?
Kc = A + 3B 2C
(1 − x) (1.5 − 2x) 2
∆n = 2 − 4 = − 2
1× 1× 0.5
Kc = Kp = Kc (RT)∆n
0.5 × 0.5 × 0.5
Kp = 0.5 × (0.082×673)–2
Kc = 4
Kp = 1.64 × 10–4 atm.
432. The gas phase reaction 2A(g) A 2 (g) at 400 435. For the reaction:
K has ∆Go=+25.2kJ mol-1 The equilibrium 2 BaO 2 (s) 2BaO(s) + O 2 (g);
constant Kc for this reaction is ........×10-2.
∆H = +ve. In equilibrium condition, pressure of
(Round off to the nearest integer).
[Use:R=8.3Jmol-1K-1, ln 10=2.3] log10 2=0.30, 1 O2 is dependent on
atm = 1bar] [antilog (-0.3)=0.501] (a) mass of BaO2
JEE-Main-18.03.2021, Shift-I (b) mass of BaO
Ans. (1.66) : Given reaction is, (c) temperature of equilibrium
(d) mass of BaO2 and BaO both
2A(g) A 2 (g)
VITEEE-2018
Given, ∆G° = + 25.2 kJ Ans. (c) : The given reaction is
= 25200 joule
T = 400 K 2BaO 2 (s) 2BaO ( s ) + O 2 ( g ) , ∆H = + Ve
Using the formula, Pure solids do not change state of equilibrium.
⇒ ∆G° = –RT ln Kp Hence, at equilibrium–
⇒ 25200 = –2.303 × 8.314 × 400log Kp Kp = PO2
⇒ Kp = 10 = 10 × 0.501
–3.3 –3 Only, a change in temperature, changes KP hence PO2
= 5.01 × 10 bar –4 –1 will be affected by increasing temperature.
K sp = ( 2S) ( S )
2
2 × 10 −15 mol3dm −9 = 4S3
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 726 YCT
Ksp = 4S3 2.2 × 10–16 × 10 –3
or S2 = = 0.354 × 10 –9
( )
3
K sp = 4 × 1.20 ×10 –4
6.2 × 10 –10
or S2 = 3.54 × 10 –10
K sp = 6.91× 10 –12
or S = 1.9 × 10–5
35. If the solubility of an electrolyte is S, then what 38. From the graph, the value of Henry’s constant
is the solubility product of the electrolyte of the for the solubility of HCl gas in cyclohexane is
type A3B2?
(a) 6S3 (b) 27S5
5
(c) 108S (d) 36S5
COMEDK-2016
2+
Ans. (c) : A 3 B2 3A + 2B 3–
3S 2S
Q S=
(1.435 ×10 ) = 1×10–7
–5 Psolute ∝ Xsolute in solution
Psolute = kHXsolute in solution
143.5 Where, kH = Henry's constant
Therefore solubility product of AgCl = S2 The slope of the straight line gives the value of kH.
Ksp = (1×10–7)2 = 1×10–14 . 50
37. The solubility of AgCN in a buffer solution of ∴ tan θ = k H =
0.005
pH = 3 is x. The value of x is :
50000
[Assume : No cyano complex is found; = = 10000
Ksp(AgCN) = 2.2 × 10 and Ka (HCN) = 6.2 ×
–16 5
10–10] k H = 10 k torr
(a) 0.625 × 10–6 (b) 1.6 × 10–6
39. Two salts A2X and MX have the same value of
(c) 2.2 × 10–16 (d) 1.9 × 10–5 solubility product of 4.0×10-12. The ratio of
JEE Main 25-02-2021, Shift-I
S ( A2X )
Ans. (d) :Given : Ksp (AgCN) = 2.2 × 10–16 their molar solubilities i.e. = ______
Ka(HCN) = 6.2 × 10–10 S ( MX )
The solubility of AgCN in a buffer solution of pH = 3 (Round off to the Nearest Integer).
Let, solubility is S then, JEE Main 16.03.2021, Shift-I
–12
sp(A2X) = Ksp(MX) = 4 × 10
+
AgCN Ag + CN
– Ans. (50) : Given that, K
+ 2−
Ksp = S × S = S2 .....(i) For 2A + X
A 2 X
1 1 K sp = ( 2S ) × ( S )
2
H + + CN –
HCN , K= =
K a 6.2 × 10 –10
K sp 4 ×10−12
1 + [HCN] or S3 = = = 10−12
Therefore, K sp × = [Ag ][CN ] + –
4 4
Ka [H ][CN − ]
or S ( A 2 X ) = 10−4 .....(i)
1 S× S
or 2.2 ×10 –16 × = + −
6.2 ×10 –10 10 –3 Now, for MX M + X
Q K sp = S × S
K sp 3.2 ×10−11
S= 3 =3 = 27 × 44 × S7
4 4
−4
Ksp = 6912S7
S = 2 × 10 M
68. The solubility product of BaCl2 is 4 × 10–9. Its
64. The solubility product of AgCl is 4.0 10–10 at solubility in mol/L is–
298 K. The solubility of AgCl in 0.04 M CaCl2 (a) 4 × 10–3 (b) 4 × 10–9
will be –3
(c) 1 × 10 (d) 1 × 10–9
(a) 5.0×10–9 M (b) 20× 10–5 M
–4 BCECE-2007
(c) 2.2× 10 M (d) 1.0× 10–4 M –9
BITSAT-2008 Ans. (c) : Ksp of BaCl2 is 4 × 10
2+ −1
AMU-2002 Ba + 2Cl
BaCl 2
Ans. (a) : Given that, K sp = [Ba 2+ ][Cl − ]2
Ksp(AgCl) = 4.0 × 10–10 0.04M CaCl2
+ − = [x][2x]2
Ag + Cl
AgCl
Ksp = [Ag+] [Cl–] (Q [Cl]– = 0.08) K sp = 4x 3
or 4.0 × 10–10 = s × 0.08 K sp
4.0 × 10−10 x3 =
or S= 4
0.08 K sp 4 × 10−9
or S = 5 × 10–9 x= 3 = 3
+ 2−
Na 2S 2Na + S S 2S
S 2S S k sp = [Pb 2+ ][Cl − ]2
0.1m 2 ×0.1m 0.1m = [S].[2S]2
+ 2−
Ag 2S 2Ag + S
K sp = 4S3
x 2x 0.1
82. Which of the following inert gas is soluble in
K sp = [Ag + ]2 . S2− water?
K sp = [2x] [ x ]
2 (a) He (b) Ne
(c) Ar (d) Xe
K sp = [4x]2 10−1 CG PET -2006
10 = [4x ].[10 ]
–17 2 −1 Ans. (d) : As the molecular weight of Noble gas atoms
increases down the group its polarity increases due to
10−17 which Van der Waals force between then increases. due
4x 2 = −1 = 10−16 to increased polarity of havier inert gas, its solubility in
10
water also increases. so most soluble gas will be Xe and
10−16 least soluble will be He.
x=
4 83. A metal halide has molar concentration of
1 0.000011 mol/L in saturated state. If its Ksp =
x= 10−16 39.5 × 10–20, then the halide is
2 (a) M2X4 (b) MX4
1
x = × 10−8 (c) M2X6 (d) MX3
2 CG PET -2018
x = 5 × 10 −9 m Ans. (d) : molar concentration
79. If solubility of M(OH)3 is S, its solubility ie solubility (s) =0.000011mol/L
product will be: Ksp= 39.5× 10-20
(a) 108S5 (b) 27S3 (a)
(c) 4S4 (d) 27S4 [2M ]+ 4X
M 2 X 4 + −
3+ −
M(OH)3 M + 3OH = 1024S6
S 3S
K sp = 18.14 × 10−26
K sp = [M 3+ ].[OH − ]3
(b) + −
K = [S].[3S]3 MX 4 M + 4X
[S] [4S]
sp
Ksp = 27S4 +
K sp = [M ].[X ] − 4
4 × 10−12
1/ 3 S =1.41× 10−4
x = S =141× 10−6
4
x = 10–4 Hence, the value of x is 141.
2
(d) Easily liquefiable gases usually has lesser KH
1.85 × 10−5 ×10−3 values.
K sp = −3 Karnataka-CET-2021
14 × 10
Ksp = (0.1321×10 ) –5 2 Ans. (c) : According to the mathematical expression of
Ksp = 0.01745 × 10 –10 Henry's law–
Ksp = 1.745 × 10–12 p∝x
134. H2S is passed into one nm3 of a solution p = KH.x
containing 0.1 mole of Zn2+ and 0.01 mole of Where, p = Partial pressure of the gas
Cu2+ till the sulphide ion concentration reaches KH = Henry's law constant of the gas
to 8.1 × 10–19 moles. Which one of the following x = Mole fraction of gas.
statements is true? KH depends only on the nature of gas, nature of liquid
[Ksp of ZnS and CuS are 3 × 10–22 and 8 × 10–36 and temperature. As temperature increases, KH
respectively.] increases.
(a) Only ZnS precipitates 137. The KH value (K bar) of Argon (I).
(b) Both CuS and ZnS precipitate carbondioxide (II), formaldehyde (III) and
(c) Only CuS precipitates methane (IV) are respectively 40.3, 167, 1.83
(d) No precipitation occurs ×10–5 and 0.413 at 298 K. The increasing order
Karnataka-CET-2011 of solubility of gas in liquid is
Ans. (b) : The ionic product for ZnS (0.1 × 8.1 × 10 ) –19 (a) I<II<IV<III (b) III<IV<II<I
and for CuS (0.01 × 8.1 × 10–19) exceeds their Ksp (c) I<III<II<IV (d) I<IV<II<III
values. Precipitation of occurs only when ionic product Karnataka-CET-2021
exceeds the value of solubility product. Hence, both Ans. (a) : Higher the value of the KH, the lower is the
CuS and ZnS precipitated. solubility of gas in liquid. Hence, the order of
135. 1 dm3 solution containing 10–5 moles each of Cl– increasing solubility will be–
ions and CrO24− ions is treated with 10–4 moles Ar < CO2 < CH4 < HCHO
of silver nitrate. Which one of the following 138. Henry’s law constant for the solubility of N2
observations is made? gas in water at 298K is 1.0×105 atm. The mole
[Ksp of Ag2CrO4 = 4 × 10–12] fraction of N2 in air is 0.8. The number of moles
[Ksp of AgCl = 1 × 10–10] of N2 from air dissolved in 10 moles of water at
(a) Precipitation does not occur 298 K and 5 atm pressure is
(b) Silver chromate gets precipitated first (a) 4.0×10–4 (b) 4.0×10–5
–4
(c) Silver chloride gets precipitated first (c) 5.0×10 (d) 4.0×10–6
(d) Both silver chromate and silver chloride start Karnataka-CET-2021
precipitating simultaneously Ans. (a) : Given,
Karnataka-CET, 2009 Henry's law of constant (KH) = 1.0 × 105 atm, X N = 0.8
2
Ans. (c) : It is very well to know that when the value of
ionic product is greater then the compounds precipitated p N2 = Total pressure × Mole fraction
first. = 5× 0.8 = 4 atm
For precipitation– From Henry's law-
Ionic product > Solubility product (Ksp) p N 2 = KH . X N 2
For, Ag2CrO4
4
Ionic product = [Ag+]2 [CrO24− ] X N2 = = 4 ×10−5
–4 2 –5
= (10 ) (10 ) = 10 –13 1 × 10 5
So, solubility product (Ksp) = [Ca ] [OH ] 2+ – 2 (b) Solubility product of group II sulphate is
= (s) (2s)2 more than that of group IV sulphate
= 4s3 (c) Presence of HCl increase the suphate ion
–5 concentration
150. The solubility of AgCl is 1×10 mol/L. Its (d) Sulphate of group IV cations are unstable in
solubility in 0.1 molar sodium chloride solution HCl
is NEET-2005
–10 –5
(a) 1×10 (b) 1×10 Ans. (a) : H 2S gas is passed in presence of HCl, in
(c) 1×10–9 (d) 1×10–4 qualitative analysis of cation of second group, Therefor,
MHT CET-2007 due to common ion effect, lower concentration of sulphide
+ − ion is obtained which is sufficient for the precipitation of
Ans. (c) : AgCl Ag +Cl [S] second group cation in form of their sulphides due to lower
[S]
value of their solubility product (Ksp).
K sp = [Ag + ][Cl− ] in presence of HCl decreases the sulphate ion
Ksp = S 2 concentration.
S = 1×10 -5 153. The solubility product of a sparingly soluble
-5 2 -10 salt AX2 is 3.2×10–11. Its solubility (in moles L)
Ksp = (1×10 ) = 1×10 is
suppose its solubility in 0.1m NaCl is x mol/L (a) 5.6×10–6 (b) 3.1×10–4
+ − –4
Ag +Cl
AgCl (c) 2×10 (d) 4×10–4
x x
NEET-2004
+
NaCl
Na +Cl− Ans. (c) : AX2 is ionised as follow -
0.1m 0.1m
2+ −
Ksp of AgCl = [Ag+][Cl-] A + 2X
AX 2
= [x]. [x+0.1] [S] [2S]
1×10-10 = x2 + 0.1x Solubility product of AX2 is -
higher power of x are neglected Ksp = [A2+][X–]2
0.1x = 1×10 –10 = [S][2S]2
Ksp= 4S3
1× 10−10 3.2×10-11 = 4S3
x=
0.1 S3 = 0.8 ×10-11
–9
x = 1 × 10 S3 = 8 ×10-12
S = ( 8 ×10−12 )
1/ 3
151. In qualitative analysis the metals of group 1
can be separated from other ions by
precipitating them as chloride salts. A solutions Solubility = 2×10-4 mol/L
initially contains Ag+ and Pb2+ at a 154. The solubility product of AgI at 25ºC is
concentration of 0.10 M. Aqueous HCl is added 1.0×10–16 mol–1L–1. The solubility of AgI in 10–4
to this solution until the Cl– concentrations of N solution of KI at 25ºC is approximately (in
Ag+ and Pb2+ be at equilibrium ? mol L–1)
(Ksp for AgCl = 1.8×10 , Ksp for PbCl2 –10 (a) 1.0×10–16 (b) 1.0×10–12
–10
=1.7×10 ) –5 (c) 1.0×10 (d) 1.0×10–8
(a) [Ag+] = 1.8×10–7 M, [Pb2+] = 1.7×10–6 M NEET-2003
+ –11 2+ –5 + −
(b) [Ag ] = 1.8×10 M, [Pb ] = 8.5×10 M Ans. (b) : AgI Ag + I
(c) [Ag+] = 1.8×10–9 M, [Pb2+] = 1.7×10–3 M + −
(d) [Ag+] = 1.8×10–11 M, [Pb2+] = 1.7×10–4 M K−4 + −4I
KI
[10 ] [10 ]
NEET-Mains 2011 + −
Ans. (c) : [Ag+][Cl-]= 1.8×10-10 Ag + I −4
AgI
[x ] [ x +10 ]
K sp = ( 2S) × S
2
Initial 1 0 0
concentration
Ksp = 4S3
Concentration 1-s s 2s 1/ 3
at Equilibrium K sp
S =
Thus from the above condition we can say that, Ksp= 4
s×(2s)2= 4×(s)3 1/ 3
Here, s (the solubility) is 0.5×10–4 mole/lit. 10−42
= =10−27 mol / L
∴ K sp=4×(0.5×10–4)3 4
Ksp=5×10–13 ∴(for Ag2S, 4S3=Ksp)
156. Solubility of M2S salt is 3.5×10–6 then find out
10−42
solubility product, = 6×10-15mol/liter
(a) 1.7×10–6 (b) 1.7×10–16 4
–18
(c) 1.7×10 (d) 1.7×10–12 Solubility of HgS-
++ −−
NEET-2001 Hg + S
HgS
S
Ans. (b) : Let's be the solubility of salt M2S which S
Ksp = S2
S = K sp 10−5 −5 2
= (10 )
–31
2
= 10
= 0.5 × 10−15
−16
= 3.16 × 10 mol / L Solubility product (Ksp) of Ca(OH)2 is 0.5 × 10–15.
accept a loan pair. BI3 is a strong lewis acid. Due to Ans. (d) : NH 3 → NH 4
H +
Base Conjugateacid
back bonding in I3− , conjugate base of BI3 is very stable.
Specie Conjugate Conjugate
So, it is most acidic. Lewis acidity increases from
fluoride to iodide. The lewis acidity is ameliorated by a Acid Base
+
π-bonding contribution through overlap of the halogen H 2 O H 3 O OH¯
lone pair and the vacant orbital on boron. HCO3− H2CO3 CO32 −
200. The conjugate base of NH 2− is HSO −4 H2SO4 SO 24 −
2–
(a) NH3 (b) NH
NH3 NH +4 NH −2
(c) NH +4 (d) N 3−
AP-EAMCET-1998 205. When a particular aqueous solution is diluted
Ans. (b) : Conjugate base is defined by a substance by a factor of ten with K 2 O, the pH increases
formed when an acid losses a hydrogen ion. The by one unit. the solution most likely contains a
−
conjugate base of NH 2 . (a) Weak acid (b) Strong base
+ (c) Strong acid (d) Buffer
NH 2− −H
→ NH 2− SCRA-2014
201. Which one of the following salts gives an acidic Ans. (c) : The increasing of pH by one unit, that means
solution in water? the solution is more acidic because the pH scale show
(a) CH3COONa (b) NH4Cl the acidic character from 1 to 7. Less the value in pH
(c) NaCl (d) CH3COONH4 scale, higher acidity of the solution will be.
AP-EAMCET-2007 Weak acid → Acid that don’t completely dissociated in
Ans. (b) : Ammonium chloride when dissolved in water solution.
gives hydrochloric acid which makes the solution acidic
in nature as HCl is a strong acid. Strong acid → Completely dissociated in solution Exa-
+ − Chloric acid hydrobromic acid.
NH 4 Cl NH 4 + Cl Buffer → A buffer Solution are resist a change in pH
− +
OH + H 3O
2H 2 O when small acid or alkali are added.
+ −
NH 4 + OH NH 4 OH
206. Consider the following regarding potash alum:
Weeklyionised 1. It has 24 water molecules.
+ −
H 3O + Cl HCl + H 2 O
2. It swells on heating.
Strongly
ionized 3. Its aqueous solution is basic.
202. Which one of the following is not a conjugate 4. It is white in colour.
acid base pair? Which of the above statements are correct?
(a) HPO32− , PO32− (b) H 2 PO −4 , HPO 24− (a) 1 and 2 only (b) 1, 3 and 4
(c) 2, 3 and 4 (d) 1, 2 and 4
(c) H 2 PO −4 , H 3 PO 4 (d) H 2 PO −4 , PO33− SCRA 2010
AP EAMCET (Engg.) -2007 Ans. (d) : The formula of potash alum is
Ans. (d) : The acid and base which differ by a proton K2SO4Al2(SO4)3.24H2O.
are said to form a conjugate acid–base pair. It is white in colour.
Acid1 + Base2 Acid2 + Base1 It has 24 water molecules and it swells on heating.
HPO3 + H 2 O H 3O + PO3
2−
+ 2−
207. The aqueous solution of which one of the
following is not basic?
H 2 PO 4 + H 2 O
−
H 3O + HPO 4
+ 2−
(a) Na2B4O7. 10H2O (b) HOCl
H 3 PO 4 + H 2 O
H 3O + H 2 PO 4
+ −
(c) NaHCO3 (d) CH3COONa
In H 2 PO −4 , PO33− difference of 2 proton. So, it is not a SCRA 2010
conjugate base pair. Ans. (d) : CH3COONa – Na is the most electronegative
203. Molten sodium chloride conducts electricity atom and it is also metal. So, Na react with acetic acid
through the following: to form sodium acetate. Therefore, CH3COONa is
(a) free electrons (b) free ions acidic is nature (Removal of H+ atom to place Na
(c) free molecules (d) free atoms metal).
MPPET - 2012 208. In the reaction H2O + HCl → H3O + Cl , the
+ –
Ans. (b) : Molten sodium chloride conducts electricity species that acts as Bronsted base is :
due to presence of free ions. Electrons are bound in (a) H2O (b) HCl
bonds by strong electrostatic forces. So sodium chloride (c) H3O+ (d) Cl–
does not conduct electricity in a solid-state. MPPET-2013
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 753 YCT
Ans. (a) : A Bronsted-Lowry base is any species that is
Acid Ionization Constant – K a
capable of accepting a proton, which requires a lone
pair of electrons to bond to the H+. Ex. H2O. Formic acid – 1.8×10 –4
− +
HCl+ H 2O → Cl + H 3O
Acid Base Conjugate
base
Conjugate Niacin – 1.5×10 –5
acid
C) Hypochlorus acid III) 1.8 × 10–4 The strength of acid is HClO4> HClO3> HClO2> HClO
D) Hydrocyanic acid IV) 3.0 × 10–8 and strength of conjugate base is
The correct match is ClO 4– < ClO3– < ClO 2– < ClO –
A B C D Hence ClO– is strongest bronsted base.
(a) II III IV I
A B C D 217. Using the Lewis concept, which one of the
(b) I II III IV following has the strongest acidic strength ?
A B C D (a) H3PO4
(c) III II IV I (b) H3PO3
A B C D (c) H3PO2
(d) III IV I II (d) All are of equal strength
TS EAMCET 10.08.2021, Shift-II SCRA-2009
Ans. (c) :
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 754 YCT
Ans. (a) : H3PO4 has the strongest acid strength as the
no. of O atom is more in case of H3PO4. As the no. of O
atom increases the strength of the acid increases.
Oxygen is highly electronegative element, and so if
there are more O atoms present, more will be the
electron pulling tendency. 222. Match the following?
So, O–H bond weakening results more acidic character. Species Conjugate acid
218. SiCl4 on hydrolysis forms ‘X’ and HCl, (a) NH3 (i) H2C03
compound ‘X’ losses water at 1000°C and gives (b) HCO3 (ii) H30+
‘Y’. Compounds ‘X’ and ‘Y’ respectively are
(c) H20 (iii) NH +4
(a) H 2SiCl6 , SiO 2 (b) H 4SiO 4 ,Si
(c) SiO 2 ,Si (d) H 4SiO 4 ,SiO 2 (d) HSO 4 (iv) H2SO4
AP EAMCET (Engg.)-2009 (a) ( a → iii ) , ( b → i ) , ( c → ii ) , ( d → iv )
Ans. (d): SiCl4 on hydrolysis give H2SiO4 (b) ( a → i ) , ( b → iii ) , ( c → ii ) , ( d → iv )
SiCl4 + 4H2O → H2SiO3 + 4HCl
H4SiO4 loses the water at 1000 degree centigrade and (c) ( a → iii ) , ( b → ii ) , ( c → i ) , ( d → iv )
produces SiO2 (d) ( a → iii ) , ( b → ii ) , ( c → iv ) , ( d → i )
H4SiO4 → SiO2 + 2H2O AP EAPCET 20.08.2021 Shift-II
So, X and Y are H4SiO4 and SiO2 respectively. Ans. (a): A conjugate acid is formed when a proton is
219. Which of the following does not form double added to a base.
salts?
NH3 + H+ → NH +4
(a) Li2SO4 (b) Na2SO4
(c) K2SO4 (d) Rb2SO4 HCO3− + H +
→ H 2 CO 3
AP EAPCET 20.08.2021 Shift-I H 2 O + H +
→ H 2O+
Ans. (a) : Double salt is salt that contains more than one
different contains or anion it completely dissociate into HSO −4 + H +
→ H 2SO 4
simple ions. 223. Rochelle’s salt is
Lithium is an electropositive element. It has vary small (a) sodium citrate
size. It cannot form double salt. (b) sodium potassium citrate
220. The pka of a weak acid is 4.8. What should be (c) potassium tartarate
(d) sodium potassium tartarate.
[acid]
the ratio of , if a buffer of pH=5.8 is COMEDK-2011
[salt] Ans. (d) : Fehling reagent comprises of two solutions
required? Fehling solution A and Fehling solution B. Fehling
(a) 0.1 (b) 10 solution A is aqueous copper sulptate and Fehling
(c) 1 (d) 2 solution B is alkaline sodium potassium tartarate
AP EAMCET (Engg.) 2001 (Rochelle's salt)
Ans. (a) : Given the expression for the pH of the acidic 224. In the titration of oxalic acid against sodium
buffer solution is as given below hydroxide the indicator used is
[salt] (a) diphenylamine (b) methyl orange
pH = Pka + log (c) menthyl red (d) phenolphthalein.
[acid]
COMEDK-2011
Pka = 4.8
Ans. (d) : Phenolphthalein is used as indicator in the
Substitute value in the above equation
titration of weak acid against strong alkali.
[salt]
5.8 = 4.8 + log 225. The conjugate acid of HCO 3– is
[acid]
(a) H2CO3 (b) CO3
[salt] 10 (c) CO2 (d) CO
Hence, = = 10:1
[acid] 1 COMEDK-2011
[acid] 1 Ans. (a) : HCO3−
H +
→ H 2 CO3
i.e. = = 0.1
[salt] 10 Base Conjugate acid
221. Which one of the following salts give an acidic Specie Conjugate Conjugate
solution in water? Acid Base
(a) CH3COONa (b) NH4Cl H 2O H 3O + OH¯
(c) NaCl (d) CH3COONH4 HCO3− H2CO3 CO32 −
AP EAMCET (Engg.) -2007
HSO −4 H2SO4 SO 24 −
Ans. (b) : NH4Cl NH4 + Cl–
H2O + H2O OH– + H3O– NH3 NH +4 NH −2
with both basic and acidic oxides to produces salt and A stronger base liberates more OH– when dissolved in an
water. aqueous solution and has a pH value of more than 7. So,
Ex-Ga2O3, As4O10, Sb4O10 and Al2O3, all are HCO3− acts as a base when reacting with the compound
amphoteric oxides because they react as acid with base that is more acidic than it i.e. HCl. This is because a
and vice-versa. stronge acid has more ability to donate the proton.
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 757 YCT
241. The strongest bronsted base among the (c) If Assertion is correct but Reason is incorrect.
following anions is (d) If both the Assertion and Reason are
(a) ClO3− (b) ClO– incorrect.
AIIMS-(2016, 2004)
(c) ClO −4 (d) ClO −2
Ans. (c): We know that,
AIIMS-1996 The solubility product of AgBr = 5 × 10–13 and AgCl =
Ans. (b): Bronsted base is the substance that can accept 5 × 10–10
H+ ion. With the increase in the number of oxygen Hence, Ksp of AgCl < Ksp of AgBr
atoms in the given conjugate base, the delocalization of Hence, when we add silver ion to a mixture of aqueous
the π bond becomes more extended. This results in sodium chloride and sodium bromide solution, AgBr
decrease in electron density. Consequently also will percipitate first.
decreases in the order ClO − > ClO −2 > ClO3− > ClO −4 245. Assertion : [Al(H2O)6]3+ is a stronger acid than
Hence strongest & bronsted base is ClO–. [Mg(H2O)6]2+.
242. Assertion: H2O shows amphoteric nature. Reason : Size of [Al(H2O)6]3+ is smaller than
Reason: According to Bronsted theory, it acts [Mg(H2O)6]3+ and possesses more effective
as acid with NH3 and a base with H2S. nuclear charge.
(a) If both Assertion and Reason are correct and (a) If both Assertion and Reason are correct and
Reason is the correct explanation of the Reason is the correct explanation of
Assertion. Assertion.
(b) If both Assertion and Reason are correct, but (b) If both assertion and Reason are correct, but
Reason is not the correct explanation of Reason is not the correct explanation of
Assertion. assertion.
(c) If Assertion is correct but Reason is incorrect. (c) If Assertion is correct but Reason is incorrect.
(d) If both the Assertion and Reason are (d) If both the Assertion and Reason are
incorrect. incorrect.
AIIMS 26 May 2019 (Morning) AIIMS-(2010, 2008)
Ans. (a): Water has the ability to act as an acid as well Ans. (a): [Al(H2O)6]3+ is a stronger Lewis acid than
as a base i.e. It behaves as an amphoteric substance. [Mg(H2O)6]2+ because along the period, size decreases
In Bronsted sense it act as an acid with NH3 and base and oxidation no. of metal increases. So, size of
with H2S. [Al(H2O)6]3+ is smaller than [Mg(H2O)6]2+ and
− +
H 2 O(l) + NH 3 (aq)
OH (aq) + NH 4 (aq) possesses more effective nuclear charge which
stabilizes the conjugate base.
+ −
H 2 O(l) + H 2S(aq)
H 3O (aq) + HS (aq) 246. In which of the following acid-base titration,
243. Assertion : KOH is more soluble in water than pH is greater than 8 at equivalence point.
NaOH. (a) Acetic acid versus ammonia.
Reason : NaOH is a stronger base than KOH. (b) Acetic acid versus sodium hydroxide.
(a) If both Assertion and Reason are correct and (c) Hydrochloric acid versus ammonia.
the Reason is the correct explanation of (d) Hydrochloric acid versus sodium hydroxide.
Assertion. AIIMS-(2003)
(b) If both Assertion and Reason are correct, but Ans. (b): Acetic acid is a weak acid and sodium
Reason is not the correct explanation of hydroxide is strong base. Salts of the two will
Assertion. Hydrolyse to give basic solution. So at neutral point, pH
(c) If Assertion if correct but Reason is incorrect. of the solution will be greater than 8.
(d) If both the Assertion and Reason are 247. pKa value of four acids are given below. The
incorrect. strongest acid is:
AIIMS-(2011) (a) 4.0 (b) 3.5
Ans. (c): KOH is more soluble in water than NaOH. (c) 2.5 (d) 2
The ionic size of Na+ is smaller than K+. Hence BCECE-2004
attractive force between Na+ and OH– is relatively AIIMS-(2000)
strong and so ionisation of NaOH is lower than KOH
which makes NaOH a weaker base than KOH. Ans. (d): We know that
244. Assertion : Addition of silver ions to a mixture of 1
acidic strength ∝ Ka ∝
aqueous sodium chloride and sodium bromide pK a
solution will first precipitate AgBr rather than Hence acid with lowest pKa value will be strongest
AgCl. acid.
Reason: Ksp of AgCl > Ksp of AgBr. In this question minimum pKa value is 2.
(a) If both Assertion and Reason are correct and Hence, It is a strongest acid.
the Reason is the correct explanation of
Assertion. 248. Which is Lewis acid?
(b) If both assertion and Reason are correct, but (a) C2H5OH (b) BF3
−
Reason is not the correct explanation of (c) C1 (d) NH3
assertion. AIIMS-(1998)
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 758 YCT
Ans. (b) : Lewis acids are those which can accept a pair they accept proton then act as a lewis base. Acid reacts
of non-bonding electron pair. Hence BF3 is accept with base to produce a salt.
electron pair it is Lewis acid. Acid + Base → Salt
Lewis base are those which can donate a pair of e– pair
C2H5OH, Cl , NH3 all are donate e pair. Hence, It is a Hence, both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not the
– –
Here, I– is giving electron pair to I2 molecule. Therefore outermost orbital and has a vacant p-orbital. Thus, it is
I2 is a lewis acid and I– is a lewis base. an electron-deficient compound.
250. Which among the following pairs is not an Hence, it acts as Lewis acid and accepts a loan pair of
acidic buffer? electrons.
(a) HCOOH & HCOOK 255. The conjugate acid of NH 2– ion is:
(b) HClO4 & NaClO4
(a) NH 3 (b) NH +4
(c) C6H5COOH & C6H5COONa
(d) HCN & KCN (c) N 2 H 4 (d) NH 2 OH
AP EAPCET 19-08-2021, Shift-II COMEDK 2012
Ans. (b) : Acidic buffer are solution that have a pH AP-EAMCET 1997
below 7 and contain a weak acid and one of its salts. So, AP-EAMCET - (Medical)-1997
the HClO4 is the strong acid which means that it's Ans. (a) : According to Bronsted–Lowery theory of
conjugate base is extremly weak. As such, the solution acid and base, the species which accepting a proton is
of HClO4 and NaClO4 is not a buffer solution.
called conjugate acid of the base.
251. The pKa values of four carboxylic acids are NH −2 + H + → NH 3
4.76, 4.19, 0.23 and 3.41 respectively. The pKa Base Conjugateacid
value of strongest carboxylic acid among them
is 256. Which one of the following is not a base?
(a) 4.19 (b) 3.41 (a) N2H4 (b) NH2OH
(c) 0.23 (d) 4.76 (c) (CH3)3N (d) HN3
AP-EAMCET- (Engg.)-2011 AP – EAMCET - (Medical)-1997
Ans. (c) : The value Ka is increase then acid is stronger Ans. (d) : Hydrazoic acid or azoimide is a colorless
but smaller pKa value. Hence among the given acid whose chemical formula is HN 3 . Hydrazoic acid is
carboxylic acid the pKa value of strongest acid is 0.23. an important hydride of nitrogen but unlike ammonia
252. Which one of the following is correct with and hydrazine, it is acidic in nature.
respect to basic character? 257. The strongest conjugate base results from’:
(a) P(CH3)3 > PH3 (b) PH3 > P(CH3)3 (a) Formic acid (b) Benzoic acid
(c) PH3 > NH3 (d) PH3 = NH3 (c) Acetic acid (d) Acetylene
AP-EAMCET (Engg.) 2015 AP-EAMCET-1998
Ans. (a) : P(CH3)3 is more basic than PH3 because there AP – EAMCET - (Medical)-1997
is three methyl group attached to phosphorous due to +I Ans. (d) : The compounds which donates a proton are
effect. called acid and compounds which accept proton are
253. Assertion (A) According to Lowry-Bronsted called base. When an acid donate a proton is called
theory, a substance can function as an acid as conjugate base of that acid.
well as a base. The strongest conjugate base results from acetylene
Reason (R) Acid reacts with a base to produce since it is the weakest acid among formic acid, benzoic
a salt. acid, acetic acid and acetylene.
The correct answer is The order of strength of acids is given below–
(a) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the Acetylene < Acetic acid < Formic acid < Benzoic acid
correct explanation of (A)
(b) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not the Weaker an acid, stronger will be its conjugate base.
correct explanation of (A) Hence, the order of strength of conjugate bases will be
(c) (A) is true but (R) is not true as follows–
(d) (A) is not true but (R) is true Acetylene > Acetic acid > Formic acid > Benzoic acid
AP- EAMCET(Medical) -2010 258. Which of the following oxide is amphoteric?
Ans. (b): According to Lowry Bronsted theory, a (a) SnO2 (b) CaO
species can function as an acid as well as a base. e.g.:- (c) SiO2 (d) CO2
H2O. Water loss his proton and act as a lewis acid if VITEEE- 2012
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 759 YCT
Ans. (a) : Amphoteric oxides reacts with both acids and Ans. (d) : The order of basic character of hydroxide of
alkalis to form salts and water. Examples of amphoteric alkali metal is–
oxides are zinc oxide aluminium oxide and tin oxide. CsOH > RbOH > KOH > NaOH > LiOH
Generally in group 14 SiO2 and CO2 are acidic where as The order of basicity appears to be inversely related to
in second group due to alkali nature of elements it oxide the electropositivity. Thus the more electropositive, the
are basic. more the cation may associate with the OH–, making it
Amphoteric → Acidic/Basic less available to act as a base.
Metals → Basic, Amphoteric 264. Which of the following acids is stronger than
Amphoteric Metals→ Be, Sc, Ti, V, Cr, Fe, Co, Cu, Zn, benzoic acid (Ka=6.3×10-5)?
Al, Ge, Sn, Zn, Ag, Ga, Au, In, Tl, Pb, Sb, Bi (a) A (Ka=1.67×10-8) (b) B (pKa=6.0)
259. The conjugate acid of O2– is (c) C (pKa=4.0) (d) D (Ka=1.0×10-5)
(a) O2 (b) O −2 AMU-2012
(c) H2O (d) OH– Ans. (c) : pKa = – log Ka
AMU-2019 pKa for bezoic acid = – log (6.3 × 10–5)
Ans. (d) : Adding one H+ to anything gives you is = –log 6.3 – log 10–5
conjugate acid. = –0.799 + 5
Removing one H+ gives you its conjugate base. = 4.201
conjugate acid of O2– (a) pKa for A = – log (1.67 × 10 –8)
O2– + H+ → OH– = – 0.222 + 8 = 7.778
260. Which one of the following acids is used as an (b) pKa for B = 6.0
oxidizer in rocket fuel? (c) pKa for C = 4.0
(a) HClO4 (b) HNO2 (d) pKa for D = – log (1.0 × 10–5)
(c) H3PO4 (d) HNO3 =0+5=5
AMU-2014 For a stronger acids, pKa must be less.
Ans. (d) : Rocket fuels generally contain two substance, Therefore, acid C will be stronger than benzoic acid.
one the fuel and other the oxidiser. 265. If the salt M2X,QY2and PZ3 have the same
Oxidizer is an oxygen rich substance and used to solubilities, their Ksp values are related as
provide oxygen for burning process. Common oxidizers (a) Ksp(M2X)=Ksp(QY2)< Ksp(PZ3)
used for this purpose are nitric acid (HNO3). (b) Ksp(M2X)>Ksp(QY2)= Ksp(PZ3)
261. Pick out the electrophiles from the following (c) Ksp(M2X)<Ksp(QY2)= Ksp(PZ3)
species: (d) Ksp(M2X)>Ksp(QY2)> Ksp(PZ3)
BF3, NH3, Me3C+, HCl AMU-2011
(a) BF3 and NH3 (b) Me3C+ and HCl Ans. (a) : For M2X Salt–
+
(c) BF3 and Me3C (d) NH3 and HCl
M 2 X 2M + + X 2−
AMU-2013
Ans. (c) : The neutral or positively charged species with Ksp = (2S)2 (S)
deficiency of electron and capable of accepting a pair of = 4S3
electron (Lewis acid) are called electrophiles ex. BF3
and Me3C+ are electrophiles. For QY2 Salt–
262. For a diprotic acid, which of the following is QY2 Q 2+ + 2Y −
(S) (2S)
true for 1st and 2nd ionization constants ( K a1
Ksp = (Q ) + (Y–)2
2+
and K a2 )? = (S) (2S)2
(a) K a1 = K a 2 (b) K a1 > K a 2 Ksp = 4S3
279. Which element from group 15 gives most basic (a) R and S (b) P and Q
compound with hydrogen? (c) Q and S (d) Q and R
(a) Nitrogen (b) Bismuth GUJCET-2022
(c) Arsenic (d) Phosphorus Ans. (a): Ligands which can bind through two different
CG PET-2007 atom present in it are called ambidentate ligands.
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 762 YCT
There are certain ligands which have two or more donor 291. The conjugate base of H 2 PO 4- is
atom but during formation of complexes only one donar
atom is attached to metal ion such ligands are called (a) PO3-4 (b) P2 O5
ambidentate ligands. (c) H 3 PO 4 (d) HPO 2-4
Such as CN–, SCN–, NO2– [AIEEE-2003]
286. Which of the following salts is the most basic in Ans. (d) : We know that conjugate base of an acid, any
aqueous solution? acid is defined as the acid less of proton.
(a) Al(CN)3 (b) CH3COOK
The conjugate acid of a base, any base is defined as the
(c) FeCl3 (d) Pb(CH3COO)2
base plus a proton.
JEE Main-2018
Now,
Ans. (b) : Basic salt are salts that are product of the Acid + Base = Conjugate acid + Conjugate base
neutralization of a strong base and a weak acid.
Acid donates hydrogen ions and the base is an acceptor
CH3COOK is the most basic in aqueous solution since it of protons.
form strong base (KOH) and weak acid (CH3COOH).
The reaction of hydrogen phosphate ion with a proton to
287. Which of the following are Lewis acids? form its conugate acid is given below–
(a) PH3 and BCl3 (b) AlCl3 and SiCl4
(c) PH3 and SiCl4 (d) BCl3 and AlCl3 HPO 24− + H + → H 2 PO −4
JEE Main 2018 Hence, the conjugate acid that is formed is H 2 PO 4− ,
Ans. (d) : BCl3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acid because Lewis which is dihydrogen phosphate ion.
acids are defined as electron deficient compounds 292. The increasing order of pKa values for the
which have the ability to accept at least one lone pair. following carboxylic acids is
288. Three reactions involving H 2 PO 42− are given (1) Acetic acid (2) Formic acid
below (3) Benzoic acid (4) Trichloroacetic acid
I. H3PO4 + H2O → H3O+ + H 2 PO 42− (a) (4) < (2) < (3) < (1) (b) (3) < (1) < (2) < (4)
(c) (2) < (4) < (3) < (1) (d) (3) < (1) < (4) < (2)
II. H 2 PO 42− + H2O → HPO42 − + H3O+ J & K CET-(2016)
III. H 2 PO 42− + OH- → H3PO4 + O2- 1
In which of the above does H 2 PO 42− Ans. (a) : Acidic strength ∝ K a ∝
pK a
act as an acid? The order of acidic strength is– Thirchloracetic acid >
(a) II only (b) I and II Formic acid > Benzoic acid > Acetic acid.
(c) III only (d) I only Hence, the increasing order of pKa values is:-
[AIEEE-2010] Trichloroacetic acid < Formic acid < Benzoic acid <
− 2−
Ans. (a) : H 2 PO 4 + H 2O → HPO 4 + H 3O + Acetic acid.
Only this reaction H 2 PO −4 give H+ to H2O thus In this 293. Which of the following can behave as
amphoteric oxide?
reaction H 2 PO −4 behave as an acid. (a) Al2Cl6 (b) Na2O
289. Four species are listed below (c) SO2 (d) Al2O3
I. HCO −3 II. H3O+ J & K CET-(2001)
III. HSO4− IV. HSO3F Ans. (d) : Those metal oxides which show basic, as
well as acidic behaviour are known as amphoteric
Which one of the following is the correct oxides. Al2O3 is an amphoteric oxide.
sequence of their acid strength?
(a) IV < II < III < I (b) II < III < I < IV 294. Which of the following is a Lewis acid?
(c) I < III < II < IV (d) III < I < IV < II (a) BF4– (b) OH –
[AIEEE-2008] (c) AlCl3 (d) RNH2
− − + J & K CET-(2013)
Ans. (c) : HCO3 < HSO 4 < H3O < HSO3F
HSO3F is super acid and it is most acidic. Ans. (c) : Lewis acid as a species which accepts
H3O+ is more acidic than anions because anions electron pair and base which denote an electron pair. In
( HCO3− , HSO −4 ) do not release H+ ion easily. HSO −4 is Lewis concept many acid do not have proton.
Electron deficient species can act as Lewis acid.
more acidic than HCO3− because sulpher is more AlCl3 is e- deficient species. Hence, it is a Lewis acid.
electronegative than carbon. 295. Among the following, the one which can act as
290. What is the conjugate base of OH–? both Bronsted acid as well as Bronsted base is
(a) O2– (b) O– (a) H3 PO4 (b) AlCl3
(c) H2O (d) O2 (c) CH3COO– (d) H2O
[AIEEE-2005] J & K CET-(2011)
Ans. (c) : When acid give H+ then the remaining of its Ans. (d) : H2O can behave as both Bronsted acid as
part is called conjugate base.
So, if we remove H+ from OH–, we get O2–. Hence, O2– well as Bronsted Base.
H 2 O + H 2 O H 3O + + OH −
is the conjugate base of OH– acid base
OH– is also a conjugate base of H2O.
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 763 YCT
296. Identify the substance whose 0.1 M solution is conjugate base of acid. The conjugate acid of amide ion
basic? (NH −2 ) is ammonia, NH3.
(a) Ammonium chloride (b) ammonium acetate
(c) Ammonium sulphate (d) Sodium acetate NH −2 + H + → NH 3
Base Conjugate acid
J & K CET-(2010)
302. Mohr’s salt is:
Ans. (d) : Sodium acetate is a salt of weak acid and
(a) Na2SO4.Al2 (SO4).24H2O
strong base. Acetate ion on hydrolysis releases hydroxyl
ions to form a basic solution. (b) CuSO4.Al2 (SO4)3.24H2O
In Ammonium acetate, both ammonium and acetate, (c) FeSO4.(NH4)2SO4.6H2O
ions hydrolyse to form ammonium hydroxide and acetic (d) K2SO4. Fe2(SO4)3.24H2O
acid such that the solution is neutral in nature. JCECE - 2004
Ammonium chloride and ammonium sulphate are salt Ans. (c) : Mohr's salt also referred to as ammonium
of weak base and strong acid. Ammonium ion iron(II) sulfate, is an inorganic compound whose
hydrolyse to release hydrogen ion making the solution chemical formula is represented as
acidic FeSO4.(NH4)2SO4.6H2O
297. According to Lowry and Bronsted, the strength 303. Which one of the following compounds, is not a
of an acid depends upon protonic acid?
(a) The dendency to gain protons (a) SO(OH)2 (b) SO2(OH)2
(b) The tendency to donate protons (c) B(OH)3 (d) PO(OH)3
(c) The tendency to accept electrons JCECE - 2008
(d) The tendency to donate electrons Ans. (c) : The acid which gives H+ when placed in
J & K CET-(2007) aqueous solution is called protonic acid.
Ans. (b) : Acids are proton donors the strength of an Ortho boric acid does not donate proton like most of the
acid will depend upon its ability to donate proton. acids but rather it accepts OH– therefore it is a Lewis
298. Which of the following in not a Lewis acid? acid. B(OH)3 in water gives H+ ions as follows–
(a) BF3 (b) AlCl3 B(OH)3 + 2H2O H3O+ + [B(OH)4]–
(c) HCl (d) LiAlH4 B(OH)3 is not a protonic acid because it does not give
J & K CET-(2005) its hydrogen H+ ions.
Ans. (c) : Hydrochloric acid (HCl) cannot be classified 304. The strongest Bronsted base is
as a Lewis acid since it cannot accept an electron pair. (a) ClO3− (b) ClO−2
However this compound dissociates into its constituents
ions, liberating H+ ion. (c) ClO−4 (d) ClO−
299. Which of the following is the strongest Lewis UPTU/UPSEE-2014
acid? JCECE - 2010
(a) BF3 (b) BCl3 Ans. (d) : Strongest Bronsted base is that which has
(c) BBr3 (d) BI3 weakest conjugate acid.
J & K CET-(2002) Base Conjugate acid (base + H+)
Ans. (d) : The tendency of the halogen atom to back ClO– HClO
−
donate its electron to the boron atom and makes it less ClO2 HClO2
electron deficient. Hence, the relative strength of Lewis ClO3− HClO3
acids of boron trihalide
−
Increases in order BF3 < BCl3 < BBr3 < BI3. ClO4 HClO4
Thus, BI3 is strongest Lewis acid. Order of basic strength–
300. Which of the following is a Lewis base? ClO −4 < ClO3− < ClO 2− < ClO −
(a) CH4 (b) AlCl3 ∴ ClO– is strongest Bronsted base.
(c) Al (OH)3 (d) NH3
305. Which of the following is not a Lewis base?
J & K CET-(2002)
(a) CN– (b) ROH
Ans. (d) : Ammonia consist of a nitrogen atom as the (c) NH3 (d) AlCl3
control atom with a lone pair of electron the lone pair
JCECE - 2011
on the nitrogen atom is transferred to the hydrogen ion
making the NH3 a Lewis base. Ans. (d) : Lewis base are the species which have a
tendency to donate electrons. These contain either lone
301. The conjugate acid of NH 2– is pair or negative charge.
(a) NH +4 (b) NH3 AlCl3 being electron deficient behaves as Lewis acid,
not as Lewis base.
(c) NH 2 OH (d) N 2 H 4
306. Which of the following salt when dissolved in
J & K CET-(1999) water gets hydrolysed?
Ans. (b) : The species formed after adding a proton to (a) NaCl (b) NH4Cl
the base is known as conjugate acid of the base and the (c) KCl (d) Na2SO4
species formed after losing a proton is known as JCECE - 2011
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 764 YCT
Ans. (b) : Only salts of strong acid and strong base are Ans. (d) : To check the basicity of an ion, the conjugate
not hydrolysed. All other salts can generally acid must be weak, the conjugate acid are given below.
hydrolysed. NH4Cl is a salt of weak base and strong H2O, CH3OH, CH3COOH and HCl.
acid, so it will hydrolyse in water. We know that methanol is a stronger acid than water,
NH4 Cl H2 O
→ NH4 OH + HCl weaker the acid. Stronger is the conjugate base, by the
weak base strong acid logic OH– is the stronger base among the given option.
307. Conjugate base of hydrazoic acid is 313. Acidity of BF3 can be explained on which of the
following concepts?
(a) HN3− (b) N−2 (a) Arrhenius concept
(c) N3− (d) N3− (b) Bronsted Lowry concept
JCECE - 2011 (c) Lewis concept
(d) Bronsted Lowry as well as Lewis concept
Ans. (c) : Hydrazoic acid is N3H. Karnataka-CET-2018
N3 H → H+ + N3− Ans. (c) : The Lewis theory of acid defines acidic
Hydrazoic acid Conjugate base
substances to be compounds or ions that have law
308. Which of the following species can act as the electron density and look for loan pair supplier.
strongest base? Therefore boron trifluoride (BF3) is an acid according to
(a) OH– (b) OR– Lewis acid theory.
314. Identify a species which is not a Bronsted acid
(c) (d) but a Lewis acid.
(a) BF3 (b) H 3+ O
JCECE - 2013 (c) NH3 (d) HCl
Ans. (b) : Weakest acid has the strongest conjugate Karnataka-CET-2013
base. Since, ROH is the weakest acid, therefore RO– is Ans. (a) : Lewis acid are the acid which accept lone
the strongest base. pairs. Bronsted defined an acid as a substance, which
309. Species acting both as Bronsted acid and base has a tendency to give a proton (H+), on the other hand
is Lewis proposed an acid as a substance, which is capable
of accepting a pair of electrons. As H3O+, NH3 and HCl
(a) HSO−4 (b) Na2CO3 has H+ ions, these are Bronsted acid whereas BF3 is an
(c) NH3 (d) OH– electron deficient molecule, thus behave like a Lewis
JCECE - 2014 acid i.e. electron pair acceptor.
− 315. The vapour pressure of pure liquids A and B
Ans. (a) : HSO4 can accept proton to form H2SO4 and
are 450 and 700 mm of Hg at 350 K
also give a proton to form SO24− therefore, it acts both as respectively. If the total vapour pressure of the
Bronsted acid as well as base. mixture is 600 mm of Hg, the composition of
HSO −4 + H + → H 2SO 4 the mixture in the solution is
(a) χA = 0.4 χB = 0.6 (b) χA = 0.6 χB = 0.4
HSO −4 → H + + SO 42− (c) χA = 0.3 χB = 0.7 (d) χA = 0.7 χB = 0.3
310. Which of the following is least likely to behave Karnataka-CET-2021
as Lewis base? Ans. (c) : PA° = 450mm, PB° = 700mm,Ptotal = 600mm
(a) NH3 (b) BF3 As Ptotal = PA + PB
(c) OH- (d) H2O
JIPMER-2014 = x A PA° + x B PB° (from raoult's law)
Ans. (b) : Boron trifluoride BF3 is least likely to behave = x A PA° + (1 − x A )PB°
as Lewis base. Electron rich species are called Lewis = PB° + (PA° − PB° )x A
base. Among the given BF3 is an electron deficient ⇒ 600 = 700 + (450 – 700)xA
species. So have a capacity of electron accepting instead or xA = 0.40
of donating. That's why it is least likely to act as a
Lewis base. It is a Lewis acid. ∴ xB = 1 – xA = 1 – 0.40 = 0.60
311. The conjugate base of NH3 is ∴ PA = x A PA° = 0.40 × 450 = 180mm
(a) NH +4 (b) NH4OH ∴ PB = x B PB° = 0.60 × 700 = 420mm
(c) NH2OH (d) NH 2– ∴ Mole fraction of A in vapoure phase
PA 180
Karnataka-CET-2020 = = = 0.30
Ans. (d) : NH3 can donate a proton & act as an acid, PA + PB 180 + 420
– + and, mole fraction of B in vapour phase
NH3 → NH 2 + H = 1 – 0.30 = 0.70
NH 2– is the conjugate base of NH3 316. When conc. H2SO4 is heated with P2O5, the acid
312. Which of the following is the strongest base? is converted into
(a) sulphur trioxide (b) sulphur dioxide
(a) CH3COO– (b) Cl–
– (c) sulphur
(c) OH (d) CH3O– (d) a mixture of sulphur dioxide and sulphur trioxide
Karnataka-CET-2020 Karnataka-CET-2007
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 765 YCT
Ans. (a) : When conc. H2SO4 is heated with P2O5, the (a) CO32− + H + → HCO3−
acid is converted into sulphur trioxide. Base Conjugateacid
317. Ka values for acids H2SO3, HNO2, CH3COOH (c) HSO + H + → H 2SO 4
−
4
and HCN are respectively 1.3 × 10–2, 4 × 10–4, Base Conjugateacid
1.8 × 10–5 and 4 × 10–10, which of the above −
(d) NH + H → +
NH
acids produces stronger conjugate base in 2 3
Base Conjugateacid
aqueous solution ?
(a) HSO3 (b) HNO2 (e) HCO3− + H + → H 2CO3
Base Conjugateacid
(c) CH3COOH (d) HCN
Kerala-CEE-29.08.2021 Hence, H2SO4 is the conjugate base of HSO −4 .
Karnataka-CET-2021 321. Which one of the following is an amphoteric
Ans. (d) : The given values are : oxide?
Acid K a values (a) Mn2O7 (b) CrO
(c) V2O4 (d) Cr2O3
H 2SO3 1.3 ×10−2 (e) V2O3
HNO 2 4 × 10−4 Kerala-CEE-2012
CH 3COOH 1.8 × 10−5 Ans. (d) : Cr2O3 (Chromic oxide) is an amphoteric
oxide.
HCN 4 × 10−10 It has the ability to dissolve in acids. Liberating
The species which has lower value of dissociation hydrated chromium ions in the process they hydrated Cr
constant (Ka), having the least acidic behaviour. As we
ions can react with base to form complex salt. Cr3O3
know, the conjugate base of weak acid has strongest
conjugate basic character. Hence, the correct option is can show the property of acidic as well as basic oxide
(d). both.
318. Which one of the following oxides is 322. Hard acids prefer to combine with
amphoteric? (a) Soft bases (b) Soft acids
(a) MgO (b) CaO (c) Hard acids (d) Hard bases
(c) Na2O (d) CO2 (e) Salts
(e) ZnO Kerala-CEE-2019
Kerala-CEE-2004 Ans. (d) : Hard bases contain small, relatively
Ans. (e) : ZnO is a amphoteric oxide because it can act nonpolarisable donor atoms (such as N, O and F).
with acid as well as base. Hard acids prefer to combine with hard bases.
ZnO + 2NaOH → Na2ZnO2+H2O Hard acids are the cations (electron accepting atom)
ZnO + HCl → ZnCl2+H2O having high charge and small sizes whereas hard bases
319. Choose the weak monobasic acid, among the are the Lewis bases where the electron are not easily
following polarised or where the base holds its electron strongly.
(a) H3BO3 (b) H3PO3 323. In hydrolysis of a salt of weak acid and strong
(c) H3PO4 (d) HNO3
(e) H4P2O7 base, A – + H 2O –
HA + OH ,
–
the
Kerala-CEE-2012 hydrolysis constant (Kh) is equal to :
Ans. (a) : H3BO3 is a weak Lewis monobasic acid Kw Kw
because it can only accept a pair of electron. None of its (a) (b)
Ka Kb
hydrogen are ionisable.
H3PO3 is a dibasic acid, H3PO4 is a tribasic acid, Ka Kw
(c) (d)
HNO3 is a strong monobasic acid, H4P2O7 is tetrabasic C Ka × Kb
acid.
Manipal-2019
320. Which one of the following is the correct – – –
statement? Ans. (a) : A + H 2 O
HA + OH
− 2−
(a) HCO3 is the conjugate base of CO3 [HA ][OH − ]
−
− Kh = Kw = [H+][OH–]
(b) NH 2 is the conjugate base of NH3 [A − ]
(c) H2SO4 is the conjugate base of HSO −4 HA H+ + A–
(d) NH3 is the conjugate base of NH −2 [H + ][A − ]
Ka =
(e) H2CO3 is the conjugate base of HCO3− [HA]
Kerala-CEE-2012 Also we know that,
Ans. (c) : Acid when loses a proton (H+) gives its K w [H + ][OH − ][HA]
conjugate base and base when accepts a proton (H+) =
gives conjugate acid. Ka [H + ][A − ]
+ UPTU/UPSEE-2018
NH 4 ion is a cation which react with water (H2O) to Ans. (b) : HCO3 and CO3−
will produce odourless gas
form ammonium hydroxide (NH4OH). Which is a basic i.e.
in nature. The pH value of basic solution is greater than Carbon dioxide with dil. H2SO4
7.
NaHCO3 + H 2SO 4 → Na 2SO 4 + 2CO 2 + 2H 2O
364. Hydrolysis of sodium acetate gives aq aq g l
(a) Acidic solution (b) Basic solution
Na 2 CO3 + H 2SO 4 → Na 2SO 4 + H 2 O+ CO 2
(c) Amphoteric solution (d) Neutral sulution aq aq l g
washing soda
UP CPMT-2005
Ans. (b): 370. Identify the Bronsted acid in the following
equation
CH 3COONa + H 2 O
CH 3COOH + NaOH → HPO24− (aq) + OH − (aq)
PO 43− + H 2 O(l )
( Weak acid ) (Strong acid )
Soldium acetate gives weak acid and strong base on (a) PO 43− (b) HPO4
hydrolysis. Therefore the aqueous solution of sodium (c) H2O (d) OH-
acetate will be basic in nature. UPTU/UPSEE-2017
365. Which of the following is amphoteric? Ans. (c) : In the reaction:
(a) V2O3 (b) CuO PO 43− + H 2 O(l ) → HPO24− (aq) + OH − (aq)
(c) V2O5 (d) NiO Only H2O act as Bronsted acid among the given options
UPTU/UPSEE-2005 as it donate the proton (H+) to OH– ions
Ans. (c) : V2O5 is a amphoteric oxide.
371. Of the given anions, the strongest Bronsted
366. Which of the following is not a Lewis base? base is
(a) NH3 (b) H2O (a) ClO– (b) ClO3−
(c) AlCl3 (d) None of these
UPTU/UPSEE-2005 (c) ClO −2 (d) ClO −4
Ans. (c) : AlCl3 is a strong electrophile and has vacant UPTU/UPSEE-2014
orbital to accept electron lone pair. Thus it is a Lewis Ans. (a) : HCIO is –the weakest acid , hence its
acid. conjugate base, i.e.,CIO is the strongest Bronsted base.
NH3, H2O have lone pair of electron and act as Lewis Conjugate base order–
bases. CIO −4 < CIO3− < CIO 2− < CIO −
367. Which one of the following is called amphoteric 372. Which of the following is the weakest acid?
solvent? (a) HCl (b) HF
(a) Ammonium hydroxide (b) Chloroform (c) H2SO4 (d) HNO3
(c) Benzene (d) Water UPTU/UPSEE-2009
UPTU/UPSEE-2004
Ans. (b) : HF (Hydrofluric acid) is thus the weakest
Ans. (d) : acid of the hydrogen halides, because of the strength of
+ –
H2O → H + OH (Acid due to donation of proton) the HX bond and the polarizing ability of F–.
H2O + H+ → H3O+ (Basic due to gaining of proton) 373. Water is well known amphoprotic solvent. In which
∴ H2O is amphoteric solvent because it dissolves both chemical reaction water is behaving as a base?
acids and basic. (a) H 2SO 4 + H 2 O → H 3O + + HSO −4
368. Would gaseous HCl be considered as an
Arrhenius acid? (b) H 2 O + H 2 O → H 3 O + + OH −
(a) Yes (c) H 2 O + NH −2 → NH 3 + OH −
(b) No
(c) Not know (d) H 2 O + NH 3 → NH +4 + OH −
(d) Gaseous HCl does not exist UPTU/UPSEE-2009
UPTU/UPSEE-2004 Ans. (a) : According to Bronsted Lowry concept bases are
Ans. (b) : Gaseous HCl does not give H+ but liquid HCl the substance which have tendency to accept a proton.
gives H+ in aqueous solution there for gaseous HCl is H SO + H O → H 3O + + HSO −4
2 4 2
not a Arrhenius acid due to covalent bonding in gaseous (acid) (base) (Conjugated (Conjugated
condition. acid) base)
(b) pH = pK a + log
[S] So, min. ratio is in (i) & (iii).
[A] 387. An acidic buffer solution could be prepared by
mixing the solutions of the following
(c) pK = pH −
[A] (a) Sodium acetate and acetic acid
a
[S] (b) Ammonium sulphate and sulfuric acid
(c) Ammonium chloride and ammonium
(d) pH = pK + log
[A] hydroxide
a
[S] (d) Sodium chloride and hydrochloric acid
AP-EAMCET-2000 MPPET-2012
Ans. (b) : According to Henderson equation, pH of an Ans. (c) : Buffer solution:- A buffer solution that can
acidic buffer- resist pH change upon the addition of an acidic or basic
components. It is able to neutralize small amounts of
pH = pK a + log
[salt ] added acid or base, thus maintaining the pH of the
[ acid ] solution relatively stable.
Acidic buffer solution = Weak acid + Salt of strong
or pH = pKa + log
[S] base
[A ] = CH3COOH + CH3COONa
385. Which of the following would produce a buffer Acetic acid sodium acetate
solution when mixed in equal volumes? Basic buffer solution = Weak base + salt of strong acid
(a) 1 M CH3COOH and 0.5 M NaOH (NH4OH) (NH4Cl)
(b) 1 M CH3COOH and 0.5 M HCl Ammonium Ammonium
(c) 1 M NH4OH and 0.5 M NaOH hydroxide chloride
(d) 1 M NH4OH and 0.5 M HCl 388. A buffer solution is prepared by mixing 10 mL
AP EAMCET (Engg.)-2001 of 1.0 M acetic acid and 20 mL of 0.5 M sodium
Ans. (a) : CH3COOH + NaOH → CH3COONa + H2O acetate and then diluted to 100 mL with
Hence, weak acid, CH3COOH and its salt with strong distilled water. If the pKa of acetic acid is 4.76,
base, CH3COONa act as acidic buffer. what is the pH of the buffer solution prepared?
386. Study the following table
Buffer solution Volume (in Volume (in mL) (a) 3.84 (b) 4.76
(in mL) mL) of 0.1 M of 0.1 M sodium (c) 4.34 (d) 5.21
weak acid salt of weak AP EAMCET (Medical) -1998
acid Ans. (b): Given that,
I 4.0 4.0 pKa = 4.76, pH = ?
II 4.0 40.0 The expression for the pH of the acidic buffer solution
III 40.0 4.0 is as given below–
IV 0.1 10.0
pH = pK a + log
[Salt ]
Which of the two sets of buffer solutions have [ Acid ]
least pH? Now, given data–
(a) I and II (b) I and III M1 = 1M,V1 = 10mL, M 2 = ? V2 = 100 mL
(c) II and III (d) II and IV
AP-EAMCET-2004 ∴ M 1V 1 = M 2V 2
M1 = 0.2 M, M2 = 1 M, pH = ? KMnO 4 + H 2 C2 O 4
H
→ 2CO 2 + H 2 O + 2H + + Mn 2+
n =5 n =2
∴ V = V1 + V2 = 75 + 25 = 100 ml 16ml
0.05M
40ml
xM
V M + V2 M 2 ∴ Molar equilibrium of KMnO4 = M.eq. of H2C2O4
M= 1 1
V1 + V2 16 × 0.05 × 5 = 2 × 40 × x
75 × 0.2 + 25 × 1 80 × 0.05
M= = 0.4 M x= = 0.05 M
75 + 25 80
∴ Total volume (V') = V1 + V2 + V3 Since, [H ] = 0.05 × 2 = 0.1 = 10–1 M
+
495. The highest pH is exhibited by In the process, the pH will increase due to increase in
(a) 0.001 M KOH (b) 0.01 M KOH OH– ion concentration.
(c) 0.1 M HCl (d) 0.01 M HCl 499. The four acids A1, A2, A3 and A4 have the pKa
COMEDK-2017 values of 3.75, 4.75, 4.20, 5.72 respectively. The
Ans. (b) : We know that, weakest acid is
pH + pOH = 14 (a) A1 (b) A2
pOH = –log[OH–] (c) A3 (d) A4
For 0.001 M KOH, COMEDK-2018
pOH = –log (0.001) = –log (10–3) = 3 Ans. (d) : Higher the pKa value, weaker is the acid.
pH = 14 – pOH = 14 – 3 = 11 Hence pKa values is maximum in A4 So, It is the
For 0.01M KOH, weakest acid.
pOH = – log (0.01) = –log( 10–2) = 2 500. The pH range of methyl red indicator is:
pH = 14 – pOH = 14 – 2 = 12 (a) 4.2 to 6.3 (b) 8.3 to 10.0
For 0.1 M HCl (c) 8.0 to 9.6 (d) 6.8 to 8.4
pH = – log (0.1) = – log ( 10–1) = 1 AP-EAMCET (Medical), 2001
pOH= –log(0.001)= –log(10–3) =3 Ans. (a) : In the titration of weak base-strong acid,
pH=14–pOH=14–3=11 methyl red indicator is used. In this titration, methyl red
For 0.01 M HCl, indicator gives red colour in acidic medium and yellow
pH= –log(0.01) = –log(10–2) =2 colour in alkaline medium. Thus, the pH range of
496. 5 L of NaOH solution of pH 12 contains methyl red indicator is 4.2 to 6.3
(a) 200 g (b) 0.2 g 501. What will be pH of aqueous solution of
(c) 20 g (d) 2 g electrolyte in electrolytic cell during electrolysis
COMEDK-2020 of CuSO4(aq) between graphite electrodes?
Ans. (d) : Given that, (a) pH = 14.0 (b) pH > 7.0
pH of solution =12 (c) pH < 7.0 (d) pH = 7.0
We know, (pH + pOH = 14) GUJCET-2011
Ans. (c): The pH of aqueous solution of electrolyte in
⇒ [OH – ] = 10–2 mol / L electrolytic cell during electrolysis of CuSO4(aq)
pOH= 14 – 12 = 2 between graphite electrodes is pH < 7.0
1 L contains 10–2 moles of OH– ions. At cathode
1×10−6 =
0.01α × 0.01α
(Q α <<<<1) (
527. The pH of 0.05 M acetic acid is K a = 2 ×10−5 )
0.01(1 − α ) (a) 2 (b) 11 (c) 10–3 (d) 3
1 ×10 −6 = 0.01× α 2 AP-EAMCET- (Engg.)-2011
+ −
or α2 = 10–4 H + CH 3COO
Ans. (d) : CH 3COOH
α = 10−4 Given that, K a = 2 × 10−5
–2
or α = 10 [CH3COOH] = 0.05 M
∴ [H+] = α × 0.01 = 10–2 × 0.01 = 10–4 [H + ][CH 3COO − ] [H + ]2
Now, pH = – log [H+] Ka = =
pH = – log [10–4] [CH3COOH] [CH 3COOH]
pH = 4 [H + ] = K a [ CH 3COOH ]
Q pH + pOH = 14
4 + pOH = 14 = 2 × 10−5 × 0.05
pOH = 14 – 4 = 10−6
Hence, pOH = 10
[H + ] = 10−3
525. A solution which is resistant to change of pH on
addition of small amount of an acid or base is Q pH = − log[H + ]
known as
(a) buffer solution (b) true solution pH = − log[10−3 ]
(c) isohydric solution (d) ideal solution. ∴ pH = 3
SRMJEEE – 2016 528. What is the pH of the NaOH solution when 0.04
Ans. (a) : A buffer solution is such type of solution in g of it dissolved in water and made to 100 mL
which after adding the small amount of acid or bases solution?
but no change in pH of the solution i.e. pH remains (a) 2 (b) 1
constant of solution. There is two type of buffer (c) 13 (d) 12
solution, acidic and alkaline buffers. AP-EAMCET (Engg.) 2015
526. Calculate the pH of 0.1 M CH3COOH solution. Ans. (d) : Given that, mass of solute = 0.04 gm
Dissociation constant of acetic acid is Mass of solute
1.8 × 10–5 M. Molarity =
M. weight of solute × Volume
(a) 2.87 (b) 3.52
(c) 2.62 (d) 6.54 0.04 × 1000
=
SRMJEEE – 2015 40 ×100
Ans. (a) : The dissociation of CH3COOH is : = 10–2
CH 3COOH – + ∴ OH– = 10–2 mol/litre
CH 3COO + H
So, pOH = – log [OH–]
Initially 0.1 M 0 0 pOH = – log [10–2] = 2
Equili.Conc. 0.1 − 0.1α 0.1α 0.1α We know that :
pOH + pH = 14
[CH 3COO − ][H + ] pH = 14 – pOH
Now, Ka =
[CH 3COOH] pH = 14 – 2 = 12
OH− pH = − log10 H +
Normality (N) = =
2 pH = − log10 10−3
[Qlog10 10 = 1]
−6
4.46 × 10 pH = 3log10 10
[ N] =
2 pH = 3 × 1
[ N ] = 2.23 ×10−4 pH = 3
W 544. An aqueous solution whose pH is zero will be
N= × 1000 called as
E×V
NEV (a) acidic (b) basic
W= (c) netural (d) amphoteric
1000 AMU-2009
W NV Ans. (a) : pH = 0, [H+] = 100
Number of moles =
E 1000 It means the solution is strongly acidic.
−4
W 2.23 × 10 × 250 Note: pH scale 0 to 14
Number of moles = • pH < 7 → solution is acidic
E 1000 • pH > 7 → solution is basic
W • pH = 7 → solution is netural
Number of moles = 0.5575 × 10−4
E 545. Which of the following solution has pH = 7 ?
W −5
(a) NaNO2 + H2O (b) Na2CO3 + H2O
= 5.6 ×10 (c) NaCl + H2O (d) CH3COONa + H2O
E
AMU-2008
542. What shall be the pH of a weak acid of 10–3 M
concentration which is only 10% ionized? Ans. (c) : The reaction between an acid and a base to
(a) 3 (b) 4 from salt and water is termed neutralisation. A strong
(c) 5 (d) 6 acid plus a strong base give a neutral solution because
AMU-2010 both are completely ionised and the reaction goes to
completion.
Ans. (b) : Assuming that the acid is monobasic, for a
weak acid, H+ + Cl– + Na+ + OH– → H2O + Na+ + Cl–
for neutral salt the pH is given 7.
Ka 546. The pKb value of NH3 is 5. Calculate the pH of
pH = –log
α the buffer solution, 1L of which contains 0.01
Ka M NH4Cl and 0.10M NH4OH.
But = Cα (a) 4 (b) 6
α (c) 8 (d) 10
⇒ pH = – log(Cα) AMU-2005
Where, α= degree of dissociation.
Given, C = 10–3 M and α = 0.1 [salt]
Ans. (d) : pOH = pKb + log
∴ pH = – log(10–4) = 4 [base]
543. The pH of the solution produced by mixing 0.01
equal volume of 2.0 × 10–3 M HClO4 and 1.0 × pOH = 5 + log
0.1
10–2 M KClO4 is = 5 + log(0.1)
(a) 2.7 (b) 2.3 = 5 + log10 10–1
(c) 3.0 (d) 1.0 = 5 + (–1) = 4
AMU-2010 pH = 14 – pOH = 14 – 4 = 10
Ans. (c) : Given that initial concentration = 2 × 10 −3 M 547. The OH– ion concentration of as solution
HClO 4 → H + + ClO4− having pH 2 is
Strong Acid (a) 1×10–2 M (b) 1×10–9 M
−
KClO 4 → K + + ClO4 (c) 1×10 M–12
(d) 1×10–7 M
Salt
AMU-2004
Mixing of equal volume then concentration decreases.
Ans. (c) : pH=2
[ HClO4 ]initialconc. = 2 ×10−3 ∴ [H+]=10–2 (pH = –log [H+])
+ – –14
Volume = 2L Also, [H ][OH ]=10
Number of moles of HClO4 (n) = 2 × 10 −3 [Ionic product of water =10–14]
number of moles of HClO 4 10 –14 10−14
( HClO4 )new conc. = [OH – ]= + = −2 =1× 10−12 M
[H ] 10
Volume
Objective Chemistry Volume-I 796 YCT
548. The term pH comes from Ans. (c) : pH = 2
(a) "pure voiv hydrogen" which implies potential pH = –log [H+]
of hydrogen 2 = –log [H+] ⇒ [H+] = 10–2 …..(i)
(b) pure hydrogen content For pH = 4
(c) purity of hydrogen ions in solution 4 = –log [H+] ⇒ H+ = 10–4 …..(ii)
(d) name of the scientist associated. From equation (i) and (ii), this [H+] conc. should
AMU-2002 decrease from 100 times.
Ans. (a) : pH stands for potential of hydrogen. It 552. An acid solution of pH = 6 is diluted 1000
represents the ratio of hydronium ions (H3O) to times. The pH of the final solution becomes
hydroxide ions (OH). It is a measure of acidity and (a) 6.99 (b) 6
alkalinity of a solution. The pH scale usually ranges (c) 3 (d) 9
from 0 to 14. Assam CEE-2018
549. Which of the following will have largest pH? Ans. (a) : pH = 6 ⇒ pH = –log [H+]
M M H+ = 10–6
(a) NaOH (b) NaOH
100 10 10−6
M M After dilution [H+] = = 10–9
(c) HCl (d) HCl 1000
100 10 ∴ [H+] from H2O cannot be neglected
AMU–2001, BCECE-2003 Total [H+] = 10–9 + 10–7
M 1 = 10–7 (10–2 + 1)
Ans. (b) : NaOH Or NaOH
10 10 = 10–7 (1.01)